Human Resources

Cloud

Localization Information Guide

22B
Human Resources Cloud
Localization Information Guide

22B

F53683-03

Copyright © 2011, 2022, Oracle and/or its affiliates.

This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected
by intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate,
broadcast, modify, license, transmit, distribute, exhibit, perform, publish, or display any part, in any form, or by any means. Reverse engineering,
disassembly, or decompilation of this software, unless required by law for interoperability, is prohibited.

The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error-free. If you find any errors, please report
them to us in writing.

If this is software, software documentation, data (as defined in the Federal Acquisition Regulation), or related documentation that is delivered to the
U.S. Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U.S. Government, then the following notice is applicable:

U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS: Oracle programs (including any operating system, integrated software, any programs embedded, installed, or
activated on delivered hardware, and modifications of such programs) and Oracle computer documentation or other Oracle data delivered to or
accessed by U.S. Government end users are "commercial computer software," "commercial computer software documentation," or "limited rights
data" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-specific supplemental regulations. As such, the use, reproduction,
duplication, release, display, disclosure, modification, preparation of derivative works, and/or adaptation of i) Oracle programs (including any
operating system, integrated software, any programs embedded, installed, or activated on delivered hardware, and modifications of such programs),
ii) Oracle computer documentation and/or iii) other Oracle data, is subject to the rights and limitations specified in the license contained in the
applicable contract. The terms governing the U.S. Government's use of Oracle cloud services are defined by the applicable contract for such services.
No other rights are granted to the U.S. Government.

This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications. It is not developed or intended for
use in any inherently dangerous applications, including applications that may create a risk of personal injury. If you use this software or hardware
in dangerous applications, then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy, and other measures to ensure its safe
use. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications.

Oracle®, Java, and MySQL are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.

Intel and Intel Inside are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks
or registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. AMD, Epyc, and the AMD logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Advanced Micro
Devices. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.

This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information about content, products, and services from third parties. Oracle
Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third-party content, products, and
services unless otherwise set forth in an applicable agreement between you and Oracle. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be responsible
for any loss, costs, or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third-party content, products, or services, except as set forth in an applicable
agreement between you and Oracle.
Human Resources Cloud
Localization Information Guide

Contents

Get Help ................................................................................................................................ i

1 Overview 1
Overview of Localization Information ........................................................................................................................................ 1

2 Australia 3
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 3
Tax File Number .............................................................................................................................................................................. 3

3 Canada 9
Introduction ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 9
Human Resources .......................................................................................................................................................................... 9

4 France 13
Introduction .................................................................................................................................................................................... 13
Enterprise Structures .................................................................................................................................................................... 13
Calculation Cards .......................................................................................................................................................................... 19
Reports ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 23
FAQs ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 32

5 Germany 35
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................... 35
Reports ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 35

6 Kuwait 39
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................... 39
Enterprise Structures ................................................................................................................................................................... 39

7 Netherlands 43
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................... 43
Human Resources Cloud
Localization Information Guide

Enterprise Structures ................................................................................................................................................................... 43

Calculation Cards .......................................................................................................................................................................... 51
Gatekeeper Law ............................................................................................................................................................................ 56
Reports ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 61
FAQs ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 63

8 Saudi Arabia 67
Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................... 67
Enterprise Structures ................................................................................................................................................................... 67
Calculation Cards .......................................................................................................................................................................... 71
Reports ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 74

9 United Arab Emirates 83

Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................... 83
Enterprise Structures ................................................................................................................................................................... 83
Calculation Cards ......................................................................................................................................................................... 89
Reports ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 97
FAQs .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 109

10 United States 111

Introduction ................................................................................................................................................................................... 111
Affordable Care Act ..................................................................................................................................................................... 111
Application Configuration .......................................................................................................................................................... 151
Balance Adjustments ................................................................................................................................................................. 154
Element Upgrade Flow ............................................................................................................................................................. 480
Equal Employment Opportunity Report ............................................................................................................................... 495
Human Resources ..................................................................................................................................................................... 508
Multiple Worksite Report .......................................................................................................................................................... 532
New Hire State Report .............................................................................................................................................................. 538
Pay Data Reporting ................................................................................................................................................................... 549
Retirees ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 557
Tax Withholding Info ................................................................................................................................................................. 558
Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface .......................................................................................................................... 581
Third-Party Tax Filing Interface ............................................................................................................................................... 591
VETS Report ................................................................................................................................................................................ 658
Core Payroll ................................................................................................................................................................................. 672
Human Resources Cloud
Localization Information Guide

FAQs ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 690

Human Resources Cloud
Localization Information Guide
Human Resources Cloud Get Help
Localization Information Guide

Get Help
There are a number of ways to learn more about your product and interact with Oracle and other users.

Get Help in the Applications

Use help icons Help icon to access help in the application. If you don't see any help icons on your page, click your user
image or name in the global header and select Show Help Icons.

Get Support
You can get support at My Oracle Support. For accessible support, visit Oracle Accessibility Learning and Support.

Get Training
Increase your knowledge of Oracle Cloud by taking courses at Oracle University.

Join Our Community

Use Cloud Customer Connect to get information from industry experts at Oracle and in the partner community. You
can join forums to connect with other customers, post questions, suggest ideas for product enhancements, and watch
events.

Learn About Accessibility

For information about Oracle's commitment to accessibility, visit the Oracle Accessibility Program. Videos included in
this guide are provided as a media alternative for text-based topics also available in this guide.

Share Your Feedback

We welcome your feedback about Oracle Applications user assistance. If you need clarification, find an error, or just
want to tell us what you found helpful, we'd like to hear from you.

You can email your feedback to oracle_fusion_applications_help_ww_grp@oracle.com.

Thanks for helping us improve our user assistance!

i
Human Resources Cloud Get Help
Localization Information Guide

ii
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 1
Localization Information Guide Overview

1 Overview

Overview of Localization Information

This guide contains country-specific help for implementing and using Oracle Human Capital Management (HCM) for
multiple countries. It's not intended to be a complete guide for a country.

Objectives
This document is intended for implementation teams who are involved in the implementation of the Oracle Human
Capital Management applications. It's assumed that you have working knowledge of the basic principles and you're
familiar with the customary terms.

For more in-depth information about related tasks, in addition to this guide, the implementation team must refer to the
specific resources mentioned in the Other Documents section.

Other Documents
For more information about generic and related tasks, you must refer to the guides at docs.oracle.com.

It's also assumed that you have consulted the following guides:

• Implementing Global Human Resources guide for a more complete understanding of implementing Global
Human Resources.
• Oracle Applications Cloud Using Functional Setup Manager guide to have a detailed understanding of the
Functional Setup Manager and the implementation tasks.
• Implementing Global Payroll (if you're a licensed payroll customer) to understand basic payroll concepts and
familiarize yourself with payroll terminology.
• The country-specific white paper (Doc ID 1504483.1) on My Oracle Support.

1
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 1
Localization Information Guide Overview

2
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 2
Localization Information Guide Australia

2 Australia

Introduction
Guide Overview_ Localization Information_Australia: Explained
This chapter contains help for implementing and using Oracle Human Resources for Australia. It's not intended to be a
complete guide.

Objectives
It's assumed that you have working knowledge of the basic principles and you're familiar with the customary terms.

Other Documents
For more information about generic and related tasks, you must refer to the guides at docs.oracle.com.

It's also assumed that you have consulted the following guides:

• Implementing Global Human Resources guide.

• Oracle Applications Cloud Using Functional Setup Manager guide to have a detailed understanding of the
Functional Setup Manager and the implementation tasks.
• The country-specific white paper (Doc ID 1504483.1) on My Oracle Support.

Tax File Number

TFN 28 Days Adjustment
Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management, Australia, provides the new Australian Manage tax file number (TFN) 28
Day Adjustment task, which lists employees that haven't provided their TFN to the employer 28 days after hiring. This
list includes 28-day expiry date, current tax file number,

Use the Manage 28 Days TFN Adjustment task from the Payroll Calculations or Administration work area to adjust the
TFN. The TFN 28 Days Adjustment process depends on these factors.

Special TFN
When an employee commences work with a new employer, as part of the hiring process, the employee must complete
the Tax File Number (TFN) declaration form and store this information in the employees tax calculation card. In the
absence of a valid TFN for an employee, the TFN defaults to 111111111.

3
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 2
Localization Information Guide Australia

For all employees whose default TFN is 111111111, a 28-day grace period is given to provide this information. If the
employee fails to provide this information within the 28-day grace period, then you can change the TFN to 000000000.
The ATO provides other special TFNs for specific employee situations listed in this table.

TFN Employee Status Description

000000000 TFN Not Supplied Default TFN for employees who haven't
provided a TFN, or who have allowed the 28-
day grace period to expire.

111111111 TFN Required Interim TFN for employees who have applied
for a TFN, but haven't yet received it. The
employer may change this to 000000000 if it
crosses the 28-day grace period.

333333333 TFN Not Required TFN for exempted employees. This includes:

• Employees under 18 years of age

• Employees earning less than the statutory
threshold
This applies to employees whose average
earnings (weekly, fortnightly, and monthly) are
equal or less than the government-specified
legislative amount.

444444444 TFN Not Required This TFN is for pensioners, including recipients
of:

• Social security
• TFN-exempt service pension

28 Days Expiry Date: This is the expiry date of the employee's 28-day grace period for providing a valid TFN to the
employer. This value is applicable only to employees having a TFN of 111111111. This value remains blank for employees
with a TFN of 333333333 or 444444444.

Employee type: The employee type is chosen based on whether an exemption from TFN can be provided. Though the
default value is TFN Required, the parameter has these options:

Employee Type Employee Code

TFN Required Lists employees with TFN 111111111

TFN Not Required Lists employees with TFN 333333333 and 444444444

TFN Not Supplied Lists employees with TFN 000000000

All Lists all employees with codes mentioned earlier.

4
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 2
Localization Information Guide Australia

Average Weekly Earning: The average earning is the total taxable earnings of an employee for a week. It is used for an
employee having a TFN of 333333333, and is blank for all other employee types.

Related Topics

Adjust TFN Manually for Eligible Employees

You can do the process of TFN adjustments by selecting eligible employees based on employee status and manually
adjusting TFN. You can extract the details of TFN adjustments for future changes. If an employer chooses not to update
the TFN of an employee who

To manually adjust TFN for eligible employees:

• 1.Navigate to Manage Calculation cards task in Payroll Administration/Payroll Calculations or Manage Payroll
Calculation Information in Person Management work area for the selected employee
• 2.Search for the Statutory Deductions Card for the employee
• 3.Make a date effective update for TFN for the employee updating the TFN and, where applicable, the No
Adjustment Reason.
• 4.Save the changes
Oracle Fusion HCM for Australia provides a list of all employees assigned special TFNs. This list includes all information
of the employee for whom a TFN adjustment may be required.

To generate this report:, navigate to Payroll Calculations> Person> Manage 28 Day TFN Adjustment page and do these
steps:

• 1.Start the Manage 28-Day TFN Adjustment task from the Payroll Calculations work area
• 2.Enter the Effective Date
• 3.Select check box to Include terminated employees
• 4.For Employee Type, select TFN Required or TFN Not Required or All.
• 5.Select Legislative Data Group from single select choice list.
• 6.Click Search to see the list of employees.
• 7.Click Export icon to extract the data to Microsoft Excel file.
This generates a list of employees with TFN 111111111

• 1.To generate lists for each Employee type, repeat steps 1 through 7.
• 2.Repeat these steps as needed to generate reports for each legislative data group, tax reporting unit, and
payroll.

5
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 2
Localization Information Guide Australia

Related Topics

Update an Employee's TFN

You can update an employee's Tax File Number (TFN) Number by selecting eligible employees based on employee
status and manually updating TFN. You can select the employees even if Payroll or Tax Reporting Unit (TRU) isn't
assigned to them.

To manage an employee's TFN:

1. Start the Manage 28 Day TFN Adjustment task from the Payroll Calculations work area or Administration Work
Area.
2. Enter the Effective Date. This is a mandatory field that defaults to current date. By default, employees whose 28
- day period ends on or before this date is retrieved for TFN adjustment.
3. Select the Employee Type from the single select choice list.
4. Select a Legislative Data Group. If there is only one Legislative Data Group defined in the application, it's
selected by default.
5. Select a Tax Reporting Unit (TRU). To search all TRU, leave blank.
6. Select a Payroll. To search all payrolls, leave blank.
7. Click Search to see the list of employees for each TFN and employee status.
8. To edit the TFN of an employee, open the calculation card of the employee and update the information.

Related Topics

Example of Assigning the Adjust Tax File Number Privilege for

Australia
Tax File Number (TFN) 28 Days Adjustment is the process of assigning the 000000000 special tax codes to employees
who have declined to provide their TFN within the 28 day grace period.

Payroll Managers can use the Manage 28 Day TFN Adjustment task to adjust TFNs for qualified employees. This task is
associated with a privilege Adjust Australian Tax File Numbers assigned to the Job roles intended to perform this task
under the Payroll Calculation and Payroll Administration work area.

The process of granting these privileges involves these steps:

• Enabling Access to Manage the 28-Day TFN Adjustment task
• Attaching Privileges to a Job Role

Enable Access to Manage the 28-Day TFN Adjustment task

When Payroll isn't implemented or when the implementation mode is either HR Only or Payroll Interface, do these steps
to enable the Manage 28-Day TFN Adjustment task in the appropriate work areas:

1.Sign in to the application with Application Implementation Consultant privilege.

2.Navigate to Setup and Maintenance from the Navigator.

6
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 2
Localization Information Guide Australia

3.Search for and start the Manage Payroll Product Usage task.

4.In the Manage Features by Country or Territory page, locate the Australia row.

5.Complete these fields.

Description Value

Legislation Code AU

Human Resources Selected

Payroll Interface Selected

Selected Extensions Payroll Interface

6.Click Save and Done.

Attach Privileges to a Job Role

To access the Manage 28-Day TFN Adjustment task, Payroll Managers must have the Adjust Australian Tax File
Numbers privilege.

To associate the privilege with the Payroll Manage job role:

1.Sign in as IT Security Manager.

2.Start the Manage Duties task from the Setup and Maintenance work area.

3.Select HCM as the application name, and click Search.

4.Search for Application Roles and select the following values from the Search Role Catalog:

• Role Name: Blank

• Display Name: Starts With Payroll Manager

• Click Search. The Role Catalog is displayed

5.Select External Role Mapping and click Open.

6.Select Application Role Mapping and expand HCM group.

7.Select Policies For from Search Authorization Policies.

7
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 2
Localization Information Guide Australia

8.Click Create and enter the following in the Search Targets page.

• Display Name: Adjust Australian Tax File Numbers.

• Click Search.

• Select the privilege.

• Click Add Selected, which moves the privilege to the Selected Targets section.

• Click Add Targets.

9.Click Apply.

10.Close and Sign Out.

11.Sign in as Payroll Manager.

12.View tasks in the Payroll Calculation / Payroll Administration work areas.

Repeat the process to attach this privilege to any other job role.

Related Topics

8
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Localization Information Guide Canada

3 Canada

Introduction
Canada Localization Information
This chapter contains help for implementing and using Oracle Human Resources and Oracle Payroll for Canada. It's not
intended to be a complete guide.

Objectives
It's assumed that you have working knowledge of the basic principles and you're familiar with the customary terms.

Other Documents
For more information about generic and related tasks, you must refer to the guides at docs.oracle.com.

It's also assumed that you have consulted the following guides:

• Implementing Global Human Resources.

• Oracle Applications Cloud Using Functional Setup Manager guide to have a detailed understanding of the
Functional Setup Manager and the implementation tasks.
• If you're implementing payroll, the Implementing Payroll for Canada to understand Canadian payroll concepts
and familiarize yourself with payroll terminology.
• The Canada-specific implementation technical brief documents (Doc ID 1504483.1) available on My Oracle
Support.

For more Canada-specific information, refer to Canada Information Center (Doc ID 2102586.2) on My Oracle Support.

To receive important Canada Legislative Product News, you must subscribe to the Hot Topics Email feature available in
My Oracle Support. Refer to:

Canada-Welcome tab > Other Documents > How to Use My Oracle Support Hot Topics Email Subscription Feature

Human Resources
Person Names for Canada
This topic describes Canadian name styles, name formats, and person-name languages.

9
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Localization Information Guide Canada

Name Styles
The structure of a person's name can vary among countries. Therefore, a predefined name style exists for capturing
relevant components of a person's name. The format in which names must be entered for workers located in Canada is
predefined and should not be modified during implementation. The name style determines:

• Which name components appear when you create a person record.

• The order in which the name components appear.
• Which name components are required and which are optional.

For example, in one country you may be required to enter a title while in another, the title may be optional.

Here's the list of attributes that the Canadian name style includes.

Name Component Required

Last Name Required

First Name Optional

Title Optional

Prefix Optional

Suffix Optional

Middle Name Optional

Honors Optional

Preferred Name Optional

Previous Last Name Optional

When you create a person record you select a legal employer, which sets the legislative context for the record. For
example, if the legal employer is a Canadian legal entity, the legislative context is Canada and the Canadian name style
is used. A person's contacts have the same name style as the person for whom they're contacts.

Name Formats
A name format is a template for arranging the following components in a specified folder:

• First name
• Last name
• Title

10
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Localization Information Guide Canada

These five name formats are available for Canada:

Format Type Usage Default Structure

Full Name Names that appear in reports. [Last Name], [First Name] [Middle Name] [Title]

Display Name Names that appear singly, for example, on the [First Name] [Prefix] [Last Name]
Person Management page header.

List Name Names that appear in lists [Prefix] [Last Name], [First Name]

Order Name Names that appear in name-ordered lists where [Last Name] [First Name]
the full name alone isn't sufficient to sort the
list.

Preferred Name Names that aren't legal names, but how [Last Name], [First Name] [Preferred Name]
Canadian employees are referred to, especially
those employees of a foreign decent.

Name formats can vary among countries; therefore, both global and local versions of names formats exist.

When a person's name is displayed to you, the format of the name can vary according to the context in which it appears.
For example, in an ordered list of names, last name may appear before first name, but in another context the first name
can appear before last name.

Global and Local Name Formats

The profile option HR: Local or Global Name Format controls whether you see local names or global names by default.

Global names use one name format; therefore, users in multinational enterprises can see person names presented
consistently, regardless of their countries of origin.

Users who view or manage person records in a single country may prefer to see local names. For example, users who
view or manage person records only in Japan may prefer to see Japanese rather than global formats of person names.
Canada doesn't require entry of a local character set. For those entries of names that require the use of accents, the
name can simply be entered with those accents in the global format.

Person-Name Languages
Each enterprise identifies a global-name language. Person names appear in this language by default. When you create a
person record, you can enter a local name in a different language from the global-name language. Names appear in this
language for users whose HR: Local or Global Name Format profile option value matches the local-name language.

11
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 3
Localization Information Guide Canada

For example:

• The global-name language for the enterprise is American English.

• You set the local-name language in a person record to Japanese. Henceforth, users whose HR: Local or Global
Name Format profile option is set to Japanese see the person's name in Japanese.

• All other users (those who are viewing global-format names or whose HR: Local or Global Name Format profile
option is set to a value other than Japanese) see the person's name in American English.

Note: If you enter no local name in a person record, the local name is the same as the global name by default.

You can set preferences to select the language in which they see the display-name versions of person names.

Related Topics

National Identifiers for Canada

The following validation is delivered for the Canadian Social Insurance Number (SIN):

• The format is NNN NNN NNN (blanks included).

• It must be nine of digits.
• The first eight numbers are assigned digits and the last is a check digit. The check digit is determined using a
specific algorithm and is used to validate the SIN.
SIN numbers starting with 9 are issued to people who are neither Canadian citizens nor permanent residents and
require a SIN for employment purposes. These numbers are issued with an expiry date and the SIN isn't valid after this
date.

The Expiration Date field tracks the expiry date of the SIN number.

Temporary numbers are also validated using a check digit, because these are valid numbers assigned by the
government. The application allows entries of numbers starting with 9, however they must still pass the check digit
validation, as well as contain an expiration date. If you would like to bypass validation of the SIN, use all zeros, instead of
all nines.

12
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

4 France

Introduction
Overview of Localization Information for France
This chapter contains help for implementing and using Oracle Human Resources for France. It's not intended to be a
complete guide.

Objectives
It's assumed that you have working knowledge of the basic principles and you're familiar with the customary terms.

Other Documents
For more information about generic and related tasks, you must refer to the guides at docs.oracle.com.

It's also assumed that you have consulted the following guides:

• Implementing Global Human Resources guide.

• Oracle Applications Cloud Using Functional Setup Manager guide to have a detailed understanding of the
Functional Setup Manager and the implementation tasks.
• The country-specific implementation document (Doc ID 1504483.1) available on My Oracle Support.

Enterprise Structures
Enterprise Structure Setup for HCM for France
France supports the implementation of the three-tier organization model. Use the global setup tasks to define legal
entities, legal reporting units, and legal addresses.

To ensure that the French legal reports, such as the French Disability Report (DOETH), Social Report (Bilan Social), Social
Data Statement (DADS), and Contributions Report (DUCS), are processed accurately, you should consider the following
key points as you design and create enterprise structures for Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management (HCM).

Legal Entities, Legal Employers, and Payroll Statutory Units

You must define a legal entity as both a legal employer and a payroll statutory units (PSU). There's a one-to-one
relationship between the legal employer and the PSU.

Use the organization Système d'identification du répertoire des établissements (SIREN) from Oracle Fusion Financials
for France as the legal entity registration code for the identifying jurisdiction.

13
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

You can manage the external organizations by defining locations. Use the Manage Locations task to create external
organizations.

Tax Reporting Units, Reporting Establishment, and Registrations

The application automatically creates the default tax reporting unit (TRU) for a legal entity when the PSU is created.
There's a one-to-one relationship between the TRU and the reporting establishment. Every TRU must be designated
as a reporting establishment. Use a reporting establishment to assign employees to the establishment. Use the TRU to
manage the payroll calculations for the employees in that establishment.

The application automatically designates the default TRU as the identifying jurisdiction for the legal entity. Use
the organization SIRET from Oracle Financials as the reporting establishment registration code for the identifying
jurisdiction.

Tax Reporting Unit Details

Use the Manage Legal Reporting Units HCM Information task to specify additional information used by the
payroll application. For example, you can specify the monthly reference hours and activity code for the reporting
establishment, whether the reporting establishment is part of the Alsace-Moselle region, and all the external
organizations to which the reporting establishment is attached to.

Tax Reporting Unit Associations and Deduction Cards

You can create the Statutory Deductions calculation card and Pension and Welfare calculation card at the TRU-level.

You can only create one calculation card of each type per TRU.

Use the Manage Legal Reporting Unit Calculation Records task from the Payroll Calculations work area to access the
TRU level calculation card.

Related Topics
• How can I manage work accident rates at the department level for France?
• How can I define external organizations for the French reporting establishment ?
• Organization-Level Pension and Welfare Calculation Card for France
• Organization-Level Statutory Deductions Calculation Card for France

Contract Types for France

This topic explains the contract types that France supports. To define a contract for the employee's term of
employment, use the Manage Employment Information task. You can select the contract type and specify relevant
contract information in the Contract Details section.

France supports the following contract types:

• Standard contract
• Apprenticeship contract
• Professionalization contract
• Unique employment initiative contract (CUI-CIE)

14
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

France supports the obsolete contract types only for data integrity purposes. The application can integrate existing
employees with obsolete contract types, but you can't assign them to new employees.

Contract types determine which employees are included in the various legal reports.

Standard Contracts
Select the contract type Standard and contract duration type as either Permanent (CDI) or the Fixed-term (CDD).

• Permanent (CDI): No specific end date is required for CDI. You can include the professionalization contract
period or employment initiative contract period in a standard contract with permanent duration. Select the
appropriate contract subtype and specify the start and end dates to define the period.
• Fixed-term (CDD): This contract is defined for specific purposes and duration. Employees on fixed-term
standard contracts are reported in the Unique Statement of Employment (DUE), Manpower Movement (MMO),
and Access to Training (BIAF), Disability Employment (DOETH), and Social reports.

Apprenticeship Contracts
Apprentices are reported in the DUE report. Apprentices who are disabled are reported in the DOETH report.

Apprentices aren't included in the headcount of the employees. This may have an impact on contributions that depend
on the number of employees in the organization

Professionalization Contracts
Select Professionalization contract as the contract type to define a fixed-term professionalization contract.

Employees on this type of contract aren't included in the headcount of employees. This rule also applies to the duration
of the professionalization contract period if it's part of a standard permanent contract.

Employees on professionalization contracts are reported in the DUE, RUP, DOETH, and Social reports.

Unique Employment Initiative Contracts (CUI-CIE)

Select Unique employment initiative contract as the contract type to define a fixed-term professionalization contract.

Employees on this type of contract aren't included in the headcount of employees. This rule also applies for the duration
of the employment initiative period if it's part of a permanent contract.

Employees on CUI-CIE contracts are reported in the DUE, Personnel Register (RUP), DOETH, and Social reports.

Related Topics
• How can I specify the professionalization period or employment initiative period as part of a permanent
contract?

Examples of Multiple Assignments in a French Enterprise

This topic illustrates examples covering different scenarios where an employee has multiple assignments in a French
enterprise. The examples are set in a fictional company, InFusion Paris, which is a legal entity.

InFusion Paris is also defined as a legal employer and payroll statutory unit (PSU). The company has implemented a
three-tier employment model. There are two branch offices, InFusion Nice and InFusion Brittany. Each branch office is a

15
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

tax reporting unit and a reporting establishment. Each branch office has several departments, including InFusion Sales
and Marketing (SM), InFusion Manufacturing and Operations (MO), and InFusion Legal Operations (LO).

Multiple Departments in a Single Reporting Establishment

This example illustrates an employee assigned to multiple departments in the branch office (InFusion Nice) of the
company (InFusion Paris). The employee has one contract with InFusion Nice reporting establishment, which covers two
assignments. Supported employment models for this example are:

• 3-Tier - Multiple Employment Terms - Multiple Assignment

• 3-Tier - Single Employment Terms - Multiple Assignment

You must create the following details for the employee:

• One Work Relationship, WR1, with InFusion Paris

• One Payroll Relationship, PR1, with InFusion Paris

• One Employment Terms, ER1, for InFusion Nice

• Assignment1 in department InFusion SM, part-time at 60 percent

• Assignment2 in department InFusion MO, part-time at 40 percent

Only one Statement of Earnings is generated, and no assignment-level split of earnings is required. Employee earnings,
legal reporting, and declarations are processed at the reporting establishment level. Even if the employee is reassigned
to another department, only a new assignment is created without affecting the legal reports or declarations.

Multiple Establishments with Separate Declarations

This example illustrates an employee working with two separate establishments (InFusion Nice and InFusion Brittany)
within the same company (InFusion Paris). Supported employment models for this example are:

• 3-Tier - Multiple Employment Terms - Multiple Assignment

• 3-Tier - Multiple Employment Terms - Single Assignment

The employee works part-time at both InFusion Nice and InFusion Brittany and has separate contracts with InFusion
Nice and InFusion Brittany. You must create the following details for the employee:

• One Work Relationship, WR1, with InFusion Paris

• One Payroll Relationship, PR1, with InFusion Paris

• One Employment Terms, ER1, for InFusion Nice with Assignment1

• One Employment Terms, ER2, for InFusion Brittany with Assignment2

The employee receives a separate statement of earnings from each establishment for each contract. Each reporting
establishment independently processes the employee earnings, payments, legal reporting, and declarations.

16
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

Multiple Employment Terms or Contracts

Multiple employment terms or contracts are required when an employee has distinct roles that are subject to different
rules for processing earnings, legal reporting, and declarations. The most common scenarios are:

• A manager and a nonmanager

• Permanent contract (part-time) and fixed-term contract (part-time) for the same employee

This example illustrates an employee working as a manager and a nonmanager in the same reporting establishment.
The employee has two contracts with InFusion Nice, Contract1 as a marketing manager and Contract2 as a regular
employee at the creative design department. The employee must have separate contracts because different rules apply
to a manager and a nonmanager.

Supported employment models for this example are:

• 3-Tier - Multiple Employment Terms - Multiple Assignment

• 3-Tier - Multiple Employment Terms - Single Assignment

You must create the following details for the employee:

• One Work Relationship, WR1, with InFusion Paris

• One Payroll Relationship, PR1, with InFusion Paris

• One Employment Terms, ER1, for InFusion Nice with Assignment1 as manager

• One Employment Terms, ER2, for InFusion Nice with Assignment2 as nonmanager

The employment category is part-time. The employee receives separate statement of earnings for each contract.
Earnings, payments, legal reporting, and declarations are processed for each contract separately.

Multiple Assignments for Different Person Types

Possible scenarios for multiple assignments for different person types are:

• Employee and trainee (nonworker)

• Employee and contingent worker

Supported employment models for this example are:

• 2-Tier - Single Contract - Single Assignment

• 3-Tier - Multiple Employment Terms - Multiple Assignment

• 3-Tier - Multiple Employment Terms - Single Assignment

• 3-Tier - Single Employment Terms - Multiple Assignment

Employee and Trainee (Nonworker)

17
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

In this scenario, the employee has one fixed-term contract and one training agreement with InFusion Nice. You must
create the following details for the employee:

• One Work Relationship, WR1, for person type Employee with InFusion Paris

• One Payroll Relationship, PR1, for person type Employee with InFusion Paris

• One Employment Terms, ER1, for Assignment1 as a fixed-term employee

• One Work Relationship, WR2, for person type Trainee with InFusion Paris

• One Payroll Relationship, PR2, for person type Trainee with InFusion Paris

• One Employment Terms2, ER2, for Assignment2 as Trainee

The employee receives an for the fixed-term contract. The trainee has no salary. If the training period is more than two
months, then the trainee receives a bonus which is processed separately.

Earnings, payments, legal reporting, and declarations are processed for the contract and as per the training agreement.

Employee and Contingent Worker

The person has a permanent contract with InFusion Paris as a part-time employee. The person also performs
specialized tasks as a contingent worker. You must create the following details for the employee:

• One Payroll Relationship, PR1, for person type Employee with InFusion Paris

• One Work Relationship, WR1, for person type Employee with InFusion Paris

• One Employment Terms, ER1, with Assignment1 as an employee

• One Work Relationship, WR2, for person type Contingent Worker with InFusion Paris

• One Assignment2 as a contingent worker

Note: No payroll relationship is required for contingent worker as the person has no payment through the company
payroll.

The employee receives one statement of earnings for the permanent contract. Earnings, payments, legal reporting, and
declarations are processed for employee on contract.

Legal reporting for the contingent worker is processed by the reporting establishment.

Related Topics
• Contract Types for France
• How can I add a trainee in France?
• Overview of Implementing Payroll Relationship

18
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

Calculation Cards
Organization-Level Statutory Deductions Calculation Card for
France
The Statutory Deductions calculation card enables you to capture work accident and transport-related information for
the tax reporting unit (TRU). For France, every TRU is designated as a reporting establishment. Use the Manage Legal
Reporting Unit Calculation Records task to create the Statutory Deductions

You can have only one Statutory Deductions calculation card for each reporting establishment at any point.

You must consider the following points when you create a Statutory Deductions calculation card:

• Work Accident Calculation Component and Component Details

• Transport Calculation Component

Work Accident Calculation Component and Component Details

You can define a work accident rate that applies to all employees in the reporting establishment. However, certain
departments within the TRU may have different work accident rates than the ones defined at the establishment-level.

When a single rate applies to the whole reporting establishment, select the value for Reference as All Departments.

In the Work Accident Information component details, specify the Section Code, Office, and Risk Code to identify the rate
for the payroll work accident contribution.

If a department has a specific work accident rate, create a new Work Accident calculation component and select the
department from the list of available departments.

Note: Use the Manage Departments task to specify whether a specific work accident rate applies to a department in
the France Department Information section. Specify the value for the Specific Work Accident Rate field as Yes. This
adds the department to the list of values in the Work Accident component.

In the Enterable Calculation Values on Calculation Cards tab, specify the work accident employer rate for the reporting
establishment or the department, whichever is applicable.

Transport Calculation Component

You can define standard and additional rates for the Transport component for each reporting establishment. The
Transport component has no component details. Use the Enterable Calculation Values on Calculation Cards tab to enter
the calculation values for Transport Rate and Transport Additional Rate.

19
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

Organization-Level Pension and Welfare Calculation Card for

France
The Pension and Welfare calculation card enables you to enter information related to the statutory complementary
pension contracts for the tax reporting unit (TRU). For France, every TRU is designated as a reporting establishment.

Use the Manage Legal Reporting Unit Calculation Records task to create the Pension and Welfare calculation card.

You can have only one Pension and Welfare calculation card for each TRU at any point.

You must consider the following points when you create a TRU calculation card:

• Complementary Pension Component

• Contract Information Component Details

Complementary Pension Component

The application creates the Complementary Pension component when the calculation card is created. Use the Edit and
Update options to enter the Institution Contract Reference for complementary pension.

Contract Information Component Details

The application creates the Contract Information component details record upon calculation card creation. In the
Contract Information component details, specify the following information:

Field Description

Institution Group You can only select institutions for which a location has been identified that match the institution type.

Mandatory Indicates whether the subscription is mandatory or optional.

Institution Type Identifies the type of institutions that manage the pension contracts. For example, AGIRC, ARRCO,
contingency fund, mutual insurance or other insurances.

Related Topics
• Enterprise Structure Setup for HCM for France

Automatic Statutory Deductions Calculation Card Creation for

France: Explained
If the value of your country setting in the Manage Features by Countries or Territories page is either Payroll or Payroll
Interface, then a personal Statutory Deductions calculation card is automatically created for a person upon completion
of the New Hire process.

20
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

Use the Calculations Cards task in Payroll to view and update the card as needed. The automatically created card
contains the most commonly used values for the key fields.

The following are the important aspects of the automatic card creation process:

• You must have defined an organization-level Statutory Deductions calculation card before the Hire an
Employee task can create a personal Statutory Deductions calculation card. Use the Legal Reporting Unit
Calculation Records task to do this.
• You must define the element eligibility for the French Payroll Processing element. Use the Elements task from
the Payroll Calculations work area to do this.
• For each reporting establishment, indicate if it's located in the Alsace-Moselle region. Use the Legal Reporting
Unit HCM Information task to do this.

Employee Information Calculation Component and Component Details

The application creates the Employee Information component and component details record automatically upon card
creation.

Field Default Value

Context Value Employee Information

Employee Scheme Derived from person attributes: Contract Type, Contract Subtype, and Employee Age.

Local Scheme Derived from the value you set for the Alsace-Moselle region in the organization-level Statutory
Deductions calculation card.

Employee Pension Scheme Derived from the values you set for person attributes - Contract Type and Employee Category AGIRC-
ARRCO.

Resident Abroad Derived from person home address. This value is selected if their country of residence isn't France.

State Pension Contribution Base-Full-Time Unselected

Complementary Pension Contribution Unselected

Base - Full-Time

Reduced Percentage Rate for DFS Blank

Default Values for Employee Scheme, Local Scheme, and Employee Pension Scheme
Employee Scheme: The application derives the default value for the employee scheme from a combination of person
attributes as described in the table below:

21
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

System Person Type Contract Type Contract Subtype Employee Age Employee Scheme

Employee All contract types except All except Any General

Apprenticeship or Professionalization Period
Professionalization

Employee Apprenticeship Not applicable Any Apprentices

Employee Professionalization contract Not applicable Up to 45 years Professionalization

Employee Professionalization contract Not applicable 45 years and above Professionalization over 45

Employee Standard Professionalization period 45 years and above Professionalization

Employee Standard Professionalization period Up to 45 years Professionalization over 45

Trainee Not applicable Not applicable Any Any

Local Scheme: The application derives the default value for local scheme as follows:

Alsace-Moselle Region (in the French Other

TRU Details)

Yes Alcase-Moselle

No Other areas

Employee Pension Scheme: The application derives the default value for employee pension schemes based on a
combination of Contract Type and Employee Category AGIRC-ARRCO:

Contract Type Employee Category AGIRC-ARRCO Employee Pension Scheme

Apprenticeship 04 - Nonmanagers - general staff Nonmanager Apprentice

Other Contract Types 04 - Nonmanagers - general staff Nonmanager

Other Contract Types 02 - Extension managerial staff for Manager and Extension
complementary pension

Other Contract Types 01- Managerial staff - Clause 4/4B Manager and Extension

22
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

Associations and Association Details

The application automatically associates the calculation card with the default TRU of the reporting establishment to
which the employee belongs. The calculation card and all the employment terms and assignment for the employee can
be associated with only one TRU.

Reports
Overview of Statutory Reports for France
Payroll managers run a number of statutory reports that are required by external organizations such as legal authorities,
tax office or social insurance office, or to be given to the employees.

Run these reports from the Regulatory and Tax Reporting work area.

Report Task Purpose When to Run Report Results

Run French Personnel Register Statutory report containing the As required for statutory purposes. Employer information includes
list of persons currently employed company and establishment
in an establishment, and those names, SIREN, SIRET, and
previously employed with the addresses.
establishment in the last five years.
Employee information includes
basic information, job details, visa
information and specific contract
information.

Run French Unique Statement of Statutory report to be submitted to As required for statutory purposes. Employer information includes
Employment (DUE) the URSSAF when an employee is establishment name and
hired or rehired by the company. addresses, and contact name.

Employee information includes

basic information, national
identifier, and contract details.

Run French Work Certificate Certificate or letter provided to the Employee termination. Employer information includes
terminated employees. company and establishment
names, SIRET, and addresses.

Employee Information includes

basic information, jobs held and
their description, and information
on individual entitlement to
training.

Run French Access to Training Required document provided to At the time of providing the fixed- Employer information includes
Report (BIAF) every employee on fixed-term term contract, ad-hoc employee company and establishment
contract allowing them access requests or upon employee names, SIRET, OPCA, NAF number,
to training and competency termination. and addresses.
development managed by OPACIF.
Employee Information includes
basic information, fixed-term

23
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

Report Task Purpose When to Run Report Results

contract dates and details and

training duration applicable.

Run French Social Report Statutory report published to Annually or as required for Report results depend on whether
compare the results of the current statutory purposes. the report is generated for a
year with the previous two years reporting establishment or the
using a given set of indicators. You legal employer.
can generate this report at the tax
reporting unit (TRU) level and for a
legal employer.

Run French Manpower Movement Statutory report containing the Monthly or as required for Establishment data, headcount
Report movements of employees in an statutory purposes. details and employee details based
establishment with details of on the number of work terms, and
newly hired employees, salary whether they’re hired, rehired,
changes of existing employees, transferred or terminated.
and terminated employees.
Includes contingent workers for
headcount calculation.

Related Topics
• French Disability Report (DOETH)

Worker Data Validation Report for France

Run the Worker Data Validation Report to get a list of employees with missing or noncompliant statutory HR data. Using
this report, you can verify whether the relevant person information has been entered:

Validation Level Attribute

Assignment Activity Mode

Department

Job Population Type

Employment Terms Assignment Category

Contract Type

Grade

Job

Reporting Establishment

Person Home Address

Citizenship

24
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

Validation Level Attribute

Country of Birth

Date of Birth

Worker Category

HR managers and payroll managers can run this report from the Data Exchange work area or the Payroll Checklist work
area.

Parameters
Specify the legal employer and the effective date to run the report.

Report Results
The report is delivered in PDF format and lists the persons with the missing attributes as of the effective date. Use the
report results to make the HR data statutory compliant and complete by adding the missing information for the listed
persons.

This table contains a sample output of the report.

Person Name Person Number Validation Message

Daniel Ross 955160008175784 A value for the attribute Grade is required.

A value for the attribute Activity Mode is

required.

Marian Ziss 955160008175782 A value for the attribute Citizenship Status is

required.

Related Topics
• Payroll Data Validation Report for France

Payroll Data Validation Report for France

Run the Payroll Data Validation Report to generate a list of workers with missing or noncompliant payroll data. Using
this report, you can verify whether the required data setup for all employees for payroll run or processes is complete.

You can also create additional validations as required.

Parameters
Payroll managers or administrators can run this report from the Payroll Calculations or the Payroll Checklist work
area.

25
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

Report Results
The report is delivered in PDF format and lists the persons with the missing payroll attributes as of the effective date.
This table contains a sample output of the report.

Person Name Person Number Validation Message

Emily Thorne 955160008175745 A value for the attribute Tax Reporting Unit is
required.

Daniel Grayson 955160008175763 A value for the attribute Tax Reporting Unit is
required.

Related Topics

French Disability Report (DOETH)

The French Disability Report or the DOETH is a mandatory declaration of disabled workers in the establishment. The
application provides four reports that enable you to fill the DOETH:
• Disabled employees with relevant information
• Disabled trainees
• Employees with ECAP jobs
• Total headcount
Payroll administrators and payroll managers run this report from the Tax and Regulatory Reporting work area. This is an
annual report.

When you run the report for a specific legal employer, the above mentioned four reports are generated irrespective of
their reporting establishments.

When you run the report for a specific legal employer and a reporting establishment associated with it, the above
mentioned four reports are generated for that reporting establishment.

Employer information includes company and establishment names, SIRET, and report date and the year for which the
report is generated. Employee information includes:
• Personal and Assignment details such as person name, person type, gender, employment start date, and job
details.
• Disability information such as disability registration or category

Parameters
The parameter values determine which records to include in the report. Most parameters are self-explanatory,
while the following have special meaning in the context of this report.

Legal Employer

Indicates the legal employer for which the Disability report must be reported.

26
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

Establishment

Optionally, you can extract the data for a single establishment.

Start Date and Effective Date

Indicates the period for which the report is generated.

Related Topics
• Overview of Statutory Reports for France

Work Certificate
The Work Certificate is a certificate or letter provided to terminated employees. It describes the employee and employer
details, and lists the employee's jobs while employed by the company. The employer information includes company and
establishment names, SIRET, and addresses.

The employee information includes basic information, jobs held and their description, and information on individual
entitlement to training.

Frequently Asked Questions

The following table lists frequently asked questions about this report.

Question Answer

How do I find this report? In the Checklists work area, select Submit a Process or Report. Specify a France legislative data group
(LDG). Select French Work Certificate.

Who uses this report? Human Resource Specialist and Payroll Managers

When do I use this report? Run this process for a terminated employee or a set of employees who are terminated.

What prompts can I use to narrow the Use the Legal Employer field to specify the legal entity of the terminated employees.
results of this report?
Use the Person field to run the work certificate for a specific person.

Use the Start Date and Effective Date fields to extract all the employees having a termination date
included in the range specified by Start Date or Effective Date.

How do I share this report? Add to briefing book

Schedule an agent to run the report

What tool do I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Related Topics

27
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

Access to Training Report

The Access to Training Report (BIAF) is a statutory document that must be provided to employees on fixed-term
contract allowing them access to training and competency development managed by OPACIF.

Frequently Asked Questions

The following table lists frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

How do I find this report? In the Checklist work area, select Submit a Process or Report. Specify a France legislative data group
(LDG). Select French Access to Training Report..

Who uses this report? HR Managers

When do I use this report? Run this report at the time of providing the fixed-term contract to the employee. You can also run this
report for employee requests or upon employee termination.

What prompts can I use to narrow the Use the Payroll Flow field to uniquely identify this payroll flow submission.
results of this report?
Use the Legal Employer field to specify the legal entity.

Use the Establishment field to run the report for a specific reporting establishment.

Use the Person field to run this report for a specific employee.

Use the Effective Date field to run the report for all eligible persons as on the specified date.

How do I share this report? Add to briefing book

Schedule an agent to run the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Manpower Movement Report

The Manpower Movement Report is a statutory HR report that must be submitted to the department of labor and it
reports every work contract that was started or ended within the reporting period.

The report contains details of newly hired employees, employee transfers, and terminated employees.

Frequently Asked Questions

The following table lists frequently asked questions about this report.

28
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

FAQ Answer

How do I find this report? In the Checklists work area, select Submit a Process or Report. Specify a France legislative data group
(LDG). Select French Manpower Movement.

Who uses this report? HR Managers and Payroll Managers

When do I use this report? Run this report every month or as required for statutory purposes.

What prompts can I use to narrow the Use the Payroll Flow field to uniquely identify this payroll flow submission.
results of this report?
Use the Legal Employer field to specify the legal entity.

Use the Establishment field to run the report for a specific reporting establishment.

Use the Start Date Field to specify the reporting period, for example, the first day of the month.

Use the Effective Date field to specify the end date for the reporting period.

How do I share this report? Add to briefing book

Schedule an agent to run the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Unique Statement of Employment: Explained

The DUE or the Unique Statement of Employment is generated when employees or trainees are hired or rehired by the
organization. The report must be submitted to the URSSAF. The declaration consists of information about the hiring
organization and the employee details.

It is also used to complete various formalities like the registration of the person with the health insurance or
unemployment systems, if required.

Frequently Asked Questions

The following table lists frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

How do I find this report? In the Checklists work area, select Submit a Payroll Flow. Specify a France legislative data group (LDG).
Select French Unique Statement of Employment.

Who uses this report? HR Managers and Payroll Managers

When do I use this report? Run this report every month or as required for statutory purposes.

29
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

FAQ Answer

What prompts can I use to narrow the Use the Payroll Flow field to uniquely identify this payroll flow submission.
results of this report?
Use the Legal Employer field to specify the legal entity.

Use the Establishment field to run the report for a specific reporting establishment.

Use the Person field to run the report for a specific person. Trainees aren't automatically included in
the report. You can use this field if you want to run the report for a trainee.

Use the Start Date Field to specify the start of the reporting period.

Use the Effective Date field to specify the end date for the reporting period.

How do I share this report? Add to briefing book

Schedule an agent to run the report

What tool do I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Related Topics

Personnel Register
The French Personnel Register(RUP) is a mandatory report of persons currently employed in an establishment, and who
were previously employed with the establishment in the last five years.

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

How do I find this report? In the Checklists work area, select Submit a Process or Report. Specify a France legislative data group
(LDG). Select French Personnel Register.

Who uses this report? HR Managers and Payroll Managers

When do I use this report? Run this report every month or as required for statutory purposes.

What prompts can I use to narrow the Use the Payroll Flow field to uniquely identify this payroll flow submission.
results of this report?
Use the Legal Employer field to specify the legal entity.

Use the Establishment field to run the report for a specific reporting establishment.

Use the Start Date Field to specify the start of the reporting period.

30
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

FAQ Answer

Use the Effective Date field to specify the end date for the reporting period.

How do I share this report? Add to briefing book

Schedule an agent to run the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Social Report
The French Social Report is a statutory report published every year to compare the results of the current year with the
previous two years, using a given set of indicators.

You can generate this report for a tax reporting unit (TRU) and for a legal employer.

Frequently Asked Questions

The following table lists frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

How do I find this report? In the Checklists work area, select Submit a Process or Report. Specify a France legislative data group
(LDG). Select French Social Report.

Who uses this report? HR Managers and Administrators

When do I use this report? Run this report annually or as required for statutory purposes.

What prompts can I use to narrow the Use the Payroll Flow field to uniquely identify this payroll flow submission.
results of this report?
Use the Legal Employer field to specify the legal entity.

Use the Establishment field to run the report for a specific reporting establishment.

Use the Start Date Field to specify the start of the reporting period.

Use the Effective Date field to specify the end date for the reporting period.

How do I share this report? Add to briefing book

Schedule an agent to run the report

What tool do I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Related Topics

31
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

FAQs
How can I define external organizations for the French reporting
establishment ?
Use the Manage Locations task to create and manage locations for the French reporting establishment. You can use this
to specify relevant details such as address, contact, and other information required to communicate with the external
organizations and information related to legal reporting

The location centers are used in the French reporting establishment to display the locations of external organizations
based on location types.

Related Topics

How can I manage work accident rates at the department level for
France?
In the Setup and Maintenance work area, go to the following:

• Offering: Workforce Deployment

• Functional Area: Workforce Structures
• Task: Manage Departments
Select the appropriate value for specific work accident rate. The work accident rates are defined for the whole
establishment at the tax reporting unit (TRU) level. These rates are usually applicable to all the departments within an
establishment. As an exception, you can specify whether certain departments within a single establishment can have
different rates if the level of risk varies from department to department.

The default value is No and it indicates there is no specific work accident rate defined for this department in the
establishment.

Select Yes to enter work accident rates for a specific department or set of departments in the TRU-level calculation card.

Related Topics
• Enterprise Structure Setup for HCM for France

How can I add a trainee in France?

Add a nonworker person using the person type Trainee. This is the only person type available for trainees. For additional
trainee types, use the Manage Person Types task to create new person types, for example, young trainees or other
trainees.

32
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

On the Employment Information page, update the training duration for each trainee.

How can I define INSEE PCS job code and extensions, and ECAP?
In the Setup and Maintenance work area, select:
• Offering: Workforce Deployment
• Functional Area: Workforce Structures
• Task: Manage Job
Define the job legislative information such as INSEE PCS job code, Extension to PCS job code, and whether the job is
recognized as ECAP.

How can I set a person's CPAM or local social security office?

In the Manage Person Information page, open the Gender and Marital Status section for editing. Click View More
Details. This invokes the Legislative Information page where you can set the value for Person Social Security Office
Location (CPAM).

How can I specify the professionalization period or employment

initiative period as part of a permanent contract?
On the Manage Employment Information page, in the Contract Details section, select the contract type Standard
and the contract duration Permanent. Select the contract subtype as either Professionalization Contract Period or
Employment Initiative Contract Period (CUI-CIE).

Specify the start and end dates to define the contract period.

How can I enable full contract functionality for France?

Use the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task to select the relevant employment model in the Legal Employer
Details page. Select the 2-Tier - Single Contract - Single Assignment employment model.

How can I update disability information for a person in France?

Navigate to the Disabilities tab on the Manage Person Information page and click Create. In the Disability Information
section, select France as the country and specify the disability category and the status.

In the Legislative Information section, select France Disability Information as the context value and enter the relevant
disability information.

33
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 4
Localization Information Guide France

34
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Localization Information Guide Germany

5 Germany
Introduction
Overview of Localization Information for Germany
This chapter contains help for implementing and using Oracle Human Resources for Germany. It's not intended to be a
complete guide.

Objectives
It's assumed that you have working knowledge of the basic principles and you're familiar with the customary terms.

Other Documents
For more information about generic and related tasks, you must refer to the guides at docs.oracle.com.

It's also assumed that you have consulted the following guides:

• Implementing Global Human Resources guide.

• Oracle Applications Cloud Using Functional Setup Manager guide to have a detailed understanding of the
Functional Setup Manager and the implementation tasks.
• The country-specific implementation document (Doc ID 1504483.1) available on My Oracle Support.

Reports
Disability Report for Germany
The German Disability Report allows employers to report the number of disabled employees and additional information
about them to the Employment Agency. This report generates three CSV files (a, c, and d), and an audit file.

This report generates three CSV files (a, c, and d), and an audit file. For more information on the files a, c, and d, visit the
REHADAT-Elan website.

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

How do I find this report? In the Checklists work area, select Submit a Process or Report. Specify a German legislative data group
(LDG). Select REHADAT Disability Report.

35
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Localization Information Guide Germany

FAQ Answer

Who uses this report? HR Managers and HCM Specialists

When do I use this report? Run this report annually or as required for statutory purposes.

What prompts can I use to narrow the Use the Payroll Flow field to uniquely identify this payroll flow submission.
results of this report?
Use the Legal Employer field to specify the legal entity.

Use the Effective Date field and Start Date field to extract all disabled employees that have a work
relationship with the company during the specified date range.

How do I share this report? Add to briefing book

Schedule an agent to run the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Related Topics
• Worker Data Validation Report for Germany

Worker Data Validation Report for Germany

The Worker Data Validation Report is generated to get a list of employees with missing or noncompliant statutory HR
data. The report is delivered in PDF format and lists the persons with the missing attributes as of the effective date.

You can use the report results to make the HR data statutory compliant and complete by adding the missing
information for the listed persons.

Frequently Asked Questions

The following table lists frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

How do I find this report? In the Checklists work area, select Submit a Payroll Flow. Specify a German legislative data group
(LDG). Select Run Worker Data Validation Report.

Who uses this report? HR Managers and HCM Specialists

When do I use this report? Run this report before running periodic processes (for example, payroll run) or reports.

What prompts can I use to narrow the Use the Payroll Flow field to uniquely identify this payroll flow submission.
results of this report?
Use the Legal Employer field to specify the legal entity.

36
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Localization Information Guide Germany

FAQ Answer

Use the Effective As-of Date field to specify the reporting date.

How do I share this report? Add to briefing book

Schedule an agent to run the report

What tool do I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Related Topics
• Disability Report for Germany

37
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 5
Localization Information Guide Germany

38
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Localization Information Guide Kuwait

6 Kuwait

Introduction
Guide Overview Localization Information Kuwait
This chapter contains help for implementing and using Oracle Resources and Oracle Payroll for Kuwait. It's not intended
to be a complete guide.

Objectives
It's assumed that you have working knowledge of the basic principles and you're familiar with the customary terms.

Other Documents
For more information about generic and related tasks, you must refer to the guides at docs.oracle.com.

It's also assumed that you have consulted the following guides:

• Implementing Global Human Resources guide.

• Oracle Applications Cloud Using Functional Setup Manager guide to have a detailed understanding of the
Functional Setup Manager and the implementation tasks.
• If you're implementing payroll, the Implementing Payroll for Kuwait to understand basic payroll concepts and
familiarize yourself with payroll terminology.
• The country-specific implementation white paper (Doc ID 1504483.1) available on My Oracle Support.

For more Kuwait-specific information, refer to the Kuwait Information Center (Doc ID 2113956.2) on My Oracle Support.

To receive important Kuwait Legislative Product News, you must subscribe to the Hot Topics Email feature available in
My Oracle Support. Refer to:

Kuwait-Welcome tab > Other Documents > How to Use My Oracle Support Hot Topics Email Subscription Feature

Enterprise Structures
Options for Enterprise Structure Setup for HCM for Kuwait
Kuwait supports all the global employment models. Use the global setup tasks to define legal entities, legal authorities,
and legal addresses.

To ensure that the Kuwaiti reports are processed accurately, consider the following key points as you design and create
enterprise structures for Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management (HCM).

39
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Localization Information Guide Kuwait

Contract Data
To use the complete contract functionality, select any three-tier employment model or the Two-Tier Single Contract
Single Assignment model. Use the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task and select the employment model in
the Legal Employer Details section.

Legislative Categories and Legal Authorities

Social Insurance is the main legislative category. Use this legislative category when you create the legal authority for
the Social Insurance Office. While creating the legal jurisdiction, select Social Insurance as the legislative category and
indicate it as the identifying jurisdiction.

For additional jurisdictions, use the registration code Civil Identifier for the Public Authority for Civil Information. Use the
registration code Registration Number for the Ministry of Social Affairs and Labor.

Legal Entities, Legal Employers, and Payroll Statutory Units

For a Kuwaiti organization model, there must be a one-to-one relationship between the legal employer and the payroll
statutory unit (PSU). Specify the legal entity as a legal employer and also as a PSU.

When you create a legal jurisdiction, you must select a legal entity registration code, which indicates which type of
registration number to use for legal entities associated with that jurisdiction. It is recommended that you select Legal
Reporting Unit Registration Number for the legal reporting unit registration code. When you create a legal entity, you
must provide a valid legal entity registration code of the type required by the legal jurisdiction for the legal entity.

Tax Reporting Units

The Kuwaiti payroll reports are based on the PSU as there is a one-to-one mapping between the PSU and the TRU. The
application automatically creates a default tax reporting unit (TRU) when you create a legal entity and identify it as a
PSU. Though you can create additional TRUs, it's recommended that you link only one TRU to the legal employer and
the PSU.

Payroll Statutory Unit Calculation Cards

You can create these calculation cards at the PSU level:

• Employer Social Insurance Details: This card captures the employer sector and the formula for calculating the
salary base for Social Insurance contributions, if required.

• Employer Gratuity Details: This card captures information used for calculating the salary base for gratuity
calculations and the formula for calculating the gratuity amount, if required.

Overview of Mandatory Post-Payroll Processes

You must run these processes as prerequisites before running post-payroll processes such as payments, payslip, and
regulatory reporting:

• Calculate Prepayments
• Archive Periodic Payroll Results

40
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Localization Information Guide Kuwait

Overview of Payments Processing and Payslip

Once payroll has been run, you need to run these post-payroll processes:
• Payments processing
• Payslip
Let's take a look at these in some detail:
• What is predefined by Kuwait localization to meet the Kuwait-specific business requirements.
• The process to generate the report outputs.
• A sample output of the reports.

Overview of Terminating an Employee

There are no separate post-termination processes for Kuwait. Terminated employees aren't considered for social
insurance processing in the month of termination.

Earnings can also be paid after termination. In this case, it's important to check the payroll status of the payee to be sure
that it's included in the payroll run. Let's look at the possible HR statuses that can be enabled:
• Payroll Eligible: Payee is included in the payroll run.
• No Payroll: Payee won't be included in the payroll run.
• Process When One Time Element: Payee will only be included in the payroll run if they have a non-recurring
(unprocessed) element entry for the payroll period.
• Process When Earning: Payee will only be included in the payroll run if they have an element entry, for the
payroll period, for an earning having classifications with the Process When Earning option set to Yes.
In the termination month, gratuity payment is automatically generated, if the employee is eligible. This amount is added
to the employee's net pay. Rules for determining the gratuity payment are described in the gratuity calculation section.

When a terminated employee is rehired, the employee is treated as a new employee. There's no linkage to the old
records of the employee. In effect, a rehire is treated as a new employee with a new payroll relationship.

Terminate an Employee for Kuwait

Terminate the work relationship of an employee at the end of employment period. An employee termination impacts
calculation and reporting. Following are the effects of terminating an employee:

• Social insurance isn't processed for the month of termination.

• If the employee is eligible, gratuity payment is generated automatically.
Termination of an employee involves these steps:
1. Terminating a work relationship
2. Creating Employee Gratuity Details calculation card

41
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 6
Localization Information Guide Kuwait

Terminate a Work Relationship

HR specialists terminate the work relationships of employees to whom they have security access.

To terminate a work relationship:

1. In the Person Management work area, select the Manage Work Relationship task.
2. On the Manage Work Relationship page, from the Actions menu, select Terminate.
3. On the Terminate Work Relationship page, enter the termination details including the termination reason.

Note: Based on your selection in the Termination Action field, the values in the Termination Reason field
are available.

4. Click Review and then click Submit.

Create an Employee Gratuity Details Calculation Card

Payroll managers can create and edit an Employee Gratuity Details calculation card. You must set your Payroll Product
Usage to Oracle Fusion Payroll or Payroll Interface for automatic card creation.

To create an Employee Gratuity Details calculation card:

1. In the Payroll Calculations work area, select Manage Calculation Cards task.
2. On the Person page, search for the person for whom you want to review the Employee Social Insurance Details
card.
3. In the Search Results section, select the Employee Social Insurance Details card.

The Manage Calculation Cards page opens.

4. In the Employee Social Insurance Details section, deselect the Registered for Social Insurance check box.
5. Click Done.

The Employee Gratuity Details calculation card is automatically created. When the card is created, the gratuity
component, component details, and the association are automatically created.
6. Edit the required information on the Employee Gratuity Details calculation card.
7. In the Employee Gratuity Details section, create the calculation component details. Follow these steps:

a. Click Create.
b. In the Override Amount field, enter an override amount.
c. Click Done.

Note: If an override amount is specified, this amount overrides the reference formula for the gratuity
calculation defined at the payroll statutory unit level, and also the calculation formula defined at the
legislative level.

How can I enable full contract functionality for Kuwait?

Use the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task in the Setup and Maintenance work area to select the relevant
employment model in the Legal Employer Details page. Select any 3-Tier employment model or the 2-Tier - Single
Contract - Single Assignment employment model.

42
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

7 Netherlands

Introduction
Overview of Localization Information for Netherlands
This chapter contains help for implementing and using Oracle Human Resources for Netherlands. It's not intended to be
a complete guide.

Objectives
It's assumed that you have working knowledge of the basic principles and you're familiar with the customary terms.

Other Documents
For more information about generic and related tasks, you must refer to the guides at docs.oracle.com.

It's also assumed that you have consulted the following guides:

• Implementing Global Human Resources guide.

• Oracle Applications Cloud Using Functional Setup Manager guide to have a detailed understanding of the
Functional Setup Manager and the implementation tasks.
• The country-specific implementation document (Doc ID 1504483.1) on My Oracle Support.

Enterprise Structures
Enterprise Structure Setup for HCM for the Netherlands: Points to
Consider
Use the setup tasks and define legal entities, legal reporting units, legal authorities, legal addresses, and reporting
establishments. The Dutch localization supports both the two-tier and the three-tier employment models. Consider the
following key points as you design and create enterprise structures for Oracle

Legal Jurisdictions, Legislative Category, and Legal Authorities

Use the Manage Legal Jurisdictions task to create your own legal jurisdiction to define the tax office. This legal
jurisdiction you create is associated with the legal authority and uses the tax registration number as the legal reporting
unit registration code.

The Wage Tax legislative category is predefined. Use this legislative category when you define the legal authority for a
tax office.

43
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

Legal Entities, Legal Employers, and Payroll Statutory Units

When you set up legal entities, you can identify them as legal employers and payroll statutory units (PSUs). This makes
them available for use in Oracle Fusion HCM.

For a Dutch organization model, you must define a legal entity as both a legal employer and a PSU. A one-to-one
relationship must exist between the legal employer and the PSU.

Tax Reporting Units, Reporting Establishments, and Registrations

When you create a legal entity and identify it as a PSU, the application automatically creates a default tax reporting unit
(TRU). You can create additional TRUs, if required.

A TRU is used to group employees for the purpose of tax and social insurance reporting. A reporting establishment is
an organization that's used for statutory reporting other than tax and social insurance reporting. You must define every
TRU as a reporting establishment for the Dutch organization.

The registration with the identifying jurisdiction is automatically created for the default TRU.

You must register every TRU that you create with the tax office using the tax registration number.

Tax Reporting Unit Details

Use the Manage Legal Reporting Units HCM Information task to specify additional information for the TRU. Specify the
Wage Report details and Sickness Report details in the TRU information.

Tax Reporting Unit Calculation Card

Use the Manage Legal Reporting Unit Calculation Records task for the TRU-level calculation card.

Use this calculation card to manage data at the TRU-level statutory deductions and taxes specific to the TRU. You
can create only one calculation card at the TRU-level. On this card, you can specify information that's specific to the
employer, such as:

• Sector fund contribution

• WGA contribution rate

• Wage tax subsidies

• Tax calculation settings

Related Topics

Examples of Organization Models for the Netherlands

These examples illustrate different models for the Dutch organizations in the Oracle Fusion HCM. Each example
includes a legislative data group (LDG). LDGs aren't an organization classification, but are included in the example to
show how they're associated with the payroll statutory unit (PSU).

44
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

Single Company with Single Payroll Statutory Unit and Single Tax Reporting Unit
Here's an example that illustrates a fictional company, InFusion Netherlands, with a single sector fund and single tax
office registration. It's a registered company with the corporate head office in Amsterdam. Tax calculation and sector
fund management are managed through a single tax reporting unit (TRU).

You can use the basic setup for this model involving these steps:

1. Create an InFusion Netherlands organization with the Enterprise classification.

2. Create a Dutch LDG.
3. To define the tax office, create a legal jurisdiction and set the territory to Netherlands. Use the Wage Tax
legislative category when you define the legal authority for the tax office.
4. Create a legal entity for InFusion Netherlands. Designate is as both legal employer and PSU.

45
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

5. Select the TRU that was created when you defined the legal entity and designate it as a reporting
establishment.
6. Use the unique tax registration number to register the TRU with the tax office.

Note: The sector fund, wage tax, and deduction information are stored in the TRU created for this legal
entity.

7. Use the TRU deduction card to define a single sector fund for the TRU.

Single Company with Single Payroll Statutory Unit and Multiple Tax Reporting Units
In this example, there's a a fictional company InFusion Netherlands with a single PSU with tax office registrations for
multiple purposes. All the offices share a single payroll. Each office is registered separately with the tax office using a
unique tax registration number. The manufacturing and research offices have multiple sector fund contribution rates.

46
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

Setup for this model involves the same steps as in the previous example. In addition, it's possible for a legal employer to
have multiple tax registration numbers for different purposes.

In this example, you must create separate TRUs for the Head Office (Sales), Manufacturing, and Research office.
Register each TRU separately with the tax office using its unique tax registration number. For the Manufacturing and
Research offices, create multiple sector fund contribution components such as Sector Fund1 and Sector Fund2. Select
Sector Fund1 as the default for each office.

Note: If you have multiple sector fund contribution rates, you must select one of them as the default for the TRU.

Related Topics
• Enterprise Structure Setup for HCM for the Netherlands: Points to Consider
• Tax Reporting Unit Calculation Card for the Netherlands
• Overview of Legal Entities, Business Units, and Divisions

Name Styles and Name Formats for the Netherlands

You can use a suite of predefined name styles and predefined name formats.

Name Styles
A name style determines how the name is displayed on a person record. It specifies which components are shown, the
sequence in which they're displayed, and whether they're optional or required. The name style must not be modified
during the implementation phase. This topic explains the predefined Dutch Name Styles and Name Formats.

The predefined name style for the Netherlands is:

• Correspondence Title
• First Name (required)
• Initials (required for employees)
• Prefix
• Last Name (required)
• Title 1
• Title 2
• Title 3
• Partner Last Name
• Partner Prefix
• Name Format

Use the Manage Common Lookups task to view or edit the list of values for the various Title fields, that is, Title
1, Title 2, and Title 3 using the lookup HRX_NL_TITLE.

47
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

Name Formats
A name format is a template for arranging the predefined components of a name (such as first name, last name, and
title) in a specified order for a particular purpose. For example, in an ordered list of names, the last name may appear
before the first name. But in other contexts, the first name may appear before the last name.

In addition to the four global name formats that are available for use in all localizations (display name, list name, full
name, and order name), three additional local format types are predefined for the Netherlands:

• Own last name and partner last name: [Initial] [Prefix] [Last Name] [Partner Prefix] [Partner Last Name]
• Partner last name and own last name: [Initial] [Partner Prefix] [Partner Last Name] [Prefix] [Last Name]
• Partner name: [Initial] [Partner Prefix] [Partner Last Name]

You can select one of these name formats in the person record in a Dutch legislative data group (LDG). The selected
Dutch name format is used wherever the default full name format is otherwise used, such as on statutory reports or a
payslip. If there is no value specified in the name format field, then the default Dutch full name format is used for the
person. Optionally, select a specific name format at the individual employee level and display the name as the employee
prefers (using the predefined Dutch name style components) instead of the default full name format.

To set up additional Dutch name format styles, configure a new name format in the two lookups, PER_NAME_FORMATS
and HRX_NL_FULL_NAME_FORMAT. Use the Manage Person Name Formats task to set up the actual name formats.
These name formats are available to use in all the Dutch legislative data groups (LDGs) in your enterprise.

Related Topics
• Person Name Formats

Element Classifications for Netherlands

Oracle Fusion Global Payroll for Netherlands provides a suite of predefined element classifications for use when defining
calculation elements. The following primary classifications are applicable for the Netherlands:

• Absences
• Balance Initialization
• Direct Payments
• Employer Charges
• Employer Taxes
• Information
• Involuntary Deductions
• Pre-Statutory Deductions
• Social Insurance Deductions
• Standard Earnings
• Supplemental earnings
• Tax Deductions
• Taxable Benefits
• Voluntary Deductions

48
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

Absences
For the Absences primary classification for the Netherlands, following secondary classifications are available:

• Maternity
• Sickness
• Vacation
• Other

Employer Charges
For the Employer Taxes primary classification, following secondary classifications are available:

• Employer Taxes Flat-Rate Taxes

• Employer Taxes Subsidies

Employer Taxes
For the Employer Taxes primary classification, following secondary classifications are available:

• Employer Taxes Flat-Rate Taxes

• Employer Taxes Subsidies

Pre-Statutory Deductions
For the Pre-Statutory Deductions primary classification, following secondary classifications are available:

• Pre-Statutory Deductions Company Pensions Scheme

• Pre-Statutory Deductions Life Saving Schemes

For the Pre-Statutory Deductions primary classification, following subclassifications are available:

• Pre-Statutory Deductions Basis for 13th Salary

• Pre-Statutory Deductions Basis for Holiday payment
• Pre-Statutory Deductions Court Order Basis
• Pre-Statutory Deductions Subject to Social Insurance
• Pre-Statutory Deductions Subject to Special-Rate Tax
• Pre-Statutory Deductions Subject to Standard-Rate Tax
• Pre-Statutory Deductions Taxable Income Subject to Flat-Rate Tax

Standard Earnings
For the Standard Earnings primary classification, following subclassifications are available:

• Standard Earnings Basis for 13th Salary

• Standard Earnings Basis for Holiday Payment
• Standard Earnings Court Order Basis
• Standard Earnings Overtime Basis

49
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

• Standard Earnings Subject to Social Insurance

• Standard Earnings Subject to Standard-Rate Tax
• Standard Earnings Taxable Income Subject to Flat-Rate Tax

Supplemental Earnings
For the Supplemental Earnings primary classification, following secondary classifications are available:

• Supplemental Earnings Other Supplemental Earnings

• Supplemental Earnings Overtime

For the Supplemental Earnings primary classification, following subclassifications are available:

• Supplemental Earnings Basis for 13th Salary

• Supplemental Earnings Basis for Holiday Payment
• Supplemental Earnings Court Order Basis
• Supplemental Earnings Overtime Basis
• Supplemental Earnings Subject to Social Insurance
• Supplemental Earnings Subject to Special-Rate Tax
• Supplemental Earnings Taxable Income Subject to Flat-Rate Tax

Taxable Benefits
For the Taxable Benefits primary classification, following secondary classifications are available:

• Taxable Benefits Recurring Taxable Benefits

• Taxable Benefits Supplemental Taxable Benefits

For the Taxable Benefits primary classification, following subclassifications are available:

• Taxable Benefits Basis for 13th Salary

• Taxable Benefits Basis for Holiday Payment
• Taxable Benefits Court Order Basis
• Taxable Benefits Overtime Basis
• Taxable Benefits Subject to Social Insurance
• Taxable Benefits Subject to Special-Rate Tax
• Taxable Benefits Subject to Standard-Rate Tax
• Taxable Benefits Taxable Income Subject to Flat-Rate Tax

Related Topics

50
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

Calculation Cards
Statutory Deductions and Reporting Calculation Card
Components for Netherlands: How They Work Together
The Dutch Statutory Deductions and Reporting Card consists of statutory deductions and information related to the
Wage Report for a particular payroll relationship.

The calculation components on this card correspond to the Wage Report and the payroll elements for social insurance
and taxes defined at the legislative level. Depending on whether the calculation card is created automatically or
manually, the calculation components and component details are created. The sector fund details may vary by
employee. For example, if an employee has multiple assignments that correspond to different sector funds, you can
create multiple Sector Fund WW calculation components, one for each assignment associated with the calculation card.

51
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

Tax Reporting Unit Association

Associating a tax reporting unit (TRU) with a calculation card enables the payroll process to apply rules and rates
defined for the TRU for calculating deductions. The Statutory Deductions and Reporting Card can only be associated
with a single TRU. In an automatically created card, the association with the TRU is automatically-created and can't be
edited.

In a manually created card, you create the association between the calculation card and the TRU in the Tax component.
All assignments attached to the card are automatically associated with the TRU.

52
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

Wage Report Calculation Component

The Wage Report calculation component belongs to the Wage Reporting Information calculation group. When the card
is created either manually or automatically, the application automatically creates the Wage Report component and the
component details. There can only be one Wage Report component for a calculation card.

The Wage Report calculation component details contain data that's reported to the tax office. The Contract Type is
a required field in the Wage Report for contract codes. The contract type in the calculation card is derived from the
contract type that's specified during the new hire process. For example, if a two-tier employment model is used and no
value was specified, this is set to Unlimited contract.

Tax Calculation Component

The Tax deduction component belongs to the deduction group for Taxes.

• Standard-Rate Tax: When you create the calculation card, the application automatically creates the Tax
component and Standard-Rate Tax component details record.

◦ Income code and tax code is required for standard-rate tax.

◦ You can select a nonstandard tax code from the list of predefined statutory values.
◦ To define a standard tax code, you must enter the taxation type, tax table, and the payroll period.
◦ The payroll period is the same as the one defined for the associated TRU.
◦ The 30 percent rule, defined for foreign nationals, reduces the earnings basis for social insurance and tax
by thirty percent.

• Special-Rate Tax: When the calculation card is created automatically, the application also automatically creates
the Special-Rate Tax component and component details. If you created the card manually, this component isn't
automatically created and must be created manually, if required. The Special-Rate Annual Income is calculated
based on the previous year income and is used to calculate the special-rate tax.

Use the Enterable Values on Calculation Cards tab to create overrides for special-rate tax. You can specify
values for individual percentage or specify the amount for previous year annual income. The individual
percentage value overrides the values specified at the legislative levels.

Social Insurance Component

The Social Insurance component belongs to the Social Insurance calculation group. In an automatically created card, all
the Social Insurance components and component details are created automatically.

When the card was created automatically, the sector fund is derived from the default sector fund specified in the TRU
card. In the manually created card, you must choose the Sector Fund WW components from the sector funds that apply
to the TRU. You can create multiple instances of the Sector Fund WW calculation component, if the sector funds are
defined for the TRU.

In the Social Insurance Information component details, you can review or modify the relevant health care insurance
(ZVW) information for the employee. You can also specify information related to unemployment, invalidity, disability,
and work schedule.

The Subsidies and Discounts component details enables you to specify which tax and social insurance discounts apply
to the card.

53
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

Assignments Association Details for Sector Funds

The assignments in the calculation card are automatically associated with the default sector fund for the TRU. If the card
was created manually, you must associate the sector funds with the assignments. In case of multiple assignments, each
employment term may correspond to a different sector fund or the same sector fund.

The following rules apply when creating associations between sector funds and assignments:

• You can associate one assignment with one sector fund only.

• You can associate multiple assignments with a single sector fund.

• You can associate each assignment with a different sector fund, when multiple assignments exist.

• You must have created components for sector funds, and entered funds as contexts of those components for
the calculation card.

If additional assignments are added, the existing card isn't updated automatically nor is a new card created. If
required, you must create a new card (for example, for a different TRU) or update the existing calculation card with the
assignments, provided the same tax and social insurance rules apply to the new set of terms or assignments.

Tax Reporting Unit Calculation Card for the Netherlands

To create the tax reporting unit (TRU) calculation card, in the Setup and Maintenance work area, use this navigation:

• Offering: Workforce Structures

• Functional Area: Legal Structures
• Task: Manage Legal Reporting Unit Calculation Records
You must consider these points when you create a TRU calculation card:
• Calculation cards per TRU
• Calculation card components and component details
• Default and multiple sector funds

Calculation Cards per TRU

You can only have one calculation card for each TRU at any point.

Calculation Card Components and Component Details

These calculation card components are created automatically when the calculation card is created. You must provide
TRU information in the component details:

• Sector Fund WW Contribution: Use this component to create social insurance contributions to create sector
funds for the TRU. One sector fund component is created automatically when the calculation card is created.
• Tax Calculation: Specify the proration tax table in the component details.
• Wage Tax Subsidy: Specify whether actual working hours or contractual hours are used for the part-time
percentage method.

54
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

• WGA Contribution: Use the overrides tab to specify the WGA contribution percentage for the TRU.

Default Sector Fund and Multiple Sector Funds

You can create more than one sector fund for a TRU. To specify a sector fund as default, create component details and
select the default option.

If there is only one sector fund component, it becomes the default sector fund for the TRU.

If you create multiple sector fund components, specify one of them as the default.

The default sector fund is associated with all the personal calculation cards for the TRU.

You can override the default sector fund in the employee personal calculation card and specify another sector fund. You
can only select from the sector funds created for this TRU.

Create a Statutory Deductions and Reporting Card Manually for

the Netherlands
If your Oracle Product Usage is set to Oracle Fusion Payroll or Payroll Interface, then a Statutory Deductions and
Reporting card is created automatically as part of the new hire process.

However, sometimes you must manually create a personal calculation card. This examples illustrate three such
scenarios:
• An employee takes on an additional assignment with a different tax reporting unit (TRU) than the one
associated with their main assignment.
• A company upgrades their Oracle Product Usage from HR-only to Payroll, and existing employees don't have
calculation cards.
• A company transfers some or all of its employees from one TRU to another.
In all examples, use the Manage Calculation Cards task in the Payroll Calculation work area to create the card.

Additional Assignment for a Different TRU

If an employee with an existing assignment and associated calculation card takes on an additional assignment that
reports to a different TRU, you must create a new calculation card. On the new card, associate the assignment with
the new TRU and the sector fund that applies for the TRU. The employee receives two different payslips, one for each
calculation card.

Upgrade to Oracle Fusion Payroll

In this scenario, you must create an additional calculation card for each employee or load the data using a batch upload
process.

Transfer of Employees to New TRU

If your organization is transferring all or some employees to a new TRU, here's what you must do:

1. On the existing calculation cards, set the end date for all association details and the TRU association.
2. For each transferring employee, create a new calculation card. Define an association to the new TRU and
association details for the sector funds.

55
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

Gatekeeper Law
Gatekeeper Law Absence Case
The Gatekeeper Law defines the rules and procedures that an employer must follow to reintegrate employees who have
been absent due to illness or injury, back into the workforce within two years.

All illness and injury related absences are managed under the sickness absence type.

The aim of the Gatekeeper Law is to support the employees in their return to work and thus avoid long-term sickness
benefit payments.

The management of Gatekeeper Law absence cases is divided into phases. Each phase is triggered according to the
start date of the absence case. The phases are guided by a Case Manager.

Oracle Fusion HCM for Netherlands supports the Gatekeeper Law by allowing you to manage:

• Absence Cases for Gatekeeper Law

• Checklist Templates and Tasks for Gatekeeper Law Absence Case
• Document Records for Gatekeeper Law

Absence Cases for Gatekeeper Law

Before creating a Gatekeeper Law absence case, you must set up your sickness absence types and associate them with
the predefined Gatekeeper Law absence category. Use the Manage Absence Case task on the Person Management page
to group one or more absences together and represent them as a single absence case for Gatekeeper Law.

When you create a Gatekeeper Law absence case with one or more absence records, Oracle Fusion HCM for the
Netherlands:

• Calculates the Gatekeeper Law Start Date: This is the start date that applies to the entire absence case and is
used to calculate the start dates that are used for the checklist tasks.

• Allocates the Gatekeeper Law HR checklist and subsequent allocation of tasks as they become due.

• Automatically calculates checklist tasks start and end dates, and recalculates these dates when absence records
in the Gatekeeper Law absence case are modified.

Checklist Templates and Tasks for Gatekeeper Law Absence Case

Oracle Fusion HCM for Netherlands provides a predefined Gatekeeper Law HR checklist template that includes tasks to
reflect the statutory milestones in the Gatekeeper Law process. The allocation of checklist template is triggered when
you create a Gatekeeper Law absence case that includes one or more absence records. You can also copy the predefined
checklist template and modify it to suit your requirements.

When an employee returns to work, the checklist tasks are automatically suspended. If the employee goes on another
Gatekeeper Law related absence within 28 days, the outstanding tasks are resumed.

56
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

Document Records for Gatekeeper Law

Manage the documents associated with a Gatekeeper Law absence case by attaching the supporting documents
compliant with Gatekeeper Law. You can add the supporting documents for Gatekeeper Law using the predefined
document types which are grouped together in the Dutch-specific document category called Gatekeeper Law. Once
created, you can view them from the Document Records region.

Related Topics
• How to Add Documents to a Gatekeeper Law Absence Case
• Create a Gatekeeper Law Absence Case
• Manage Gatekeeper Law Checklist Template
• How the Gatekeeper Law Start Date is Calculated

How the Gatekeeper Law Start Date is Calculated

The milestones and deliverable associated with the statutory Gatekeeper Law are due for completion in a given time
period according to statutory rules. These dates are based on the start date of the absence case that's displayed as the
Gatekeeper Law Start Date field.

This topic describes the rules for the calculation (and, where applicable, recalculation) of that date.

Settings That Affect Gatekeeper Law Start Date

Absence Case Start Date

Absence start dates are required for statutory reporting. The start date of the absence records added to an absence
case remains unchanged irrespective of changes to the Gatekeeper Law Start Date.

28-Day Rule on Connected Absences

A Gatekeeper Law absence case can include multiple, related absences. When you add a new absence record to an
existing case, Oracle Fusion HCM automatically uses the 28-Day Rule to determine if the absence is eligible:

1. The sickness absence begins 28 or fewer days after the end of a previous absence in the case.
2. The employer considers the new absence related to the absence case.
If the absence meets these criteria, it's added to the absence case and the Gatekeeper Law Start Date is recalculated.
The start date recalculation applies each time when one of these occurs:

• An absence is added or removed.

• The start or end date changes for an absence already assigned on the case.

Validation on the Gatekeeper Law absence case prevents you from saving an absence case if the absences in it don't
comply with the 28-Day Rule.

Note: You must manually assess each sickness absence on an individual basis to determine if it should be added to
a Gatekeeper Law absence case. No absence records are added automatically to an absence case, even if they occur
within the 28-day time period.

57
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

How Gatekeeper Law Start Date Is Calculated

In accordance with legislative rules, when you create a new Gatekeeper Law absence case, the Gatekeeper Law Start
Date defaults to the start date of the first absence record. If no other absences are added to the case, then this date
remains unchanged and is used to calculate all the checklist task start dates.

However, if the latest absence in the absence case has ended and subsequent absences are added to the same sickness
case, the Gatekeeper Law start date is recalculated using this method:

• Start date of sickness absence plus the number of days recovered within the connected period, which is the
number of days between each absence in the case.

This calculation method uses calendar days, including weekends and holidays.

This table illustrates how the Gatekeeper Law Start Date is calculated and recalculated when subsequent absences are
added:

Absence Record Absence Start Absence End Date Number of Sick Recover Days Gatekeeper Law Calculation
Date Absence Day Since Previous Start Date
Taken Sick Absence
Days Ended

Absence 1 02-Jan-15 28-Jan-15 27 0 02-Jan-15 Set to 02-Jan-15,

by default.

Absence 2 02-Feb-15 25-Feb-15 24 4 06-Jan-15 02-Jan-15 + 4

(recovery days
from Absence 1
start date)

Absence 3 09-Mar-15 26-Mar-15 18 11 17-Jan-15 02-Jan-14 + 4 +11

(recovery days
from Absence 1
start date)

Absence 4 30-Mar-15 3 20-Jan-15 02-Jan-15 + 11 +

3 (recovery days
from Absence 1
start date)

Related Topics
• Gatekeeper Law Absence Case

Manage Gatekeeper Law Checklist Template

The Gatekeeper Law checklist is a predefined checklist template that includes tasks to reflect the statutory milestones to
ensure compliance with the Gatekeeper Law. The checklist is allocated when you create a Gatekeeper Law absence case
and includes one or more absences.

58
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

View Gatekeeper Law Checklist Template

Oracle Fusion HCM for Netherlands delivers a predefined checklist template to include the statutory tasks that must
be performed to comply with the Gatekeeper Law and the statutory deadlines. Use the Manage Checklist Template to
review the predefined checklist template. On the Manage Checklist Templates page:

1. Select the Manage Checklist Templates task.

2. Select the country Netherlands.
3. Select the category Gatekeeper Law and click Search. The predefined template named Gatekeeper Law is
displayed.
4. Select the checklist template Gatekeeper Law to review the tasks.
5. Click Done.

Modify Gatekeeper Law Checklist Template

To create a modified version of the predefined checklist template, use the Manage Checklist Templates task. On the
Manage Checklist Templates page:

1. Select the Manage Checklist Templates task.

2. Select the country Netherlands.
3. Select the category Gatekeeper Law and click Search.The predefined template named Gatekeeper Law is
displayed.
4. Select the predefined checklist template Gatekeeper Law and click Duplicate.
5. In the Create Checklist Template, enter the name for the modified template. The country name is set to
Netherlands, by default.
6. Select the checklist category Gatekeeper law.
7. Leave the Action field blank.
8. Edit the default template description, if needed.You can now edit the details of individual tasks or enter new
tasks.
9. Click Submit to save changes to the checklist.
When you modify the checklist template, ensure that the predefined tasks are not removed to maintain
statutory compliance. You can also edit the details of existing predefined tasks. However, if you change the
target duration of a task, you must consider reducing its delay duration so that the task is allocated earlier. This
is to ensure that the tasks finish no later than the due date according to the Gatekeeper Law rules to ensure
statutory compliance.

Checklist Tasks
The Gatekeeper Law checklist tasks consist of action items with the following:

• Start and end dates

These dates are calculated using the Gatekeeper Law Start date. The start and dates are recalculated whenever
absence records are added to or removed from the Gatekeeper Law absence case.
• Task allocation and delay duration
Tasks are allocated to the appropriate person as they become due to start, based on the most recently
calculated Gatekeeper Law Start Date and the predefined delay duration. The task delay duration for each task
is added to the Gatekeeper Law Start Date to determine its start date and to notify the task performer. For
example, the Create Problem Analysis Start date is due to start 3 weeks after the Gatekeeper Law Start Date.
• Task duration

59
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

The tasks are due for completion based on their predefined duration. For example, the Create problem Analysis
task is due for completion within 3 weeks.
• Task owner
The task owner is the person responsible for ensuring task completion. The tasks are, by default, appointed to
the responsibility type Case Manager.

Allocation of Checklist and Checklist Tasks

Allocation of Gatekeeper Law checklist and checklist tasks is done when an absence case for the Gatekeeper Law
category exists, and includes at least one absence type. Use the Enterprise Scheduler Service (ESS) process for
Gatekeeper Law to manage checklists and checklist task allocations.

• Allocation of the first checklist task is done when it meets the task delay duration criteria. For example, if one
absence exists in a case, that absence starts on 05 February 2015, and the task delay duration is 3 weeks, then
the task is allocated on 26 February 2015. If the absence case with a start date of 05 February 2015 isn't created
until after 26 February 2015, the Gatekeeper Law ESS process allocates the first task along with the checklist.
• Task allocation happens only when the employee is on sickness absence. An incomplete task is suspended
upon the employee's return to work and there is no further task allocation.
• If the employee goes back on sickness leave and you add further absences to the Gatekeeper Law absence
case, the incomplete tasks resume and new tasks are allocated using the recalculated Gatekeeper Law Start
Date. The 28-Day rule validation on the case prevents a checklist from resuming if the absence doesn't occur
within the 28-days connection period. The dates of any completed tasks remain unchanged.

Create a Gatekeeper Law Absence Case

Before creating an absence case for the Gatekeeper Law, set up your sickness absence types and associate them with
the predefined Gatekeeper Law absence category.

To create a Gatekeeper Law compliant absence case:

1. Search for and select the employee for whom you want to create the absence case.
2. Select Manage Absence Cases from the tasks menu in Person Management.
3. Click Create to create an absence case, and enter the name of the absence case.
4. Select Gatekeeper Law as category. This limits the absence types that can be added for a Gatekeeper Law case.
It's also used to trigger the Gatekeeper Law checklist allocation later.
5. In the Associated Absences section, click Select and Add to associate one or more absences to the case.

Note: Any absence you add is subject to the 28-day validation rule.

6. Select the absences that you want to associate with the Gatekeeper Law absence case.
7. Click OK.
8. Click Submit.
Once you have successfully submitted the absence case, the Gatekeeper Law Start Date is displayed in the Manage
Absence Cases page under Absence Case Legislative Information section.

Note: The Gatekeeper Law Start Date is a read-only field and is updated automatically whenever a new absence is
added to the case.

60
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

How to Add Documents to a Gatekeeper Law Absence Case

You must associate all the related documents with the Gatekeeper Law absence case. Use the Absence Cases task to
add and manage documents for the Gatekeeper Law absence case.

Once added, you can also view them from the Document Records region on the Manage Person page.

To add documents to a Gatekeeper Law absence case:

1. Search for and select the employee for whom you want to add documents for the Gatekeeper Law absence
case.
2. Select Manage Absence Cases from the tasks menu in Person Management.
3. In the Document Information section, select an existing Gatekeeper Law absence case.
4. In the Document Information section, select Create.
5. Select Country as Netherlands.
6. Select the document type in the Type field. The following document types for Gatekeeper Law document
category are available:
◦ Plan of Approach
◦ Problem Analysis
◦ Recovery Information
◦ UWV Sickness Report
◦ First Year Evaluation
◦ Final Evaluation
◦ Notes
7. Under Further Document Record Details select the name of the document type in the Context Value field.
8. Enter the document date. The default is the current date.
9. Enter the document owner. The default is the current user.
10. Attach the relevant document for the document type.
11. Click OK.
12. Click Submit.

Related Topics
• Manage Gatekeeper Law Checklist Template
• Gatekeeper Law Absence Case

Reports
First Day Notification Report
The First Day Notification Report is generated when you create a new work relationship for a new employee or rehire an
employee on an existing work relationship. It also supports the legislative requirement to notify the tax office about a
new employee. The report

61
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

Human resource managers can run this report from the Data Exchange work area.

Before running this report, you must:

• Define the enterprise structures including the legal employer, payroll statutory unit (PSU) and tax reporting unit
(TRU). A tax registration number must exist for the employer to register the TRU with the tax office.
• Define the tax reporting unit (TRU) as a reporting establishment.
• Create employees.
• Indicate the reporting establishment for each employee when you define their employment details.

Report Parameters
Start Date

If specified, includes all new employees with a hire or rehire date on or after this date.

End Date

If specified, includes all new employees with a hire or rehire date on or before this date.

Employee Name

If no Employee Name is specified, the report is generated for all the new employees with a hire or rehire date between
the start and end dates.

Report Results
The report provides employee details that are reported to the tax office, including the following key fields.

Report Field Description

Employer Tax Registration Number Unique registration number by which the TRU is registered with the tax office.

Employee Number Unique employee number.

BSN or SOFI Number National Identifier of the employee.

First Working Day Employees first day of employment with this legal employer.

Date of Birth Employee date of birth - required if the BSN or SOFI Number exists for the employee.

62
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

The report data is archived temporarily and deleted when the report is generated. If any of the following fields are
corrected or updated, the Recreate option is selected to indicate that the report must be regenerated for this employee
and sent to the tax office.

• Date of Birth

• Initials

• Prefix

• Last Name

• BSN or SOFI Number

A single Audit report is generated with each run of the First Day Notification report. The Audit report includes the work
relationships and the creation date of the First Day Notification report. All other report fields are the same as the First
Day Notification report. The following two fields on the Manage Work Relationship page, relates to this report:

• First Day Notification - Recreate check box is the indicator that the report is generated for the employee. After
the First Day Notification report is generated, the check box is automatically unchecked.

• First Day Notification - File Creation Date is the date on which this report is generated. If the report is run
multiple times, the most recent creation date is reported.

FAQs
Can I associate the Dutch Statutory Deductions and Reporting
calculation card with more than one TRU?
No, if an employee with an existing set of employment terms or assignment and associated deduction card takes on an
additional assignment that reports to a different tax reporting unit (TRU), you must create a new calculation card.

The payroll frequency must match the frequency specified for the TRU. On the new card, associate the set of
employment terms or assignment with the new TRU and the sector fund that is applicable to the set of employment
terms or assignment. The employee will receive two different payslips, one for each calculation card.

Why is my modified Gatekeeper Law checklist template not used

for my employees?
Confirm you have associated your modified template with your legal employer.
1. In the Setup and Maintenance work area, go to the following:
◦ Offering: Workforce Deployment
◦ Functional Area: legal Structures

63
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

◦ Task: Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task

2. Specify the Gatekeeper Law checklist template that you want to use.
3. In the Dutch Legal Employer Details section, select the modified checklist template.

Related Topics
• Manage Gatekeeper Law Checklist Template
• Gatekeeper Law Absence Case

Why has the Gatekeeper Law checklist task been suspended?

Oracle Fusion HCM for Netherlands suspends a Gatekeeper Law checklist task in progress when an employee is no
longer on a Gatekeeper Law absence. The task remains suspended until the employee reports a new absence record for
this absence case.

Related Topics
• Manage Gatekeeper Law Checklist Template

Why has the due date changed for a Gatekeeper Law checklist
task?
The due date for a Gatekeeper Law checklist task can change when:

• An absence record is added to or removed from the Gatekeeper Law absence case.
• An existing absence record is edited, changing its start and end dates.
If either of these cases are true, then the Gatekeeper Law Start Date is recalculated, and the checklist task's start and
end dates are updated accordingly.

Related Topics
• Manage Gatekeeper Law Checklist Template
• Gatekeeper Law Absence Case

Why has no checklist been allocated for the Gatekeeper Law

absence case?
If no checklist has been allocated for your Gatekeeper Law absence case, check if these conditions are fulfilled:

• The absence case is associated with the Gatekeeper Law category.

• The absence case includes at least one or more absence records.

64
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

Related Topics
• Manage Gatekeeper Law Checklist Template
• Gatekeeper Law Absence Case

65
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 7
Localization Information Guide Netherlands

66
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Localization Information Guide Saudi Arabia

8 Saudi Arabia

Introduction
Guide Overview Localization Information Saudi Arabia
This chapter contains help for implementing and using Oracle Human Resources and Oracle Payroll for Saudi Arabia. It's
not intended to be a complete guide.

Objectives
It's assumed that you have working knowledge of the basic principles and you're familiar with the customary terms.

Other Documents
For more information about generic and related tasks, you must refer to the guides at docs.oracle.com.

It's also assumed that you have consulted the following guides:

• Implementing Global Human Resources guide.

• Oracle Applications Cloud Using Functional Setup Manager guide to have a detailed understanding of the
Functional Setup Manager and the implementation tasks.
• If you're implementing payroll, the Implementing Global Payroll to understand basic payroll concepts and
familiarize yourself with payroll terminology.
• The country-specific implementation white paper (Doc ID 1504483.1) on My Oracle Support.

For more Saudi-specific information, refer to the Saudi Arabia Information Center (Doc ID 2105856.2) on My Oracle
Support.

To receive important Saudi Legislative Product News, you must subscribe to the Hot Topics Email feature available in My
Oracle Support. Refer to:

Saudi Arabia-Welcome tab > Other Documents > How to Use My Oracle Support Hot Topics Email Subscription Feature

Enterprise Structures
Options for Enterprise Structure Setup for HCM for Saudi Arabia
Saudi Arabia supports all the global organization models. Use core setup tasks to define legal entities, legal authorities,
and legal addresses. To use the complete contract functionality, you can select any three-tier employment model or the
Two-Tier Single Contract Single Assignment model.

To ensure that the Saudi reports, such as GOSI Form 3 and GOSI Form 4 are processed accurately, consider the following
key points as you design and create enterprise structures for Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management (HCM).

67
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Localization Information Guide Saudi Arabia

Contract Data
To use the complete contract functionality, select any three-tier employment model or the Two-Tier Single Contract
Single Assignment model. Use the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task and select the employment model in
the Legal Employer Details section.

Legislative Categories and Legal Authorities

Social Insurance is the legislative category. Use this legislative category when you create the legal authority Social
Insurance office and the legal jurisdiction.

Legal Entities, Legal Employers, and Payroll Statutory Units

For a Saudi organization model, there must be a one-to-one relationship between the legal employer and the PSU. A
legal entity that's specified as a legal employer must also be indicated as a PSU.

Use the General Office of Social Insurance (GOSI) Number to define the legal entity registration code in the registration
code assignment and when you create the jurisdiction.

Tax Reporting Units

The application creates the default tax reporting unit (TRU) for a legal entity automatically, when you create the PSU.
The Saudi payroll reports are based on the PSU since there is a one-to-one mapping between the PSU and the TRU.

Payroll Statutory Unit and Deduction Cards

PSU-level calculation cards are used for calculating contribution base for social insurance and gratuity by legal
employer. Use the Manage Legal Entity Calculation Records task in the Setup and Maintenance work area to define
entity-specific contribution information.

For the Saudi localization, the following employer calculation cards are available:

• Employer GOSI Details

• Employer Gratuity Details

Terminate an Employee for Saudi

Terminate the work relationship of an employee at the end of employment period. An employee termination impacts
calculation and reporting. Following are the effects of terminating an employee:
• Social insurance isn't processed for the month of termination unless it's the last day of the month.
• If the employee is eligible, gratuity payment is generated automatically.
Termination of an employee involves the following steps:
1. Terminating a work relationship
2. Editing an Employee Gratuity Details calculation card
3. Running payroll and viewing payroll run results

Terminate a Work Relationship

HR specialists terminate the work relationships of employees to whom they have security access.

68
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Localization Information Guide Saudi Arabia

To terminate a work relationship:

1. In the Person Management work area, select Manage Work Relationship task.
2. On the Manage Work Relationship page, from the Actions menu, select Terminate.
3. On the Terminate Work Relationship page, enter the termination details including the termination reason.
Note: Based on your selection in the Termination Action field, the values in the Termination Reason field
are available.

4. Click Review and then click Submit.

Edit an Employee Gratuity Details Calculation Card

You must set your Payroll Product Usage to Oracle Fusion Payroll or Payroll Interface for automatic card creation. Upon
employee termination, the Employee Gratuity Details calculation card is created automatically. When the card is created,
the gratuity component, component details, and the association are automatically created. Payroll managers can edit an
Employee Gratuity Details calculation card.

To edit an Employee Gratuity Details calculation card:

1. In the Payroll Calculations work area, select Manage Calculation Cards task.
2. On the Person page, search for the person for whom you want to review the Employee Gratuity Details card.
3. In the Search Results section, select the Employee Gratuity Details card.
The Manage Calculation Cards page opens.
4. Edit the required information on the Employee Gratuity Details calculation card.
5. In the Employee Gratuity Details section, create the calculation component details. Follow these steps:
a. Click Create.
b. In the Override Amount field, enter an override amount.
c. Click Done.
Note: If an override amount is specified, this amount overrides the reference formula for the gratuity
calculation defined at the payroll statutory unit level, and also the calculation formula defined at the
legislative level.

Run Payroll and Viewing Payroll Run Results

After you verify that payroll managers verify that the Employee Gratuity Details calculation card is created for the month
of termination, payroll is run for the payroll definition ZHRX-SA-V-Monthly Payroll.

To run payroll and view payroll run results:

1. In the Payroll Calculations work area, select Calculate QuickPay task to submit a flow that calculates the run
results for a person without waiting for the standard payroll run.
Note: Run payroll for the payroll definition ZHRX-SA-V-Monthly Payroll.

2. Select View Person Process Results task to view and verify the run results.
3. On the View Person Process Results page, select the terminated employee's name, process, date earned, and
the Saudi legislative data group.
4. Click Search.
5. View all the relevant information for a specific employee payroll run. Specific information related to termination
is as follows:

69
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Localization Information Guide Saudi Arabia

◦ In the Earnings section, view the gratuity amount paid.

◦ In the Deductions section, view the social insurance deductions as zero.

Note: Social insurance deductions are calculated as zero, since it's the month of termination.

Payment of Gratuity for Fixed and Unlimited Contracts for Saudi

Arabia
As per the Saudi Arabia Labor Law, persons working in Saudi Arabia are entitled to gratuity payment on termination.
The contract associated with the primary term or assignment is used for gratuity processing.

An employee is entitled to half month's basic salary for the first 5 years and full month's salary for each additional
year. The gratuity is calculated based on the contract type, duration of service, and whether the employer or employee
initiates the termination.

Payment of Gratuity for Employee on Fixed Contract

These rules for payment of gratuity are applicable to an employee on a fixed contract:

• If the employer terminates the employee, then the full gratuity amount is paid.

• If the employee resigns before completing 2 years, then no gratuity is paid.

• If the employee resigns and has completed more than 2 years but less than 5 years, then one-third of the
accrued gratuity amount is paid.

• If the employee resigns and has completed more than 5 years but less than 10 years, then two-thirds of the
accrued gratuity amount is paid.

• If the employee resigns and has completed 10 years or more, then the full gratuity amount is paid.

• If the contract has expired and the employee has completed more than one year of service, then the full
gratuity amount is paid.

70
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Localization Information Guide Saudi Arabia

Payment of Gratuity for Employee on Unlimited Contract

These rules for gratuity payment are applicable to an employee on an unlimited contract:

• If the employer terminates the employee, then the full gratuity amount is paid.

• If the employee resigns before completing 2 years in the organization, then no gratuity is paid.

• If the employee resigns and has completed more than 2 years but less than 5 years, then one-third of the
accrued gratuity amount is paid.

• If the employee resigns and has completed more than 5 years but less than 10 years, then two-thirds of the
accrued gratuity amount is paid.

• If the employee resigns and has completed 10 years or more, then the full gratuity amount is paid.

Note: As an exception, a female worker is entitled to the full gratuity amount if she resigns within 6 months of her
marriage or 3 months after giving birth to a child. No minimum length of service is required in this case.

Calculation Cards
Options for Employer Calculation Cards for Saudi Arabia
Use the Manage Legal Entity Calculation Records task from the Setup and Maintenance work area to access the PSU
level cards. Saudi Arabia provides two predefined calculation cards at the payroll statutory (PSU) level.

• Employer GOSI Details

• Employer Gratuity Details

Employer GOSI Details Card

This card uses this information for social insurance calculation at the PSU level:

• Reference Formula: You can define the formula that calculates the salary for social insurance calculations at
the legal entity level and select it here.

Employer Gratuity Details Card

This card contains the payroll statutory unit (PSU) gratuity details and uses these information for gratuity calculation:

• Basis for Calculation: The amount of gratuity is based on the salary per day of the employee. This will differ
based on whether you select fixed or actual calculation basis. For gratuity calculation, the monthly salary

71
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Localization Information Guide Saudi Arabia

is converted to annual salary. This amount is divided by the number of days in a year. The Actual basis of
calculation method uses 365 days in a year whereas the Fixed method uses 360 days.

• Reference Formula: You can define your own reference formula to calculate the gratuity amount. Once you
define this, it will be available for selection on the card.

• Salary Formula: You can define your own salary formula for gratuity calculation. Once you define this, it will be
available for selection on the card.

Automatic Employee GOSI Details Calculation Card Creation for

Saudi Arabia
If the value of your country extension setting in the Manage Features by Countries or Territories page is either Payroll
or Payroll Interface, then an Employee GOSI Details Calculation Card is automatically created as part of the new hire
process.

Use the Manage Personal Calculations task in the Payroll Calculation work area to view and update the card as needed.

It is important to understand the following aspects of the automatic calculation card creation:
• Calculation Components and Component Details
• Association and Association Details
• Autoindirect Elements, Element Eligibility, Element Entries
• Editing the Calculation Card

Note: Automatic calculation card creation occurs only if the citizenship information is specified for the employee.

Calculation Components and Component Details

The automatically created calculation card contains the Saudi GOSI Details component and component details.

Field Default Value

Citizenship Derived from Person Information.

Annuities Setting depends on citizenship. Social insurance is processed only for Saudi citizens only.

Hazards Yes

Annuities Join Date Blank

Hazards Join Date Blank

Exception Type Blank

Exempt from SI Contribution Difference Not selected

72
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Localization Information Guide Saudi Arabia

Field Default Value

Country of Citizenship Pension Not selected

If you have specified the employee citizenship in the Person Information during the new hire process, then this value is
defaulted in the automatically created card. If you haven't specified the citizenship, you must create the calculation card
manually and update the citizenship information.

Association and Association Details

The calculation card is automatically associated with the default tax reporting unit (TRU) of the employee payroll
relationship's payroll statutory unit (PSU). You can associate the calculation card and all the employment terms with only
one TRU.

Autoindirect Elements, Element Eligibility, Element Entries

Autoindirect elements are predefined for triggering social insurance and gratuity calculations. The element eligibility for
these Autoindirect elements must be defined during implementation. This is a one-time activity.

An element entry for the Social Insurance component is automatically created when the card is created, provided that
eligibility has been defined for those elements and the employee meets the eligibility criteria.

Edit the Calculation Card

Once the card has been created, you can view and update the card as needed. You can create the following calculation
components using the Create Calculation Component Details option:

• Setup GOSI Reference Range: Use the override amount to specify a social insurance contribution amount that's
different from the social insurance balance, or the amount derived from the reference formula at the legislative
level.

• GOSI Reference Salary Adjustment: Use the adjustment amount to make any changes to the social insurance
contributory salary amount.

Automatic Employee Gratuity Details Card Creation for Saudi

Arabia
If the value of your country extension setting in the Manage Features by Countries or Territories page is either Payroll or
Payroll Interface, an employee gratuity details calculation card is created automatically when an employee is terminated.

Use the Manage Personal Calculations task in the Payroll Calculation work area to review and update the card. It is
important to understand the following aspects of the automatic calculation card creation:

• Calculation Components and Component Details

• Association and Association Details
• Element Entries
• Editing the Card

73
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Localization Information Guide Saudi Arabia

Prerequisites
The following are the prerequisites for the automatic card creation process:

• You must have defined an Employer Gratuity Details calculation card at the payroll statutory unit (PSU) level.
Use the Manage Legal Entities for Human Capital Management task to do this

• You must have defined the element eligibility for the Gratuity payroll element. Use the Manage Elements task
from the Payroll Calculations work area to do this.

Calculation Components and Component Details

The automatically created card contains the Gratuity Details component and component details with the following field:

Field Default Value

Override Amount Blank

Association and Association Details

The calculation card is automatically associated to the default tax reporting unit (TRU), belonging to the payroll
statutory unit (PSU), for which the payroll relationship is terminated. The calculation card and all the employment terms
for the employee are associated with only one TRU.

Element Entries
An element entry for Gratuity is created automatically when the card is created, provided that eligibility has been
defined for those elements and the employee meets the eligibility criteria.

Edit the Calculation Card

Once the card has been created, you can view and update the card as required. If you specify an override amount, this
amount overrides the reference formula for gratuity calculation defined at the payroll statutory unit (PSU) level and the
calculation formula defined at legislative level.

Reports
Overview of Statutory Reports for Saudi Arabia
Payroll managers can run a number of statutory reports that must be submitted to external organizations such as the
General Office of Social Insurance (GOSI).

You can run these reports from the Regulatory and Tax Reporting work area.

74
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Localization Information Guide Saudi Arabia

Summary of Reports

Report Task Purpose When to Run Report Results

Run GOSI Form 3 Saudi Workers Movement Report. Monthly Employer information, employee
Statutory report that must be personal details, employment
submitted to the GOSI office details or termination details.
with details of each newly hired
employee or terminated employee.

Run GOSI Form 4 Saudi Monthly Contributions Monthly Employer information, details
Report. Statutory report that of new hires and terminations,
must be submitted to the GOSI count of Saudi employees, count
office with total social insurance of non-Saudi employees, total
contributions of Saudi employees monthly contribution wages of
and non-Saudi employees. This Saudi employees, total monthly
list contains both newly hired and contribution wages of non-Saudi
terminated employees. employees.

Run GOSI Form 5 Saudi New and Terminated Monthly Employer information, details of
Workers Report. Statutory report newly hired employees, terminated
that lists all the details of newly employees and their monthly social
hired and terminated employees. insurance contribution details.
This report must be submitted to Each page of the report displays 10
the GOSI office. joiners and 10 leavers.

Disabled Workers Report Disabled employees and Monthly Report shows legal employer-wise
contingent workers details must person disability details.
be submitted to the Ministry of
Health.

IPE Consolidated Report Consolidates information related Monthly Employer Information, Employee
to new hires and terminations in a Information, Salary Details, and
calendar month. Termination Salary and Reason.

IPE Annual Salary Report Provides the list of employees as of Yearly Employees as of January of that
January. year; includes GOSI Reference
Earnings for the current year and
8 earlier years for the employees
listed in the report.

Wage Protection System Payment Wage amounts to be paid to the Monthly Wage amounts that need to be
Output File employees. paid to the employees who have
EFT Payment method.

The report is sent to banks and is

processed for crediting wages to
employees.

75
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Localization Information Guide Saudi Arabia

GOSI Form 3 Report

Employers in Saudi Arabia must submit the GOSI Form 3 report for each worker in the service, under their sponsorship.
The form is presented to GOSI along with the birth document of the worker, if the worker isn't registered with GOSI. The
employer also completes the form for any worker who leaves the service, to notify the GOSI of such movement.

Let's take a look at the sections in this report:

• Employer Information
• Employee Personal Information
• Employee Employment Information
• Employee Termination Information

Report Execution
1. Select the Submit a Flow taks task in the Flow Submission and Results work area.
2. Select the LDG for which the process is to be run and the Run GOSI Form 3 flow pattern.
3. Enter the parameters.
a. Payroll Flow: Identifier for the process that is being run. You can enter a value each time the process is
executed. You can choose any format to describe the payroll flow.
b. Payroll Statutory Unit: Payroll Statutory Unit for which the report is run.
c. Payroll Relationship Number: Payroll Relationship Number for which the report is run.
d. Form Type: GOSI Form type for which the report is run.
e. Effective Date: Date for which the report is run.

Note: Specify the flow interaction range and schedule the process date and time, if required. Review the
details.

4. Click Submit.
Verify the process completion and view the generated report.
Note: A message is displayed for you to verify the payroll flow. Wait for the process to complete to view the
report.

5. View the report results in Process Results Summary by searching with flow name.
6. Review the report output.

GOSI Form 4 Report

Employers in Saudi Arabia must submit the GOSI Form 4 report every month. The report contains the list of Saudi
Arabia and non-Saudi Arabia joiners and leavers along with their monthly contributions. The report is distributed to the
GOSI office, where the employer is

Remember to run the following processes before you generate this report:
• Payroll Run

76
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Localization Information Guide Saudi Arabia

• Prepayments
• Payroll Archive
The report is generated based on the employee compensation information and element classification details.

Let's take a look at the sections in this report:

• Employer Information
• New Hires Information
• Terminations Information
• Monthly Contribution Information
You can reprint the statutory reports with the data as at the time of the initial run. To help you reprint the reports, the
data required for statutory reports is included in the payroll archive, except for the contact details of the employer which
are taken from live data.

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists some frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

Where do I generate this report? In the Flow Submission and Results work area. From the Tasks pane, Payroll Flows, click Submit a Flow
task, and then search for and select Run GOSI Form 4.

Who uses this report? Payroll Administrator

Payroll Manager

When do I use this report? When sending the employer and employee details every month to GOSI office.

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule to run the process and generate the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

GOSI Form 5 Report

Employers in Saudi Arabia must submit the GOSI Form 5 report every month for their total workforce. The report lists 10
joiners and 10 leavers per page and is distributed to the GOSI office where the employer is registered.

Remember to run the following processes before you generate this report:
• Payroll Run
• Prepayments
• Payroll Archive
The report is generated based on the employee compensation information and element classification details.

77
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Localization Information Guide Saudi Arabia

Let's take a look at the sections in this report:

• Employer Information
• New Hires Information
• Terminations Information
• Monthly Contribution Information
You can reprint the statutory reports with the data as at the time of the initial run. To help you reprint the reports, the
data required for statutory reports is included in the payroll archive, except for the contact details of the employer which
are taken from live data.

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists some frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

Where do I generate this report? In the Flow Submission and Results work area. From the Tasks pane, Payroll Flows, click Submit a Flow
task, and then search for and select Run GOSI Form 5.

Who uses this report? Payroll Administrator

Payroll Manager

When do I use this report? When sending the list of joiners and leavers to GOSI office every month.

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule to run the process and generate the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

IPE Annual Salary Report

The employers in Saudi Arabia must submit the IPE Annual Salary Report once a year. The report lists the employees
as of January of that year and includes GOSI Reference Earnings for the current year and 8 earlier years for those
employees listed

Remember to run the following processes before you generate this report:

• Payroll Run
• Prepayments
• Payroll Archive
You can reprint the statutory reports with the data as at the time of the initial run. To help you reprint the reports, the
data required for statutory reports is included in the payroll archive, except for the contact details of the employer which
are taken from live data.

78
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Localization Information Guide Saudi Arabia

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists some frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

Where do I generate this report? In the Regulatory and Tax Reporting work area. From the Tasks pane, Payroll Flows, click Submit a
Process or Report, and then search for and select Run Saudi IPE Report.

Who uses this report? Payroll Administrator

Payroll Manager

When do I use this report? When sending the list of employees as of January each year.

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule to run the process and generate the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Wage Protection System Report for Saudi

The Wage Protection System Report tracks the wage that needs to be paid to the employees who have EFT Payment
method attached to them for the given period. This file is processed by banks for crediting wages to Employees.

Remember to run the following processes before you generate this report:

• Payroll Run
• Prepayments
• Payroll Archive
The report is generated based on the employee compensation information and element classification details.

Let's take a look at the sections in this report::

• Employer Bank Information

• Each Employee's Bank and Earnings Information
You can reproduce the report with the data as at the time of the initial run as the data required is included in the payroll
archive.

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists some frequently asked questions about this report.

79
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Localization Information Guide Saudi Arabia

FAQ Answer

Where do I generate this report? In the Flow Submission and Results work area. From the Tasks pane, Payroll Flows, click Submit a Flow
task, and then search for and select Run Saudi WPS Payment Output File Report.

Who uses this report? Payroll Administrator

Payroll Manager

When do I use this report? When sending the monthly wage amounts to banks.

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule to run the process and generate the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

You can reprint the statutory reports with the data as at the time of the initial run. To facilitate reprinting the reports, the
data required for statutory reports is included in the payroll archive, except for the contact details of the employer which
are taken from live data.

Disabled Workers Report for Saudi

Employers in GCC countries need to provide the Disabled Workers report monthly to the Ministry of Health. You can
generate the report from the work areas in Human Resources by running or scheduling the process. You can also
generate the report from the BI

Only employees and contingent workers who have a registered disability as on the effective date will be shown on the
report. The person's disability status can be Active, Approved, Permanent, or Temporary.

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists some frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

Where do I generate this report? In the Checklists work area. From the Tasks pane, Payroll Flows, click Submit a Process or Report, and
then search for and select Run Disabled Workers Report.

Alternatively, from the BI Catalog, go to HCM, Workforce Management, Person Management, and then
select the relevant GCC country.

Who uses this report? HR Manager

HR Specialist

When do I use this report? When sending disabled workers data to Saudi Ministry of Health.

80
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Localization Information Guide Saudi Arabia

FAQ Answer

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule to run the process and generate the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Related Topics

IPE Consolidated New Hire and Termination Report for Saudi

The IPE Consolidated New Hire and Termination report is a monthly payroll report that's used across all Gulf
Cooperation Council (GCC) countries by the social insurance offices. The Insurance Protection Extension report
consolidates information related to new hires and terminations in a single calendar

Remember to run the following processes before you generate this report:
• Payroll Run
• Prepayments
• Payroll Archive
Let's take a look at the sections in this report:
• Employee Information
• Employee New Hire Salary Information, if applicable
• Employee Termination Salary Information, if applicable
You can reprint the statutory reports with the data as at the time of the initial run. To help you reprint the reports, the
data required for statutory reports is included in the payroll archive, except for the contact details of the employer which
are taken from live data.

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists some frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

Where do I generate this report? In the Regulatory and Tax Reporting work area. From the Tasks pane, Payroll Flows, click Submit a
Process or Report, and then search for and select Run Saudi IPE Consolidated Report.

Who uses this report? Payroll Administrator

Payroll Manager

When do I use this report? When sending the monthly hire and termination report to the social insurance office.

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

81
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 8
Localization Information Guide Saudi Arabia

FAQ Answer

• Schedule to run the process and generate the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Saudi IPE Consolidated Report

You can run the Saudi Insurance Protection Extension (IPE) Consolidated Report to generate salary information for
all new hires and terminations in a given calendar month. This is required by the Social Insurance offices across the
relevant Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries. The IPE

HR managers and payroll managers can run this report from the Regulatory and Tax Reporting work area.

Prerequisites

• Complete the payroll run, prepayment run, and the payroll archive process.
• Specify whether the employee receives pension from their country of citizenship in the Employee Social
Insurance Details calculation card.

Parameters
Payroll Statutory Unit

Select the payroll statutory unit for which you want to report the new hires and terminations.

Month

Specify the calendar month.

Year

Specify the 4-digit year.

Report Results
The report is delivered as a PDF file and contains these information:

• Employer data

• Employee data

• Salary details of new employees

• Salary details of terminated employees

Related Topics

82
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

9 United Arab Emirates

Introduction
Guide Overview_ Localization Information_UAE: Explained
This chapter contains help for implementing and using Oracle Human Resources and Oracle Payroll for United Arab
Emirates (UAE). It's not intended to be a complete guide.

Objectives
It's assumed that you have working knowledge of the basic principles and you're familiar with the customary terms.

Other Documents
For more information about generic and related tasks, you must refer to the guides at docs.oracle.com.

It's also assumed that you have consulted the following guides:

• Implementing Global Human Resources guide.

• Oracle Applications Cloud Using Functional Setup Manager guide to have a detailed understanding of the
Functional Setup Manager and the implementation tasks.
• If you're implementing payroll, the Implementing Global Payroll to understand basic payroll concepts and
familiarize yourself with payroll terminology.
• The country-specific implementation white paper (Doc ID 1504483.1) on My Oracle Support.

For more UAE-specific information, refer to the UAE Information Center (Doc ID 2127126.2) on My Oracle support.

To receive important UAE Legislative Product News, you must subscribe to the Hot Topics Email feature available in My
Oracle Support. Refer to:

UAE-Welcome tab > Other Documents > How to Use My Oracle Support Hot Topics Email Subscription Feature

Enterprise Structures
Options for Enterprise Structure Setup for HCM for UAE
The United Arab Emirates (UAE) localization supports all the global employment models. Use the global setup tasks to
define legal entities, legal authorities, and legal addresses.

Consider the following key points as you design and create enterprise structures for Oracle Fusion HCM and ensure that
the UAE reports, such as Form 1, Form 2, and Form 7 are processed accurately.

83
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

Contract Data
To use the complete contract functionality, select any three-tier employment model or the Two-Tier Single Contract
Single Assignment model. Use the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task and select the employment model in
the Legal Employer Details section.

Legislative Categories, Legal Jurisdiction, and Legal Authorities

Social Insurance is the legislative category. Use this legislative category when you create the legal authority Social
Insurance office and the legal jurisdiction.

Legal Entities, Legal Employers, and Payroll Statutory Units

When you set up legal entities, you can identify them as legal employers and payroll statutory units, which makes them
available for use in Oracle Fusion HCM. It is possible to create a legal entity that's both a legal employer and a payroll
statutory unit (PSU).

For a UAE organization, there must be a one-to-one relationship between the legal employer and the PSU. Specify the
legal entity as a legal employer and also as a PSU. Use the Social Insurance Number as the legal entity registration code.

Tax Reporting Units

The application creates the default tax reporting unit (TRU) for a legal entity automatically, when you create the PSU.

The UAE payroll reports are based on the PSU since there is a one-to-one mapping between the PSU and the TRU.

Payroll Statutory Units and Calculation Cards

PSU calculation cards are used for calculating contribution base for social insurance and gratuity by legal employer.
Use the Manage Legal Entity Calculation Records task in the Setup and Maintenance work area to define entity-specific
contribution information.

For the UAE, these employer calculation cards are available:

• Employer Social Insurance Calculation Card

• Employer Gratuity Calculation Card

Element Classifications for UAE

Oracle Fusion Human Resources Management Systems provides a suite of predefined element classifications for use
when defining calculation elements.

Let's take a look at the classifications that are applicable for the United Arab Emirates (UAE):
• Absences
• Balance Initialization
• Direct Payments
• Employer Charges
• Information
• Involuntary Deductions

84
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

• Pre-statutory Deductions
• Social Insurance Deductions
• Standard Earnings
• Supplemental Earnings
• Unpaid Earnings
These subclassifications are available:
• Subject to Social Insurance
• Subject to Unpaid Leave

Standard Earnings
For Standard Earnings primary classification for the UAE, these secondary classifications are available:

• Additional Allowance
• Basic Salary
• Children Social Allowance
• Cost of Living Allowance
• Grade Allowance
• Hourly Wage
• Housing Allowance
• Overtime Allowance
• Shift Allowance
• Social Allowance
• Transport Allowance
• Unpaid Leave

Supplemental Earnings
For Supplemental Earnings primary classification for the UAE, this secondary classification is available:

• Gratuity Payments

Involuntary Deductions
For the Involuntary Deductions primary classification for the UAE, this secondary classification is available:

• End of Service Deductions

Voluntary Deductions
For Voluntary Deductions primary classification for the UAE, these secondary classifications are available:

• End of Service Deductions

• Loans

85
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

Information
For Information primary classification for the UAE, these subclassifications are available:

• Subject to Social Insurance

• Subject to Unpaid Leave

Absences
For Absences primary classification for the UAE, these subclassifications are available:

• Subject to Social Insurance

• Maternity
• Sickness
• Other
• Vacation

Options to Define Elements for Standard Earnings and Voluntary

Deductions for UAE
The element types are created through the Element Definition task and updated through the Manage Element task. Like
any standard element, you must create eligibility links for them.

Standard Earnings
A UAE-specific element template is available for the primary classification Standard Earnings. For all other primary
classifications, you can use the global element templates. The following table explains the points you must consider
when defining the elements for the Standard Earnings primary classification:

Secondary Classification Applicable Rules

None selected Standard element template rules apply

Basic Salary or Additional Allowance Standard element template rules apply

Other Allowances UAE-specific rules apply to the specific allowance type

Unpaid Leave UAE-specific rules apply to the specific allowance type

86
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

Voluntary Deductions
When defining the elements for the Voluntary Deductions primary classification, consider the following points:

• If you don't select any secondary classification, or select the End of Service Deductions secondary classification,
the standard element template rules apply and not the UAE-specific rules.
• If you select the Loans secondary classification, the element is created using the global calculation rules that
apply to loans.

Payment of Gratuity for Fixed and Unlimited Contracts for UAE

As per the United Arab Emirates (UAE) Labor Law, end of service gratuity must be paid to all employees on termination,
irrespective of their nationality. The contract associated with the primary term or assignment is used for gratuity
processing.

Payment of Gratuity for Employee on Fixed Contract

These rules of gratuity payment apply for an employee on fixed contract:

• If the employer terminates the employee, then the full gratuity amount is paid.
• If the employee resigns before the end of the contract period and has completed less than five years in the
organization, then no gratuity is paid.
• If the employee resigns and has completed more than five years in the organization, then the full gratuity
amount is paid.
• If the contract has expired and the employee has completed more than one year of service, then the full
gratuity amount is paid.

Payment of Gratuity for Employee on Unlimited Contract

These rules of gratuity payment apply for an employee on unlimited contract:

• If the employer terminates the employee, then the full gratuity amount is paid.
• If the employee resigns before completing one year in the organization, then no gratuity is paid.
• If the employee resigns and has been employed for more than one year but less than three years, then one
third of the accrued gratuity amount is paid.
• If the employee resigns and has been employed for more than three years but less than five years, then two
thirds of the accrued gratuity amount is paid.
• If the employee has resigned and has completed more than 5 years, then the full gratuity amount is paid.

Terminate an Employee for UAE

Terminate the work relationship of an employee at the end of employment period. An employee termination impacts
calculation and reporting. Following are the effects of terminating an employee:
• Social insurance isn't processed for the month of termination.

87
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

• If the employee is eligible, gratuity payment is generated automatically.

• The employer submits Form 2 report to the Social Insurance Office within 30 days of terminating an employee.
Consider the following points to complete the termination of an employee:
• Terminating a work relationship
• Creating End of Service Details calculation card
• Running payroll and viewing payroll run results

Terminate a Work Relationship

HR specialists terminate the work relationships of employees to whom they have security access. Line managers
terminate the work relationships of their direct and indirect reports.

To terminate a work relationship:

1. In the Person Management work area, select Manage Work Relationship task.
2. On the Manage Work Relationship page, from the Actions menu, select Terminate.
3. On the Terminate Work Relationship page, enter the termination details including the termination reason.
Note: Based on your selection in the Termination Action field, the values in the Termination Reason field
are available.

4. Click Review and then click Submit.

Create End of Service Details Calculation Card

Payroll managers can create and edit an End of Service Details calculation card. You must set your Payroll Product
Usage to Oracle Fusion Payroll or Payroll Interface for automatic card creation.

To create an End of Service Details calculation card:

1. In the Payroll Calculations work area, select Manage Calculation Cards task.
2. On the Person page, search for the person for whom you want to review the Employee Social Insurance Details
card.
3. In the Search Results section, select the Employee Social Insurance Details card.
The Manage Calculation Cards page opens.
4. In the Employee Social Insurance Details section, deselect the Registered for Social Insurance check box.
5. Click Done.
The End of Service Details calculation card is automatically created. When the gratuity card is created, the
gratuity component, component details, and the association are automatically created.
6. Review and edit the card.
7. In the Gratuity Details section, enter an override amount.
8. Click Done.

Run Payroll and View Payroll Run Results

After payroll managers verify that the End of Service Details calculation card is created for the month of termination,
payroll is run for the payroll definition UAE Pay document.

To run payroll and view payroll run results:

1. In the Payroll Calculations work area, select Calculate Quick Pay task to submit a flow that calculates the run
results for a person without waiting for the standard payroll run.

88
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

Note: Run payroll for the payroll definition UAE Pay document.

2. Select View Person Process Results task to view and verify the run results.
3. On the View Person Process Results page, select the terminated employee's name, process, date earned, and
the UAE legislative data group.
4. Click Search.
5. View all the relevant information for a specific employee payroll run. Specific information related to termination
is as follows:

◦ In the Earnings section, view the gratuity amount paid.

◦ In the Deductions section, view the social insurance deductions as zero.

Note: Social insurance deductions are calculated as zero, since it's the month of termination.

◦ In the Prepayment Results section, view the prepayment results.

Calculation Cards
Options for Employer Calculation Cards for the UAE
The United Arab Emirates (UAE) provides two predefined calculation cards at the payroll statutory unit (PSU) level.
• Employer social insurance details calculation card
• Employer gratuity details calculation card
Use the Manage Legal Entity Calculation Records task from the Setup and Maintenance work area to access the
PSU-level cards.

Employer Social Insurance Calculation Card

The employer social insurance details calculation card uses these information for social insurance calculation:

• Employer Sector: The employer sector can be government or private. The calculation rules are applied based on
the type of sector you choose.
• Contributory Salary Reference Formula: You can define the formula that calculates the contributory salary at the
legal entity level. The contributory salary value is derived from this formula and is used as the reference value
for social insurance calculation.

Employer Gratuity Details Calculation Card

This gratuity card contains the payroll statutory unit (PSU) gratuity details and uses these information for gratuity
calculation:

• Calculation Basis: The amount of gratuity is based on the salary per day of the employee. This differs based on
whether you choose fixed or actual calculation basis. For gratuity calculation, the monthly salary is converted
to annual salary. This amount is divided by the number of days in a year. The actual calculation basis uses 365
days in a year whereas the fixed calculation basis uses 360 days.

89
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

• Salary Formula: You can define your own salary formula for gratuity calculation. Once you define the salary
formula, it will be available for selection on the card.
• Reference Formula: You can define your own reference formula to calculate the gratuity amount. This will
override the amount calculated by the default reference formula in the employee end of service details
calculation card.

Options for Employee End of Service Details Calculation Card

Components for UAE
The Employee End of Service Details calculation card is created automatically when the employee is terminated, if the
employee isn't registered for social insurance. The end of service details card has two main components:

• Gratuity details
• End of Service details

The calculation component on the End of Service calculation card corresponds to the payroll calculation
element gratuity contribution, defined at the legislative level.

Gratuity Details
The gratuity details calculation component and component details record is created automatically in the card.

You can enter an amount that overrides the gratuity amount calculated using the reference formula defined at the
payroll statutory unit level.

On termination, you can enter an override amount that has to be paid to the employee as gratuity. This amount will
override the gratuity amount calculated using the reference formula defined at the payroll statutory unit level.

For example, if the primary term is a fixed contract type and the subsequent terms are unlimited, then the amount of
gratuity calculated is based on fixed contract type instead of reduced amount for the unlimited contract. In this case,
you can enter an override amount at the payroll relationship level.

End of Service Details

You can additionally create the End of Service Details component by editing the automatically created card, if applicable.
Use this to specify whether the employee wants to claim the end of service remuneration or pension from the social
insurance office. Specify the bank information where the payment has to be made.

The End of Service Details component is used mainly for reporting purposes. These details are reported in Form 2 and
submitted to the social insurance office.

Automatic End of Service Details Calculation Card Creation for

UAE
If the value of your country extension setting in the Manage Features by Countries or Territories page is either Payroll or
Payroll Interface, an End of Service Details card is automatically created when you terminate an employee.

90
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

Use the Manage Personal Calculations task in the Payroll Calculation work area to view and update the card as needed.
It is important to understand the these aspects of automatic calculation card creation:

• Calculation components and component details

• Association and association details
• Element entries
• Editing the calculation card

Note: The End of Service Details card is created automatically only if the employee isn't registered or eligible for
social insurance.

Calculation Components and Component Details

The automatically created card contains these Gratuity details component and component details:

Field Default Value

Override Amount Blank

Associations and Association Details

The calculation card is automatically associated to the default tax reporting unit (TRU), belonging to the payroll
statutory unit (PSU), for which the payroll relationship is terminated. The calculation card and all the employment terms
for the employee are associated with only one TRU.

Autoindirect Elements, Element Eligibility, and Element Entries

For the UAE, autoindirect elements are predefined for triggering social insurance and gratuity calculations. The element
eligibility for these autoindirect elements must be defined during implementation. This is a one-time activity. An
element entry for Gratuity details component is created automatically when the card is created, provided that eligibility
has been defined for those elements and the employee meets the eligibility criteria.

Edit the Calculation Card

Once the card has been created, you can review and update the card as needed. If you enter an amount in the Override
Amount field, this amount overrides the total amount of gratuity calculated at the legislative level or reference formula.

You can create the End of Service Details calculation component using the Create Calculation Component Details
option. Select the End of Service Remuneration or Pension check box if the employee wants to claim this amount
from the social insurance office, and specify the bank details.

Options for Employee Social Insurance Calculation Component

and Details for UAE
The employee social insurance calculation card is created automatically when the new hire process is completed and if
you have specified the citizenship for the employee.

91
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

The social insurance calculation component and the social insurance calculation component details record are created
automatically in the card. Use the Manage Personal Calculations task in the Payroll Calculation work area to view and
update the card as needed.

The calculation component on the employee social insurance card corresponds to the social insurance contribution
payroll calculation element, defined at the legislative level.

When you rehire an employee, a new card is created if the date of new employment terms is later than the Last Standard
Earnings date of the previous employment terms.

You can create additional calculation component details for Social Insurance Contributory Salary Override and Social
Insurance Contributory Salary Adjustment Amount. While completing the information in the employee social insurance
calculation component details section, you must consider the following points:

Citizenship
The citizenship information is derived from Personal Information. Though the card is created automatically for
employees for whom citizenship is specified, social insurance calculations are processed based on the Registered for
Social Insurance check box. The check box is selected only for Emirati citizens with social insurance numbers.

Method of Acquiring Nationality

You can use this information for reporting purposes. The method of acquiring nationality could be by birth, residence,
marriage or any other factor.

Date of Acquiring Nationality

This date can't be earlier than the person's date of birth. It is used for reporting purposes.

Exception Types
The social insurance calculations are processed based on certain exception types dependent on these conditions:

• Employee pays both employer and employee contributions

• Employer pays both employee and employer contributions
• Employer pays contribution monthly and employee pays later

Depending on the exception type specified, the employee or the employer pays the contributions.

Registered for Social Insurance

This check box is the indicator for processing the social insurance calculations for employees. If a citizenship has been
specified, then this check box is selected or not selected depending on the nationality.

• For Emirati citizens with social insurance numbers specified during the new hire process, this check box is
selected automatically. This indicates that social insurance calculations must be processed.
• For non-Emirati citizens, this check box remains not selected, indicating that social insurance calculations must
not processed.
• For Emirati citizens without social insurance numbers or those whose social insurance numbers haven't been
specified during the new hire process, the check box remains not selected. You can manually edit the card to
change this default value by selecting the check box, in the case social insurance calculations apply.

92
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

Note: Employees registered for social insurance aren't eligible for gratuity. No End of Service Details card is created
upon termination of these employees.

Paid from Another Government Sector

Select or deselect this check box depending on whether the employee receives additional pay from another government
sector organization.

Social Insurance Contributory Salary Override and Adjustment

Social Insurance Contributory Salary Override: You can additionally create the calculation component details for Social
Insurance Contributory Salary Override, if applicable. Use the override amount to specify a social insurance contribution
amount that's different from the social insurance balance, or the amount derived from the reference formula at the
legislative level. This applies only for the private sector employees. The amount is processed in the first month of
joining or January every year. This amount, if specified, is applicable for the whole year.

Social Insurance Contributory Salary Adjustment: You can additionally create the calculation component details for
Social Insurance Contributory Salary Adjustment Amount, if applicable. Use the adjustment amount to make any
changes to the social insurance contributory salary amount. This applies only for private sector employees and can be
specified any time during the year.

Automatic Employee Social Insurance Calculation Card Creation

for UAE
If the value of your country extension setting in the Manage Features by Countries or Territories page is either Payroll
or Payroll Interface, then an Employee Social Insurance Calculation Card is created automatically as part of the new hire
process.

Use the Manage Personal Calculations task in the Payroll Calculation work area to view and update the card as needed.
It is important to understand the following aspects of the automatic calculation card creation:
• Calculation Component and Component Details
• Associations and Association Details
• Autoindirect Elements, Element Eligibility, Element Entries
• Editing the Automatically Created Calculation Card

Note: Automatic calculation card creation occurs only if the citizenship information is specified for the employee.

Calculation Component and Component Details

The automatically created card contains the following Employee Social Insurance Details components and component
details:

Field Default Value

Citizenship Derived from Person Information. If the employee nationality is Emirati, and the Social Insurance
Number is specified, then the Registered for Social Insurance check box is selected in the automatically
created card. For other employees, this stays as not selected.

93
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

Field Default Value

Method of Acquiring Nationality Blank

Date of Acquiring Nationality Blank

Exception Type Blank

Registered for Social Insurance Setting depends on citizenship information and if social insurance number is entered.

Pay received from another government Not selected

sector

Sector or Department Name Blank

Exempt from SI Contribution Difference Not selected

Country of Citizenship Pension Not selected

Associations and Association Details

The calculation card is automatically associated with the default tax reporting unit (TRU) of the employee payroll
relationship's payroll statutory unit (PSU). You can associate the calculation card and all the employment terms for the
employee with only one TRU.

Autoindirect Elements, Element Eligibility, Element Entries

Autoindirect elements are predefined for triggering social insurance and gratuity calculations. The element eligibility for
these Autoindirect elements must be defined during implementation. This is a one-time activity.

An element entry for the Social Insurance component is created automatically when the card is created, provided that
eligibility has been defined for those elements and the employee meets the eligibility criteria.

Editing the Automatically Created Calculation Card

Once the card has been created, you can view and update the card as needed. For example, you may enter additional
information for citizenship and nationality or select the Pay received from another government sector, and specify
the sector or department name. You can create the following calculation components using the Create Calculation
Component Details option:

• Social Insurance Contributory Salary Override: Use the override amount to specify a social insurance
contribution amount that's different from the social insurance balance, or the amount derived from the
reference formula at the legislative level. This is applicable only for the private sector employees and is

94
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

processed in the first month of joining, or in the month of January every year. This amount, if specified, is
applicable for the whole year.

• Social Insurance Contributory Salary Adjustment: Use the adjustment amount to make any changes to the
social insurance contributory salary amount. This is only applicable for private sector employees and can be
specified any time during the year.

Edit an Employee Social Insurance Calculation Card for UAE

An Employee Social Insurance Calculation Card is automatically generated during the new hire process.

Let's take a look at an example to understand how to modify that card that was automatically generated during the
new hire process to reflect employee-specific values that differ from the default values. This table summarizes the key
decisions for this scenario.

Decisions to Consider In this Example

Is the citizenship specified? Yes

Is the employee an Emirati citizen? Yes

Does the employee have a social insurance Yes

number?

Is the tax reporting unit (TRU) defaulted Yes

during the new hire process?

Before You Start

1. A payroll calculation for employee social insurance must exist at the legislative level.
2. You must have created an Employer Social Insurance Details Card at the payroll statutory unit (PSU) level.
3. You must have completed the new hire process for the person, and specified the employee citizenship status.
Unless the employee citizenship is specified, the social insurance details card is not created automatically.
4. For social insurance deductions and calculations to be applicable, the person must be an employee and a valid
citizen of the UAE.

Open the Employee Social Insurance Details Card

1. In the Payroll Administration or Payroll Calculations work area, select Manage Personal Calculations.
2. Complete the fields in the Search section. Here's something that should help you.

Field Value

Name Waleed Abbas

Legislative Data Group UAE LDG One

95
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

Field Value

Effective Date Current Date

3. Click Search to display a list of matching payroll relationships.

4. Click the row for Waleed Abbas to open the Manage Personal Details page. All available calculation cards are
displayed in the Search Results.
5. Click the Employee Social Insurance Details card that was automatically created for this payroll relationship.

Edit the Employee Social Insurance Components and Components Details

In the Calculation Card Overview pane, you can view the calculation groups associated with this calculation card. In this
example, you see the Social Insurance calculation group.

1. In the Calculation Component section, select Employee Social Insurance Details.

2. In the Calculation Component Details section, select Social Insurance Details. These are the default values:

Field Default Value

Citizenship United Arab Emirates

Method of Acquiring Nationality Blank

Date of Acquiring Nationality Blank

Exception Type Blank

Registered for social insurance Selected

Pay received from another government Not selected

sector

3. Select Edit and Correct.

4. Complete the following fields in the component details:

Field Value

Method of Acquiring Nationality Birth

Date of Acquiring Nationality 19/09/1984

96
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

Field Value

Exception Type Employer pays contribution monthly and employee pays later

5. Select Create Calculation Component Details to create additional component details. In this example, you
create the Social Insurance Contributory Salary Override.
6. Complete this field in the component details:

Field Value

Override Amount 1500

7. In the Calculation Card Overview pane, click Associations to review the TRU associations. The calculation card
and all the employment terms for the employee are automatically associated to the default TRU that belongs to
the PSU for which the employee has a payroll relationship.
8. Click Save and Close.

Reports
Overview of Statutory Reports for UAE
Payroll managers can run a number of statutory reports that must be submitted to external organizations such as the
social insurance office.

You can run these reports from the Regulatory and Tax Reporting work area.

Report Task Purpose When to Run Report Results

Run Form 1 Statutory report that must be Monthly or as required for Employer information includes
submitted to the social insurance statutory purposes. name, social insurance number,
office with details of newly hired and address.
employees.
Employee information includes
basic information, education,
salary, and marital details.

Run Form 2 Statutory report that must be Monthly or as required for Employer information includes
submitted to the social insurance statutory purposes. name, social insurance number,
office within 30 days of employee and address.
termination, with details of
terminated employees. Employee information includes
basic information, salary, and end
of service calculations.

97
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

Report Task Purpose When to Run Report Results

Run Form 6 Insured details report for private Monthly Employer information includes
sector employees that must be name, social insurance number,
submitted to the social insurance and address.
office.
Employee information includes
basic information, salary, and social
insurance calculations.

Run Form 7 Monthly movements report with Monthly Employer information includes
details of newly hired employees, name, social insurance number,
salary changes of existing and employer contribution for
employees, and terminated current and previous month.
employees.
Employee information is based on
whether the employee is hired or
terminated, or salary changes of
existing employee.

Run Monthly Contributions Report- Details of monthly contributions Monthly Employer information includes
Private Sector of employer and employees in the name, month and year when the
private sector to be submitted to report is run.
the social insurance office.
Employee Information includes
name, relationship number, social
insurance number, allowances, and
contributions details.

Run Monthly Contributions Report- Details of monthly contributions Monthly Employer information includes
Government Sector of employer and employees in the name, month and year when the
government sector to be submitted report is run.
to the social insurance office.
Employee Information includes
name, relationship number, social
insurance number, allowances, and
contributions details.

Disabled Workers Report Disabled employees and Monthly Report shows legal employer-wise
contingent workers details must person disability details.
be submitted to the Ministry of
Health.

IPE Consolidated Report Consolidates information related Monthly Employer Information, Employee
to new hires and terminations in a Information, Salary Details, and
calendar month. Termination Salary and Reason.

Wage Protection System Salary Employers must submit the report Monthly Wage details paid to individual
Information File to a Wage Protection agent at the employees includes Employee
end of each month. Detail Record and Salary Control
Record.

98
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

Disabled Workers Report for UAE

Employers in GCC countries need to provide the Disabled Workers report monthly. You can generate the report from
the work areas in Human Resources by running or scheduling the process. You can also generate the report from the BI
Catalog in HCM, Workforce Management,

Only employees and contingent workers who have a registered disability as on the effective date will be shown on the
report. The person's disability status can be Active, Approved, Permanent, or Temporary.

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists some frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

Where do I generate this report? In the Checklists work area. From the Tasks pane, Payroll Flows, click Submit a Process or Report, then
search for and select Run Disabled Workers Report.

Alternatively, from the BI Catalog, go to HCM, Workforce Management, Person Management, and then
select the relevant GCC country.

Who uses this report? HR Manager

HR Specialist

When do I use this report? When sending disabled workers data to UAE Ministry of Health.

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule to run the process and generate the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Related Topics

IPE Consolidated New Hire and Termination Report for UAE

The IPE Consolidated New Hire and Termination report is a monthly payroll report that's used across all Gulf
Cooperation Council (GCC) countries by the social insurance offices. The Insurance Protection Extension report
consolidates information related to new hires and terminations in a single calendar

Remember to run the following processes before you generate this report:

• Payroll Run
• Prepayments

99
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

• Payroll Archive
Let's take a look at the sections in this report:

• Employee Information
• Employee New Hire Salary Information, if applicable
• Employee Termination Salary Information, if applicable
You can reprint the statutory reports with the data as at the time of the initial run. To help you reprint the reports, the
data required for statutory reports is included in the payroll archive, except for the contact details of the employer which
are taken from live data.

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists some frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

Where do I generate this report? In the Regulatory and Tax Reporting work area. From the Tasks pane, Payroll Flows, click Submit a
Process or Report, and then search for and select Run UAE IPE Consolidated Report.

Who uses this report? Payroll Administrator

Payroll Manager

When do I use this report? When sending the monthly hire and termination report to the social insurance office.

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule to run the process and generate the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Emirati IPE Consolidated Report

You can run the Emirati Insurance Protection Extension (IPE) Consolidated Report to generate salary information for
all new hires and terminations in a given calendar month. This is required by the Social Insurance offices across the
relevant Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries.

The IPE stipulates pension and social coverage for the GCC citizens who are expatriate employees in any of the GCC
countries.

HR managers and payroll managers can run this report from the Regulatory and Tax Reporting work area.

Before running this report, you must:

• Complete the payroll run, prepayment run, and the payroll archive process.
• Specify whether the employee receives pension from their country of citizenship in the Employee Social
Insurance Details calculation card.

100
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

Report Parameters
Payroll Statutory Unit

Select the payroll statutory unit for which you want to report the new hires and terminations.

Month

Specify the calendar month.

Year

Specify the 4-digit year.

Report Results
The report is delivered as a PDF file and contains these information:

• Employer data

• Employee data

• Salary details of new employees

• Salary details of terminated employees

Related Topics

WPS Salary Information File Report

Salary Information File is a statutory report that an employer must submit to a Wage Protection agent at the end of each
month. The report tracks the wage details paid to individual employees.

Remember to run the following processes before you generate this report:

• Payroll Run
• Prepayments
• Payroll Archive
Let's take a look at the sections in this report:

• Employee Detail Record

• Salary Control Record
You can reproduce the report with the data as at the time of the initial run. To help you reproduce the report, the data
required is included in the payroll archive.

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists some frequently asked questions about this report.

101
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

FAQ Answer

Where do I generate this report? In the Regulatory and Tax Reporting work area. From the Tasks pane, Payroll Flows, click Submit a
Process or Report, and then search for and select Run Salary Information File.

Who uses this report? Payroll Administrator

Payroll Manager

When do I use this report? When sending the salary information file to the Wage Protection agent every month.

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule to run the process and generate the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Related Topics

Form 1 New Hires Report

On hiring an employee, every employer must submit the on-demand statutory Form 1 New Hires report to General
Pension and Social Security Authority (GPSSA). The report is applicable for employees of UAE citizenship, as per the
Social Insurance Calculation Card.

Remember to run the following processes before you generate this report:

• Payroll Run
• Prepayments
• Payroll Archive
Let's take a look at the sections in this report:

• Employer Information
• Employee Personal Information
• Employee Qualification Information
• Employee Disability Information
• Employee Compensation Information
You can only generate the report for the PSU whose Social Insurance Fund Type is GPSSA. You can reprint the statutory
reports with the data as at the time of the initial run. To help you reprint the reports, the data required for statutory
reports is included in the payroll archive, except for the contact details of the employer which are taken from live data.

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists some frequently asked questions about this report.

102
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

FAQ Answer

Where do I generate this report? In the Regulatory and Tax Reporting work area. From the Tasks pane, Payroll Flows, click Submit a
Process or Report, and then search for and select Run Form 1.

Who uses this report? Payroll Administrator

Payroll Manager

When do I use this report? When sending the new hire details at the end of every month to GPSSA.

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule to run the process and generate the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Form 2Terminated Employees Report

On terminating an employee, every employer must submit the Form 2 Terminated Employees Report at the end of the
month to GPSSA. The report is applicable for employees of UAE citizenship, as per the Social Insurance Calculation Card.

Remember to run the following processes before you generate this report:
• Payroll Run
• Prepayments
• Payroll Archive
Let's take a look at the sections in this report:
• Employer Information
• Employee Basic Information
• Employee Salary and End-of-Service Deduction Details
You can only generate the report for the PSU whose Social Insurance Fund Type is GPSSA. You can reprint the statutory
reports with the data as at the time of the initial run. To help you reprint the reports, the data required for statutory
reports is included in the payroll archive, except for the contact details of the employer which are taken from live data.

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists some frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

Where do I generate this report? In the Regulatory and Tax Reporting work area. From the Tasks pane, Payroll Flows, click Submit a
Process or Report, and then search for and select Run Form 2.

Who uses this report? Payroll Administrator

103
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

FAQ Answer

Payroll Manager

When do I use this report? When sending the terminated employees list at the end of the month to GPSSA.

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule to run the process and generate the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Form 6Insured Details Report

Employers in UAE must submit insured details in the statutory report Form 6 at the end of the month to GPSSA. The
report consists of information about the insured employees, employed in the private sector, who have UAE citizenship,
as per the Social Insurance

Remember to run the following processes before you generate this report:
• Payroll Run
• Prepayments
• Payroll Archive
Let's take a look at the sections in this report:
• Employer Information
• Employee Compensation Information
You can only generate the report for the PSU whose Social Insurance Fund Type is GPSSA. You can reprint the statutory
reports with the data as at the time of the initial run. To help you reprint the reports, the data required for statutory
reports is included in the payroll archive, except for the contact details of the employer which are taken from live data.

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists some frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

Where do I generate this report? In the Regulatory and Tax Reporting work area. From the Tasks pane, Payroll Flows, click Submit a
Process or Report, and then search for and select Run Form 6.

Who uses this report? Payroll Administrator

Payroll Manager

When do I use this report? When sending the insured employees in the private sector at the end of the month to GPSSA.

104
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

FAQ Answer

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule to run the process and generate the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Form 7Monthly Movements Report

Employers in UAE must submit the statutory report, Form 7, Monthly Movements Report to GPSSA at the end of each
month. It contains details of newly hired employees, salary changes of existing employees, and terminated employees.
The report is applicable for employees of UAE

Remember to run the following processes before you generate this report:
• Payroll Run
• Prepayments
• Payroll Archive
Let's take a look at the sections in this report:
• Employer information
• Summary of contributions for the current month
• Salary information of new employees
• Terminated employees
• Other changes such as employees with salary changes

Note: On each page of the report, 5 hired employees, 4 salary changes, and 4 terminated employees are displayed.
Blank rows are displayed if no data exists for the section.

You can only generate the report for the PSU whose Social Insurance Fund Type is GPSSA. You can reprint the statutory
reports with the data as at the time of the initial run. To help you reprint the reports, the data required for statutory
reports is included in the payroll archive, except for the contact details of the employer which are taken from live data.

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists some frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

Where do I generate this report? In the Regulatory and Tax Reporting work area. From the Tasks pane, Payroll Flows, click Submit a
Process or Report, and then search for and select Run Form 7.

Who uses this report? Payroll Administrator

Payroll Manager

105
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

FAQ Answer

When do I use this report? When sending the monthly movement details at the end of every month to GPSSA.

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule to run the process and generate the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Monthly Contributions in Government Sector Report

Employers in UAE must submit the Monthly Contributions Government Sector report to GPSSA at the end of each
month. The report holds the data of monthly contributions paid to the General Pension and Social Security Authority by
the government sector employers for their employees

Remember to run the following processes before you generate this report:
• Payroll Run
• Prepayments
• Payroll Archive
Let's take a look at the sections in this report:
• Employer Information
• Employee Identification Information
• Employee Compensation Information
• Employee and Employer Contributions
You can only generate the report for the PSU whose Social Insurance Fund Type is GPSSA. You can reprint the statutory
reports with the data as at the time of the initial run. To help you reprint the reports, the data required for statutory
reports is included in the payroll archive, except for the contact details of the employer which are taken from live data.

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists some frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

Where do I generate this report? In the Regulatory and Tax Reporting work area. From the Tasks pane, Payroll Flows, click Submit a
Process or Report, and then search for and select Run Monthly Contributions Government Sector
Report.

Who uses this report? Payroll Administrator

Payroll Manager

106
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

FAQ Answer

When do I use this report? When sending the monthly contributions of the Government sector employees in end of the month to
GPSSA.

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule to run the process and generate the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Monthly Contributions in Private Sector Report

Employers in UAE must submit the Monthly Contributions Private Sector report to GPSSA at the end of each month.
The report holds the data of monthly contributions paid to the General Pension and Social Security Authority by the
private sector employers for their employees

Remember to run the following processes before you generate this report:

• Payroll Run
• Prepayments
• Payroll Archive
Let's take a look at the sections in this report:

• Employer Information
• Employee Identification Information
• Employee Compensation Information
• Employee and Employer Contributions
You can only generate the report for the PSU whose Social Insurance Fund Type is GPSSA. You can reprint the statutory
reports with the data as at the time of the initial run. To help you reprint the reports, the data required for statutory
reports is included in the payroll archive, except for the contact details of the employer which are taken from live data.

Frequently Asked Questions

This table lists some frequently asked questions about this report.

FAQ Answer

Where do I generate this report? In the Regulatory and Tax Reporting work area. From the Tasks pane, Payroll Flows, click Submit a
Process or Report, and then search for and select Run Monthly Contributions Private Sector Report.

Who uses this report? Payroll Administrator

Payroll Manager

107
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

FAQ Answer

When do I use this report? When sending the monthly contributions of the private sector employees in end of the month to
GPSSA.

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule to run the process and generate the report

What tool can I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Emirati Salary Information File

Run the Salary Information File to generate salary files containing the wage information of employees. An employer
needs to submit this to a Wage Protection System (WPS) agent in the mandated format. This statutory report is
generated at the end of each month.

Payroll managers and payroll administrators can run this report from the Regulatory and Tax Reporting work area.

Remember to perform these before you run this report:

• Use the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task in the Setup and Maintenance work area to enter WPS
related information in the Emirati Payroll Statutory Details page:

Field Description

Ministry of Labor Employer ID Unique 13-digit number for the employer provided by the Ministry of Labor.

WPS Employer Bank Code 9-digit routing code assigned to the employer’s bank by the Central Bank of United Arab
Emirates (CBUAE).

WPS Agent ID Unique 9-digit number that identifies the WPS agent who services the employees.

• Use the Manage Payroll Relationships task to specify the employee-specific WPS information in the Personal
Details page:

Field Description

Ministry of Labor Employee ID Unique 14-digit number for each employee provided by the Ministry of Labor.

WPS Account Number 16-digit account number or salary card number of the bank account where the salary is
credited.

108
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

Field Description

• Complete the payroll run, prepayment run, and the payroll archive process.

Report Parameters
Payroll Statutory Unit

Select the payroll statutory unit for which you want to generate the salary information file.

Month

Specify the calendar month.

Year

Specify the 4-digit year.

Employer Reference

This is an optional free text field.

Report Results
The report results are in ASCII, and the record formats are Comma Separated Values (CSV).

Related Topics

FAQs
What's the difference between social insurance contributory salary
override amount and adjustment amount for the UAE?
You can use the social insurance contributory salary override amount to override any value derived from the reference
user formula or social insurance balance. The social insurance contributory salary override is considered only in the first
period of the calendar year when the employees'

However, you can use the social insurance contributory adjustment amount to correct any existing value for social
insurance contributory base amount. You can use this to increase or reduce the amount of social insurance contribution,
any time during the year.

109
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 9
Localization Information Guide United Arab Emirates

How can I update the WPS information for a legal employer and an
employee in the UAE?
You can use the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task in the Setup and Maintenance work area to update the
Wage Protection System (WPS) information for a legal employer in the Emirati Payroll Statutory Details page for a legal
employer.

You can also use the Manage Payroll Relationships task in the Payroll Calculations work area to specify the employee-
specific WPS information in the Personal Details page. Update the WPS related fields in the Additional Information node
under the Payment Details section.

110
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

10 United States

Introduction
US Localization Info
This chapter contains help for implementing and using Oracle Human Resources and Oracle Payroll for the US. It's not
intended to be a complete guide.

Objectives
It's assumed that you have working knowledge of the basic principles and you're familiar with the customary terms.

Other Documents
For more info about generic and related tasks, you must refer to the guides at docs.oracle.com.

It's also assumed that you have consulted the following guides.

• Implementing Global Human Resources guide to complete the related prerequisite tasks required for payroll
implementation.
• Oracle Applications Cloud Using Functional Setup Manager guide to have a detailed understanding of the
Functional Setup Manager and the implementation tasks.
• If you're implementing payroll, the Implementing Payroll for the United States guide to understand payroll
concepts and familiarize yourself with payroll terminology.
• The US-specific implementation technical briefs (Doc ID 1504483.1) on My Oracle Support.

For more US-specific info, refer to the US Information Center (Doc ID 2063588.2) on My Oracle Support.

To receive important US Legislative Product News, you must subscribe to the Hot Topics Email feature available in My
Oracle Support. Refer to:

US-Welcome tab > Other Documents > How to Use My Oracle Support Hot Topics Email Subscription Feature

Affordable Care Act

ACA Override Upload
The ben_aca_reporting table captures the Affordable Care Act (ACA) overrides you want to apply to your employees.

When you run the Archive End-of-Year ACA Information process, it checks this table, and if it finds an override, it
applies the override instead of the derived value. You use the ACA Override Upload task to populate this table with your
overrides.

111
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Run this process after you have run the Archive End-of-Year process and you have identified data you want to correct.

To run this process:

1. Start the ACA Override Upload task.
a. From Benefits Administration, click Evaluation and Reporting.
b. Click Person Data Loaders.
c. Click Go to Task for the ACA Override Upload task.
This opens a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet where you can enter the overrides.
2. Specify the fields within the spreadsheet you want updated.
3. Click Upload to apply the changes.

Before You Start

Complete the spreadsheet with the overrides.

Related Topics
• How the ACA Flows Obtain Their Info
• Overview of Affordable Care Act Reporting

Affordable Care Act Information Returns System

Your only option for submitting your Affordable Care Act (ACA) reports is through the ACA Information Returns (AIR)
electronic filing system. Your ACA transmitters must submit the form data files through the ISS-UI channel.

For further info, refer to the IRS documentation.

If this is your first time filing through AIR, perform these steps.
1. Register your responsible officials and contacts with IRS e-Services.
2. Apply for a transmitter control code (TCC). For further info, refer to the IRS website.
3. Complete an error-free communication test in XML format.
You must submit predefined test scenario 3, 4, or 5 to complete an error-free communication test in XML format. To
receive sample scenario 1094-C test files for AATS testing, you must submit a Service Request with Oracle Support.
• Service Type: Oracle Fusion Global Human Resources Cloud Service
• Problem Type: Country/Region Legislation > Americas

Related Topics
• Configure for Affordable Care Act Reporting

Archive End-of-Year ACA Information

This flow identifies all employees with active assignments and their Affordable Care Act (ACA) info and then captures it
in preparation for your ACA reporting.

Run this archive prior running the ACA report processes.

112
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

To run this flow:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group (LDG), and search for and select Archive End-of-Year ACA Information.
Alternately, you can run it from Submit Extracts under Data Exchange.

Before You Start

Make sure you have fully configured your organization for ACA reporting. For further info, see Configure for Affordable
Care Act Reporting in the Help Center.

Make sure your employee ACA info is up to date. For further info, see Overview of Affordable Care Act Reporting in the
Help Center.

Flow Parameters
Year

Enter the reporting year as a 4-digit number, such as 2020.

Legal Employer

Search for and select the legal employer you want to archive. The flow captures the ACA info for all employees attached
to it.

ACA File Type

Select either Original or Replacement.

Submission IDs for Replacement

If you're generating a 1094-c replacement file using Submission mode, specify the submission IDs you're replacing.

Enter numbers separated by commas with no spaces.

Original Payroll Flow

If you're generating a replacement file using Submission mode, search for and select the original payroll flow.

Flow Results
The archive generates an audit report of all employees with an active assignment during the selected calendar year. It
includes all employee-level info required for 1094-C and 1095-C reporting.

Related Topics
• Configure for Affordable Care Act Reporting
• Overview of Affordable Care Act Reporting

Configure for Affordable Care Act Reporting

Affordable Care Act (ACA) reporting involves the generation of these forms.
• 1094-C (Electronic Transmittal of Employer-Provided Health Insurance Offer and Coverage Information
Returns)

113
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

This file can include info specific to filing returns for New Jersey and Washington DC employees with a resident
tax address during the year. For further info, see How You Generate the Form 1094-C Electronic Data File below.
• 1095-C (Employer-Provided Health Insurance Offer and Coverage)
ACA reporting isn't supported for retirees.

Note: The IRS provides comprehensive instructions on how to comply with and report your ACA enrollments,
including definitions of key terminology. For further info, see Affordable Care Act (ACA) Tax Provisions on the IRS
website.

Before you can perform any Affordable Care Act (ACA) reporting, there's some configuration you must do.

What you need to do How you do it

Fulfill the prerequisites You must have completed the following as of January 1 of the reporting year.

1. Gone live on Oracle Fusion Human Resources.

Or if having gone live during the year, have loaded the date-effective HR info from January 1 to
the go-live date.
2. Configured all benefit eligibility and enrollment.

Or if having gone live during the year, have loaded the date-effective benefit eligibility or
enrollment changes from January 1 to the go-live date.

Note:
Oracle Fusion HCM doesn't support Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) ACA
reporting.

Configure your legal employers Use the Legal Entity HCM Information task from your implementation project.

Configure your legal reporting units Use the Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task from your implementation project.

Configure your tax reporting units Use the Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task from your implementation project.

Configure your benefits plan Use the Benefit Plan Details task.

Add your employees' dependents 1. From My Client Groups, click Person Management.
2. Search for the person.
3. In the search results, click Personal and Employment and then Person.

Configure your employee assignments 1. From My Client Groups, click Person Management.
2. Search for the person.
3. In the search results, click Personal and Employment and then Employment.

Configure your ACA report templates You can configure them to:

• Use RR Donnelley paper stock

• Mask the Social Security Numbers
• Replace a predefined template entirely

114
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

What you need to do How you do it

For further info, see the following in the Help Center.

• Configure the Form 1095-C Template

• Upload New Affordable Care Act Templates

Prepare for state-specific reporting Some states require special reporting configuration.

For further info, see the following sections. These steps require an Application Implementation Consultant role that has
privileges to create and modify all organizational structures.

Note: This isn't a comprehensive list of possible configurations. For further info, see Oracle Cloud Human Capital
Management: Implementing Payroll for the United States in the Help Center.

Configure Your Legal Employers

For each legal employer:

1. From My Client Groups, click Workforce Structures.

2. Under Organizations, click Manage Legal Entity HCM Information.
3. In Legal Employer, click Federal.
4. In Federal ACA Reporting Information, specify the following.

Field name What uses it How it's used

DGE TRU Name 1094-C Leave blank. The 1094-C Employer

Report flow doesn't support Designated
Government Entities (DGEs).

Aggregated ALE Group TRU Name 1094-C Required for aggregated Applicable Large
Employer (ALE) group employers.

Annual Announced Percentage 1094-C and 1095-C Derives the 1A code for Form 1095-C, line 14.

You can obtain this percentage from

the IRS or Society for Human Resource
Management (SHRM). For further info, see
their respective websites.

Annual Poverty Level Value 1094-C and 1095-C Derives the 1A code for Form 1095-C, line 14.

You can obtain this value from the IRS or

SHRM. For further info, see their respective
websites.

115
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What uses it How it's used

Offer of Coverage Override Value 1095-C Overrides line 14 for all employees. This
value overrides the default set by Oracle
Fusion Benefits. An override here applies to
all Forms 1095-C in this legal entity for the
eligible applicable period.

For further info, see How the ACA Forms

Obtain Their Info in the Help Center.

5. Save your changes.

Configure Your Legal Reporting Units

For HR Only implementations, you perform your ACA reporting at the TRU level, and you must have your employees
associated with a reporting establishment.

To identify an existing legal reporting unit (LRU) as a reporting establishment:

1. From My Client Groups, click Workforce Structures.

2. Under Organizations, click Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information.
3. On Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information, enter the LRU name and click Search.
4. Select the name in the search results, and click Manage Legal Reporting Unit Classification.
5. Select Reporting Establishment.
6. Click Next, and then review and submit.

Configure Your Tax Reporting Units

To configure a tax reporting unit (TRU) for ACA reporting:

1. Make sure your TRUs and registrations are set up.

Each TRU with a United States Federal Tax registration is considered a separate authoritative transmitter.

For further info, see Overview of Legal Reporting Unit Configuration for the US in the Help Center.
2. Verify your United States Federal Tax registrations.

a. From My Client Groups, click Workforce Structures.

b. Under Organizations, click Manage Legal Reporting Unit Registrations.
c. Verify the following for the United States Federal Tax registration.

Field name What reports use it

EIN or TIN 1094-C and 1095-C

Registered Address 1094-C and 1095-C

Registered Name 1094-C and 1095-C

116
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What reports use it

3. Configure each TRU.

a. From My Client Groups, click Workforce Structures.

b. Under Organizations, click Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM.
c. Enter the following in ACA Reporting Information.

Field name What uses it How it's used

ACA Contact First Name 1094-C The 1094-C Employer Report flow
requires this value on all TRUs.

ACA Contact Middle Name 1094-C The 1094-C Employer Report flow
requires this value on all TRUs.

ACA Contact Last Name 1094-C The 1094-C Employer Report flow
requires this value on all TRUs.

ACA Contact Suffix 1094-C The 1094-C Employer Report flow

requires this value on all TRUs.

ACA Contact Phone 1094-C and 1095-C The 1094-C Employer Report flow
requires this value on all TRUs.

Enter the full number as digits, including

country code.

Qualifying Offer Method 1094-C The 1094-C Employer Report flow

requires this value on all TRUs.

Qualifying Offer Method Transition Relief 1094-C No longer used as of the 2016 reporting
period.

98 Percent Offer Method 1094-C The 1094-C Employer Report flow

requires this value on all TRUs.

Safe Harbor 1094-C Overrides line 16 for all employees

associated with this TRU.

Minimum Coverage Offered All 12 Months 1094-C The 1094-C Employer Report flow
requires this value on all TRUs.

117
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What uses it How it's used

Employee Count Date to Use 1094-C The 1094-C Employer Report flow
supports only the last day of the month.

Calculation Date 1094-C and 1095-C Defines the milestone day of the month
for employee coverage.

Calculation Day 1094-C and 1095-C This field is available only if you selected
Given day for Calculation Date.

If the current month has fewer days than

the value you selected, the report treats
this as Last day of the month.

Grant full coverage for partial month 1094-C and 1095-C When selected, employees hired or
terminated mid-month are considered
covered for the full month.

d. Enter the following in ACA Aggregated Group Information.

For a definition of ALE member (ALEM), see the IRS instructions.

Field name What uses it How it's used

Aggregated ALE Group Member 1094-C Used if you're an aggregated applicable

large employer (ALE) group employer.

Aggregated ALE Group Name 1094-C Used to group employers for reporting.

For example, TRU A is the parent of TRU B and TRU C. Combined, A, B, and C have 55 full-time
employees. The three collective TRUs represent one ALE. The Form 1094-C refers to the same concept as
the aggregated ALE group.

i. For TRU A, you set Aggregated ALE Group Member to Yes. Its TRU name now appears in
Aggregated ALE Group Name.
ii. For TRUs B and C, you set Aggregated ALE Group Member to No.
iii. Select TRU A's name for Aggregated ALE Group Name.
iv. Leave these fields blank for any TRU reporting separately.
4. Save your changes.

118
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Configure Your Benefits Plan

You can create your own ACA-specific benefit plan or use an existing plan that qualifies. Set the following for each plan.

What you need to do How you do it

Define the minimum essential coverage For each plan or program:

and minimum value
1. Determine if the plan meets minimum essential coverage and minimum value requirements
under ACA.

For further info, see your benefits supplier documentation.

2. If so, start the Benefit Plan Details task and click Plan.
3. Search for and select the plan.
4. Navigate to Additional Configuration.
5. Select Yes for the following.

◦ Minimum Essential Coverage

◦ Minimum Essential Coverage

Set the primary funding method To self-fund your benefits:

1. Start the Benefit Plan Details task, and click Plan.

2. Search for and select your plan.
3. Navigate to Additional Configuration.
4. Select the Self-insured primary funding method.

Set this value at the program or plan level, depending on your program configuration.

Set the lowest cost option When adding an option to a plan, to designate it as the lowest cost option:

1. Start the Benefit Plan Details task, and click Plan.

2. Search for and select your plan.
3. In the Option region of Basic Details, edit an existing option or create one.
4. In Select and Add, select Yes for Minimum Value.

Ensure that you designate only one option as the lowest cost option.

Note: These are the minimum instructions for configuring benefits for ACA compliance. For further info, see the
Oracle Global Human Resources Cloud Implementing Benefits guide on the Help Center.

Add Employee Dependents

Add each employee's ACA dependents.

1. In My Client Groups, click Person Management.

2. Search for and select the employee.
3. Start the Person task.
4. Click Contacts.
5. Click Create.

119
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

6. In Relationship Information, enter the following.

Field name What uses it How it's used

Benefits Offered Conditionally 1094-C and 1095-C Select Yes, if you have conditionally offered
ACA qualified benefits to the employee's
spouse.

Contact Type 1095-C

Effective Start Date 1095-C

Emergency Contact 1095-C

TIN Type 1094-C and 1095-C Select Individual taxpayer identification

number (TIN) or social security number
(SSN).

TIN Number 1094-C and 1095-C This value is optional if you provide a date-
of-birth.

7. In Personal Info, enter the following.

Field name What uses it How it's used

Last Name 1095-C

Date of Birth 1094-C and 1095-C

8. Click OK.

Configure Your Employee Assignments

Each employee must have an HR assignment and payroll relationship valid throughout the reporting year.

Note: If your Oracle Cloud go-live date occurred mid-year, use HCM Data Loader (HDL) to ensure each employee has
a valid assignment history for the entire year.

Use HDL to update the ACA fields for all employee active primary employment records. This info must be available for
the entire reporting period (calendar year), including date effective changes. To help determine your employee's ACA
full time status using a custom report, you can feed the predefined ACA Employee Eligible Hours balance from other
hour's balances.

120
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

To set these values for an individual employee:

1. In My Client Groups, click Person Management.

2. Search for and select the employee.
3. Click Edit, and select either Update or Correct, as appropriate.
4. In Job Details, under Assignment Details, update the following.

Note: You may find it useful to define a report that checks each person's eligibility status and informs you of
what assignment changes are needed. Such a report would use and update the values in the following table.
For further info, see Identify and Update Assignments for ACA Reporting on the Help Center.

Field name What uses it How it's used

Reporting Establishment 1094-C and 1095-C Required for nonpayroll implementations.

ACA Eligibility Not used Identifies the employee ACA eligibility.

◦ Always

◦ Exclude

◦ Never

◦ No-Monthly

◦ No-Weekly

◦ Yes-Monthly

◦ Yes-Weekly

ACA Full Time 1094-C and 1095-C Select Yes for eligible employees in a
stability period.

Limited Nonassessment Period 1094-C and 1095-C Used to derive 1095-C line 16 value 2D.

Select Yes for the period when employee is

in a measurement or administrative period,
but not in stability period.

Change to No once the stability period

starts.

Measurement Period Start Date Not used Identifies the measurement period start
date.

Measurement Period End Date Not used Identifies the measurement period end date.

Administrative Period Start Date Not used Identifies the administrative period start
date.

121
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What uses it How it's used

Stability Period Start Date Not used Identifies the stability period start date.

Stability Period End Date Not used Identifies the stability period end date.

Safe Harbor Override 1094-C and 1095-C Identifies if the employee is currently in a
Safe Harbor situation.

Prepare State-Specific Reporting

Because this flow pattern includes support for files in state-specific formats, you need to perform additional
configuration for some states.

For this state Do this

California Enroll for the Minimum Essential Coverage Information Reporting (MEC IR) program. For further info,
see the State of California Franchise Tax Board website.

New Jersey Register for a Division of Revenue and Enterprise Services (DORES) account. For further info, see the
New Jersey Treasury website.

Rhode Island Submit the 1094-C Employer Report electronically to the Rhode Island Division of Taxation. For further
info, see the State of Rhode Island Division of Taxation Department of Revenue website.

Washington DC You must submit the 1094-C Employer Report electronically with the Office of Tax and Revenue (OTR).
For further info, see the Washington DC Office of Tax and Revenue website.

Related Topics
• Configure the Form 1095-C Template
• Upload New Affordable Care Act Templates
• Configure Tax Reporting Units for the US
• Overview of Legal Reporting Unit Configuration for the US

Configure the 1094-C Transmission Manifest

Before you can submit your Affordable Care Act (ACA) info to the IRS, you need to update your Form 1094-C
transmission manifest.

122
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Use a standard text editor to set these values.

• Unique transmission ID
• Checksum number
• Attachment byte size
For further info, see the following sections.

How You Update the Unique Transmission ID

The XML schemas for Forms 1094-C and 1095-C include elements designed to uniquely identify ACA Information
Returns (AIR) transmissions, submissions within the transmission, and records within the submission. The transmitter
that generates the form data file for transmission to the IRS must generate these IDs and maintain them along with their
associated transmissions. They use unique IDs to simplify and increase the precision of communications, corrections,
and replacements.

The transmitter uniquely identifies each transmission by the unique transmission identifier (UTID) in the header.

The format for the UTID includes these fields separated by colons.

Field What it does

UUID Universally unique identifier (UUID) is an identifier standard defined by the Internet Engineering Task
Force (IETF) in Request For Comments (RFC) 4122. The UUID consists of a 16-octet (128-bit) number. In
its canonical form, a UUID is represented by 32 hexadecimal digits, displayed in five groups separated
by hyphens, in the form 8-4-4-4-12 for a total of 36 characters (32 digits and 4 hyphens).

For example: 550e8400-e29b-41d4-a716-44665540000

1. Use an online UUID generator to create this value, such as the Online UUID Generator.
2. Open the Manifest file in a text editor, and enter the UUID you created.

Don't change the rest of the data in that line.

Application ID SYS12

Transmitter Control Code 5-character alphanumeric all-capital string that contains the transmitter's control code (TCC). Specify
the TCC the IRS assigned the transmitter when you applied to file electronically.

Reserved Empty field.

Request type Must be T (Transactional).

How You Set the Checksum

Use an online checksum generator, such as OnlineMD5, to create a checksum number of SHA-256 type and then apply
it to the manifest file. For further info, see Overview of Affordable Care Act Reporting in the Help Center.

Once you have the checksum number, open manifest file in a text editor and enter the number.

123
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

How You Set the Attachment Byte Size

From File Explorer, right-click on the 1094-C form data file, and select Properties. Enter the file's size in bytes in the
<irs:AttachmentByteSizeNum> tag of the manifest file.

Related Topics
• Affordable Care Act Information Returns System
• Configure for Affordable Care Act Reporting
• How the 1094-C Transmission Manifest Gets Its Info
• Overview of Affordable Care Act Reporting

Configure the Form 1095-C Template

When preparing to print Form 1095-C, you have a couple configuration options.
• Print using RR Donnelley paper stock
• Mask Social Security Numbers

Use RR Donnelley Paper Stock

If you're using RR Donnelley plain white paper stock with preprinted instructions (form #L1095CALTBFBULK), you need
to edit the predefined 1095c_print_2020 template to remove those instructions.

1. Configure the appropriate template file.

a. From Tools, click Reports and Analytics.
b. Click >>, and select Shared Folders.
c. Expand Human Capital Management, Benefits, US, and then ACA.
d. Click Edit for the 1095-C template.
A list of all 1095-C templates displays. The template name is based on the form year, such as 2018, 2019,
and 2020, and delivery method, such as print and online.
e. Click Edit for the selected template.
This downloads the template as an RTF file. Save it to an appropriate location.
f. Open the file in a text editor, such as Microsoft Word.
g. On the second page, navigate to the count CoveredIndividualGrp entry.
h. Move it to after the PrintInstructionsEP entry on the first page.
i. Remove or delete the page that provides the instructions.
j. Confirm that on the top right corner, Page 3 has changed to Page 2.
k. Save the template under a new name.
2. Upload the template.
a. From Reports and Analytics, click >> and select Shared Folders.
b. Expand Custom, Human Capital Management, Payroll, Regulatory and Tax Reporting, US, and then
Year End.
c. Select +Add New Layout.
d. Under Upload or Generate Layout, click Upload.

124
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

e. In Upload Template File, enter or select the following.

Field name What you do

Layout name Enter a memorable name.

Template File Select the file you just saved.

Type Select RTF Template.

Locale Select English.

f. Click Upload.

Mask the Social Security Number

To mask the Social Security Numbers (SSNs) of employees and their dependents:

1. Open the appropriate predefined 1095-C template.

a. From Tools, click Reports and Analytics.

b. Click >>, and select Shared Folders.
c. Expand Human Capital Management, Benefits, US, ACA, and then 1095c.
d. Open the appropriate predefined 1095-C template.

The template name is based on the form year, such as 2018, 2019, or 2020.
2. To mask the employee SSN:

a. Navigate to Part 1: box #2 Social security number (SSN).

b. Right click on SSN, and select BI-Publisher and then Properties.
c. Replace:

<?US_ACA_PER_PRIMARY_NID?>

with:

<?concat('XXX-XX-', substring(US_ACA_PER_PRIMARY_NID,string-length(US_ACA_PER_PRIMARY_NID)-4))?>

d. Click Apply.

125
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

3. To mask dependent SSNs:

a. Navigate to Part III: column (b) SSN or other TIN.

b. Right click on SSN, and select BI-Publisher and then Properties.
c. For the employee SSNs, replace:

<?US_ACA_PER_PRIMARY_NID?>

with:

<?concat('XXX-XX-', substring(US_ACA_PER_PRIMARY_NID,string-length(US_ACA_PER_PRIMARY_NID)-4))?>

d. For the dependent SSNs, replace:

<?US_ACA_PER_DEP_INFO/US_ACA_DEP_PER_SSN?>

with:

<?concat('XXX-XX-', substring(US_ACA_PER_DEP_INFO/US_ACA_DEP_PER_SSN,string-
length(US_ACA_PER_DEP_INFO/US_ACA_DEP_PER_SSN)-4))?>

e. Click Apply.
4. Save the template under a new name.
5. Upload the template.

a. Open the Custom folder.

b. Select +Add New Layout.
c. Under Upload or Generate Layout, click Upload.
d. In Upload Template File, enter or select the following.

Field name What you do

Layout name Enter a memorable name.

Template File Select the file you just saved.

Type Select RTF Template.

Locale Select English.

e. Click Upload.

Related Topics
• Configure for Affordable Care Act Reporting
• Overview of Affordable Care Act Reporting
• Upload New Affordable Care Act Templates

126
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

How the 1094-C Transmission Manifest Gets Its Info

The info 1094-C Transmission Manifest uses comes from multiple sources.

File value What it does Where it comes from

UniqueTransmissionId Unique identifier assigned by the transmitter to Manual entry. For further info, see Configure
each transmission. the 1094-C Transmission Manifest in the Help
Center.

Timestamp Date and time the data file was created, based File transmission date.
on the local time zone of the transmitter.

PaymentYr Tax year of this information return. Set by the US 1094-C Employer Report flow.

EIN Employer identification number (EIN) belonging Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United
to the transmitter. States Federal Tax jurisdiction, EIN or TIN

For aggregated group employers, this is

the federal tax registration number of the
aggregated Applicable Large Employer (ALE)
group's tax reporting unit (TRU).

For single legal employers, it's the TRU federal

tax registration number.

TestFileCd Identifies the file type as either test or • P: Production

production.
This is the default.
• T: Test

Manually set to this value when you are

testing.

BusinessNameLine1Txt Filer's company name. Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United
States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Name

CompanyNm Filer's company name. Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United
States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Name

AddressLine1Txt Filer's complete address where all Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United
correspondence is to be sent. States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Address

AddressLine2Txt Filer's complete address where all Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United
correspondence is to be sent. States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Address

127
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

File value What it does Where it comes from

CityNm Filer's complete address where all Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United
correspondence is to be sent. States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Address

USStateCd Filer's complete address where all Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United
correspondence is to be sent. States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Address

USZIPCd Filer's complete address where all Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United
correspondence is to be sent. States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Address

PersonFirstNm Filer's contact person info. Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information
task, Tax Reporting Unit tab, Federal link, ACA
Reporting Information region, ACA Contact
First Name

PersonMiddleNm Filer's contact person info. Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information
task, Tax Reporting Unit tab, Federal link, ACA
Reporting Information region, ACA Contact
Middle Name

PersonLastNm Filer's contact person info. Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information
task, Tax Reporting Unit tab, Federal link, ACA
Reporting Information region, ACA Contact
Last Name

ContactPhoneNum Filer's contact person info. Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information
task, Tax Reporting Unit tab, Federal link, ACA
Reporting Information region, ACA Contact
Phone

TotalPayeeRecordCnt Total number of Forms 1095-C included in the Set by the US 1094-C Employer Report flow.
entire transmission.

TotalPayerRecordCnt Total number of Forms 1094-C included in the Set by the US 1094-C Employer Report flow.
entire transmission.

SoftwareId Identifies the reporting year. Predefined on the file.

ChecksumAugmentationNum The SHA-256 checksum value on the form data Manually set this value. For further info, see
file attached to the transmission. Configure the 1094-C Transmission Manifest in
the Help Center.

AttachmentByteSizeNum Size in bytes of the form data file attached to Manually set this value. Check the 1094-C form
the transmission. data file size properties, and update the file
size in bytes. For further info, see Configure
the 1094-C Transmission Manifest in the Help
Center.

128
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

For further info, see Configure for Affordable Care Act Reporting in the Help Center.

Related Topics
• Affordable Care Act Information Returns System
• Configure for Affordable Care Act Reporting
• Configure the 1094-C Transmission Manifest

How the ACA Flows Obtain Their Info

The info the ACA flows use to populate your Forms 1094-C and 1095-C come from multiple sources.

For further info, see Configure for Affordable Care Act Reporting in the Help Center.

Form 1094-C
The Form 1094-C electronic XML file reports your employer info as well as the related 1095-C info.

PART I

This section provides info on the form's ALE (Applicable Large Employer) member.

Form line Form label Where you set it

1 Name of ALE Member (Employer) Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United
States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Name

2 Employer identification number (EIN) Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United
States Federal Tax jurisdiction, EIN or TIN

3 Street address Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United

States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Address

4 City or town Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United

States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Address

5 State or province Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United

States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Address

6 Country and ZIP or foreign postal code Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United
States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Address

7 Name of person to contact Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information

task, Tax Reporting Unit tab, Federal link, ACA
Reporting Information region:

129
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Form line Form label Where you set it

• ACA Contact First Name

• ACA Contact Middle Name
• ACA Contact Last Name

8 Contact telephone number Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information

task, Tax Reporting Unit tab, Federal link, ACA
Reporting Information region, ACA Contact
Phone

9 Name of Designated Government Entity Designated Government Entities (DGEs) aren't

supported

10 Employer Identification Number (EIN) DGEs aren't supported

11 Street address DGEs aren't supported

12 City or town DGEs aren't supported

13 State or province DGEs aren't supported

14 Country and ZIP or foreign postal code DGEs aren't supported

15 Name of person to contact DGEs aren't supported

16 Contact telephone number DGEs aren't supported

18 Total number of Forms 1095-C submitted with Value is derived by the report flow
this transmittal

PART II

This section collects ALE member (ALEM) info.

Form line Form label Where you set it

19 Is this the authoritative transmittal for this ALE Value is derived by the report flow
Member?

20 Total number of Forms 1095-C filed by or on Value is derived by the report flow
behalf of ALE Member

21 Is ALE Member a member of an Aggregated Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information
ALE Group? task, Tax Reporting Unit tab, Federal link,
ACA Aggregated Group Information region,
Aggregated ALE Group Member

130
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Form line Form label Where you set it

22 Certifications of Eligibility Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information

task, Tax Reporting Unit tab, Federal link, ACA
Reporting Information region:

• Qualifying Offer Method

• 98 Percent Offer Method

PART III

Part III reports the following for the ALEM.

• Minimum essential coverage offered by the ALEM to full-time employees

• Full-time employee count
• Total employee count

Form line Form label Where you set it

23 (a) Minimum Essential Coverage Offer Indicator Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information
task, Tax Reporting Unit tab, Federal link,
ACA Reporting Information region, Minimum
Coverage Offered All 12 Months

23 (b) Full-Time Employee Count for ALE Member Value is derived by the report flow

23 (c) Total Employee Count for ALE Member Value is derived by the report flow

23 (d) Aggregated Group Indicator Value is derived by the report flow

24 - 25 (a - d) Minimum Essential Coverage Offer Indicator Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information
task, Tax Reporting Unit tab, Federal link,
ACA Reporting Information region, Minimum
Coverage Offered All 12 Months

PART IV

Part IV lists all other members of the aggregated ALE group.

Form line Form label Where you set it

36 - 65 Name Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United

States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Name

131
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Form line Form label Where you set it

Note:
Applies to every TRU you identified as an
aggregated ALE group member through
Aggregated ALE Group Member.

EIN Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United

States Federal Tax jurisdiction, EIN or TIN

Note:
Applies to every TRU you identified as an
aggregated ALE group member through
Aggregated ALE Group Member.

Form 1095-C
This form reports info about your ALEs and the group health coverage they offer to your ACA full-time employees. You
must provide Form 1095-C to your employees and file electronic copies, along with Form 1094-C (transmittal form), to
the IRS.

Before generating this form, be sure you have:

1. Identified all ACA eligible full-time employees. Make sure you date-effectively update any changes to their
status.
2. Identified which employees are in limited nonassessment periods. Make sure you date-effectively update any
changes to their status.
3. Identified if you offer employer-sponsored self-insured health coverage in which the employee or other
individual is enrolled.
4. Provided an SSN for all employees.
5. Provided at least one of the following for each employee dependent:

◦ SSN or TIN
◦ Date-of-birth
PART I
Identifies info about you as the employer and your employees.

The employer details in Form 1095-C are the same as the employer details on the corresponding 1094-C transmittal file
you send to the IRS.

Form line Form label Where you set it

1 Name of employee Person task, Person Information tab, Name

and Addresses region:

• Last Name
• First Name

132
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Form line Form label Where you set it

2 Social security number (SSN) Person task, Person Information tab, National
Identifiers region

3 Street address Person task, Person Information tab, Name

and Addresses region, Address Line 1

4 City or town Person task, Person Information tab, Name

and Addresses region, City

5 State or province Person task, Person Information tab, Name and

Addresses region, State

6 Country and ZIP Code or foreign postal code Person task, Person Information tab, Name
and Addresses region:

• Country
• Postal Code

7 Name of employer Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United

States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Name

8 Employer identification number (EIN) Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United
States Federal Tax jurisdiction, EIN or TIN

9 Street address Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United

States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Address

10 Contact telephone number Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information

task, Tax Reporting Unit tab, Federal link, ACA
Reporting Information region, ACA Contact
Phone

11 City or town Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United

States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Address

12 State or province Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United

States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Address

13 Country and ZIP Code or foreign postal code Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task, United
States Federal Tax jurisdiction, Registered
Address

PART II

Reports info about your offer of group health coverage.

133
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Form line Form label Where you set it

14 Offer of Coverage The report flow uses this hierarchy to determine

the Offer of Coverage value.

1. Checks for an override at the legal

employer level.

For further info, see Configure for

Affordable Care Act Reporting in the Help
Center.
2. Uses the ACA Override Upload process to
check for an override.

For further info, see ACA Override Upload

in the Help Center.
3. Derives the value.
Here's how the flows derive the various values.

• 1A

Qualifying offer. Minimum essential

coverage that provides minimum value.
Available to full-time employees with:

◦ Self-only coverage contributions equal to

or less than 9.5% of the mainland single
federal poverty line
◦ At least minimum essential coverage
offered to their spouse and dependents

Note:
You must enter the mainland single federal
poverty line and percentage values at the
legal entity level in Annual Announced
Percentage and Annual Poverty Level
Value. These fields are available in the Legal
Entity HCM Information task under Federal
ACA Reporting Information.

• 1B

Minimum essential coverage. Provides

minimum value to the employee.
• 1C

Minimum essential coverage. Provides:

◦ Minimum value to the employee

◦ At least minimum essential coverage to

their dependents but not the spouse

134
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Form line Form label Where you set it

• 1D

Minimum essential coverage. Provides:

◦ Minimum value offered to the employee

◦ At least minimum essential coverage

offered to their spouse but not their
dependents
• 1E

Minimum essential coverage. Provides:

◦ Minimum value to the employee

◦ At least minimum essential coverage

offered to their dependents and spouse

Note:
The report flow checks the employees'
contact info to derive the 1 series codes.
To submit 1095-C forms to all ACA-eligible
employees with 1E code, enter an override in
Offer of Coverage Override Value at the Legal
Employer level.

For further info, see Configure for Affordable

Care Act Reporting in the Help Center.

• 1F

Minimum essential coverage that doesn't

provide minimum value to:

◦ The employee

◦ The employee and their spouse or

dependents
◦ The employee, their spouse, and their
dependents
• 1G

Offer of coverage to employees that:

◦ Weren't full-time employees for any

month of the calendar year
◦ Enrolled in self-insured coverage for one
or more months of the calendar year

Note:
The report uses this coverage code for
employees that have ACA Full Time set to
No but are enrolled into qualified ACA plans.

135
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Form line Form label Where you set it

• 1H

No offer of coverage. The employee:

◦ Isn't offered health coverage at any point

during the month
◦ Is offered coverage that's not minimum
essential coverage
• 1J

Minimum essential coverage. Provides:

◦ Minimum value to the employee

◦ At least minimum essential coverage

conditionally offered to their spouse
◦ Minimum essential coverage isn't offered
to their dependents
• 1K

Minimum essential coverage. Provides:

◦ Minimum value offered to the employee

◦ At least minimum essential coverage

offered to their dependents
◦ At least minimum essential coverage
conditionally offered to their spouse
• 1L

Individual coverage HRA. Provides

affordable coverage to the employee only.
Determines affordability based on the
employee's primary residence ZIP Code.
• 1M

Individual coverage HRA. Provides

affordable coverage to the employee
and dependents but not the spouse.
Determines affordability based on the
employee's primary residence ZIP Code.
• 1N

Individual coverage HRA. Provides

affordable coverage to the employee,
spouse, and dependents. Determines
affordability based on the employee's
primary residence ZIP Code.
• 1O

Individual coverage HRA. Provides

affordable coverage to the employee only.
Determines affordability based on the
employer's primary location ZIP Code.
• 1P

Individual coverage HRA. Provides

affordable coverage to the employee

136
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Form line Form label Where you set it

and dependents but not the spouse.

Determines affordability based on the
employer's primary location ZIP Code.
• 1Q

Individual coverage HRA. Provides

affordable coverage to the employee,
spouse, and dependents. Determines
affordability based on the employer's
primary location ZIP Code.
• 1R

Individual coverage HRA. Doesn't provide

affordable coverage.
• 1S

Individual coverage HRA. Offered to

employees who weren't full-time for any
month of the calendar year.
• 1T

Individual coverage HRA. Provides

affordable coverage to the employee and
spouse. Determines affordability based
on the employee's primary residence ZIP
Code.
• 1U

Individual coverage HRA offered

to employee and spouse. Uses the
employer's primary employment location
ZIP Code affordability safe harbor.
Alternately, you can use the ACA Override
Upload task to override the line 14 data. For
further info, see ACA Override Upload in the
Help Center.

Note:
You may also need to set the minimum
essential coverage and Minimum value
for your benefit plan. For further info, see
Configure for Affordable Care Act Reporting
in the Help Center.

15 Employee Share of Lowest Cost Monthly Value is derived by the report flow
Premium, for Self-Only Minimum Value
Coverage Use the ACA Override Upload task to override
any incorrect values. For further info, see ACA
Override Upload in the Help Center.

16 Applicable Section 4980H Safe Harbor The report process uses this hierarchy to
determine the appropriate Safe Harbor value.

137
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Form line Form label Where you set it

• 2A

Not employed for any days in the

reporting month.
• 2B

One of the following.

◦ The employee isn't an ACA full-time

employee for the month and didn't
enroll in minimum essential coverage (if
offered).
◦ The employee is an ACA full-time
employee for the month, and their offer
of coverage (or coverage if the employee
was enrolled) ended before the last day of
the month solely because the employee
terminated employment during the
month.
• 2C

Employee with an active assignment is

enrolled in the offered coverage.

Use the ACA Override Upload task to

override value 2C for employees. For
further info, see ACA Override Upload in
the Help Center.
• 2D

Employee's ACA Full Time is set to No,

and their Limited Nonassessment Period
is set to Yes.
To use codes 2E, 2F, 2G, or 2H, use Safe Harbor
Override on the Employment task to override
this value at the employee level.

Alternately, use the ACA Override Upload task

to override any incorrect values. For further
info, see ACA Override Upload in the Help
Center.

PART III

This section provides info about your self-funded health coverage (if any), including the covered individuals' names,
SSNs, and dates-of-birth. The report flow automatically completes this section if you have employees or other
individuals enrolled in employer-sponsored self-insured health coverage.

Form line Form label Where you set it

(a) Name of covered individual Person task, Contacts tab:

• Last Name
• First Name

138
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Form line Form label Where you set it

(b) SSN Person task, Contacts tab, TIN Number

(c) DOB Person task, Contacts tab, Date of Birth

(d) Covered all 12 months Value is derived by the report flow

(e) Months of Coverage Value is derived by the report flow if you don't
select Covered all 12 months

Use the ACA Override Upload task to

update coverage info for the employees and
dependents. For further info, see ACA Override
Upload in the Help Center.

Related Topics
• Configure for Affordable Care Act Reporting

Identify and Update Assignments for ACA Reporting

As part of your ACA reporting, you must regularly review your employees' eligibility and update their assignments
appropriately.

Before You Begin

Be sure you have completed all ACA reporting configuration steps. For further info, see Configure for Affordable Care
Act Reporting in the Help Center.

If This Is Your First Reporting Year

If you went live with Oracle Cloud during this reporting year, you must make sure your employees' hours worked
balances for the entire year are available to the ACA reporting processes. For employees experiencing an eligibility
change during the reporting year, you must also have their hours worked balances for the prior year.

The payroll process automatically captures this info during the payroll run, but you must make sure the legacy hours
worked data prior to your go live is also uploaded.

1. Perform a balance initialization for the ACA Employee Eligible Hours balance as of the first month of the
lookback period.

For further info, see Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for the United States: Balance Initialization
(1912298.1) on My Oracle Support.
2. Perform balance adjustments for the subsequent months prior to your first Oracle Cloud payroll run.

For further info, see Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for the United States: Balance Adjustments
(1600728.1) on My Oracle Support.

139
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Note: You don't specify a balance dimension. Elements are loaded as of a specific date during the balance
initialization and adjustments.

Define an ACA Eligibility Report

Unless you have a very small employee count, it may be difficult to keep track of each person's ACA eligibility as their
progress through the various thresholds for data update.

The best thing to do is define a report that checks each person's status and generates a report of what assignment
changes are needed. Use whatever tool you want, OTBI, BI, and so on.

Instructions on how to create this report are beyond the scope of this topic. The report should capture the following.

Suggested field What it does How you use it

Effective Start Date Sets the start and end date range for checking It's best to run this report weekly, or at the very
thresholds crossed. least, monthly.
Effective End Date
When running the report, set these values to
capture the ACA milestone you're using for
eligibility.

ACA Full Time Generates report output based on the Filter the report output based on your selection.
employees' ACA full time status.

• Yes
• No
• Either

Limited Nonassessment Generates report output based on the Filter the report output based on your selection.
employees' Limited Nonassessment value.

• Yes
• No
• Either

ACA Eligibility Generates report output based on the Filter the report output based on your selection.
employees' ACA eligibility value.

• Yes
• No
• Either

ACA Milestone Identifies the ACA milestone you're reporting The milestone you select must have been
on. crossed within the reporting period you defined
with the start and end dates.
• Measurement Period end date
• Stability Period start date
• Stability Period end date
• Administrative Period end date

140
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Suggested field What it does How you use it

• All periods

Hours Worked Calculation Method Identifies how the report handles the hours Exclude this calculation if you're reporting only
worked weekly average over the past 12 non-variable hour employees.
months.

• Include
• Exclude

Report Output
To maximize the utility of your report process, it should generate at least two reports.

• Primary output file that lists every employee that requires an update to their ACA eligibility. Include additional
info as needed.
You may find it helpful to format it to be viewable in a spreadsheet application such as Microsoft Excel.
• Exception report to return any problems, such as employees with missing ACA values.

Depending on the anticipated scope of these changes, you might consider also creating an output file in HDL format
that you could use to upload the required assignment changes.

Related Topics
• Configure for Affordable Care Act Reporting
• Overview of Affordable Care Act Reporting

Overview of Affordable Care Act Reporting

Use the reports and processes provided by Oracle to generate and submit your annual Affordable Care Act (ACA) forms.

Note: Oracle Fusion HCM doesn't support Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA) ACA reporting.
ACA reporting isn't supported for retirees.

Follow these steps to generate and submit your ACA forms to the IRS.

What you do Check here for more info

Make sure your organization and person Configure for Affordable Care Act Reporting in the Help Center
info are up-to-date.

Check your employees' assignments Identify and Update Assignments, below

for ACA eligibility, and make necessary
updates.

Run the Archive End-of-Year ACA flow. How You Run the Archive, below

141
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

What you do Check here for more info

Use its audit report to evaluate the How You View the Archive Audit, below
archived data.

Fix the info reported by the audit report. How You Fix Your ACA Info, below

Rerun the archive if needed.

Generate Form 1095-C, and check your How You Generate Form 1095-C and View the Results, below
results.

Generate the Form 1094-C, and submit it. How You Generate the Form 1094-C Electronic Data File, below

Make changes to the manifest file as How You Configure the 1094-C Manifest File and Submit Your Data, below
needed and submit it.

Note:
Prior to submission, you must be registered with the ACA Information Returns (AIR) electronic filing
system. For further info, see Affordable Care Act Information Returns System in the Help Center.

Identify and Update Assignments

You must periodically evaluate your employees' ACA eligibility and make the appropriate updates. Do this at least
monthly, but weekly is recommended.

For further info, see Identify and Update Assignments for ACA Reporting in the Help Center.

How You Run the Archive

The archival flow picks all employees who have an active assignment during the calendar year.

1. If you have already run the archive for this reporting year, roll back the flow before running the archive again.

This makes sure you have the latest software updates and are including all corrections to historical data.
2. Run the Archive End-of-Year ACA Information extract from the Submit a Flow task.

For further info, see Archive End-of-Year ACA Information in the Help Center.
3. Click Submit.
4. Continue with How You View the Archive Audit below.

How You View the Archive Audit

The archive flow generates audit reports for the 1094-C and 1095-C reports.

To view these reports:

1. When the flow completes, click Archive End-of-Year ACA Information under Tasks.
2. Under Person Process Results, view the employees processed.

142
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

3. Under Output and Log Files, select the file to view.

◦ 1094Audit.txt
◦ 1095Audit.txt
4. Click Download.
5. Save the audit report as a .csv file, and open it in a spreadsheet application, such as Microsoft Excel.
6. Review the audit report.
7. If you find any discrepancies, continue with How You Fix Your ACA Info below.
Otherwise, you can skip to How You Generate Form 1095-C and View the Results.

How You Fix Your ACA Info

After you have run the Archive End-of-Year ACA flow, use the audit report to evaluate the archived data. If anything is
incorrect, use the ACA Override Upload task to correct it. For further info, see ACA Override Upload in the Help Center.

Fields that often need fixing are:

• Coverage information values for employees

• Employee share of lowest cost
• Offer of Coverage
• Section 4980H Safe Harbor and Other Relief - Code 2C

To set overrides for your employees' ACA values:

1. Roll back the Archive End-of-Year ACA Information flow if you have already run it for this calendar year.
2. Start the Person Data Loader task.
3. Start the ACA Override Upload task.
a. From Benefits Administration, click Evaluation and Reporting.
b. Click Person Data Loaders.
c. Click Go to Task for the ACA Override Upload task.
It opens a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet where you can enter the overrides.
4. Specify values for the following.

Field name What you enter

Effective Date Enter the last day of the reporting year, such as 12/31/2017 for 2017.

Changed Populated automatically.

Status Populated automatically.

Person Number Enter the person number of the employee requiring the change.

Participant First Name Enter the first name of the employee.

143
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

Participant Last Name Enter the last name of the employee.

Contact First Name If you select Covered Individuals - Dependent for ACA Report Line Number below, enter the
contact person's first name.

If not, leave blank.

Legal Entity Select the appropriate legal entity name.

ACA Report Line Number The line corresponding to the value you're overriding. Create a separate row for each value
you're overriding.

For example, use Line 14 to override the Offer of Coverage and Line 15 to override the Employee
share of lowest cost. To enter overrides for both, you would create 2 rows for the same
employee, one for Offer of Coverage and one for Employee share of lowest cost.

For Line 14, Offer of Coverage, valid values are:

◦ 1A

◦ 1B

◦ 1C

◦ 1D

◦ 1E

◦ 1F

◦ 1H

◦ 1I

◦ 1J

◦ 1K

◦ 1L

◦ 1M

◦ 1N

◦ 1O

◦ 1P

◦ 1Q

◦ 1R

◦ 1S

◦ 1T

◦ 1U

◦ 1V Reserved for future use

144
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

◦ 1W Reserved for future use

◦ 1X Reserved for future use

◦ 1Y Reserved for future use

◦ 1Z Reserved for future use

For Line 15, Employee share of lowest cost, the valid value can be any positive number with
decimals, such as 10.5. If the value is the same for the whole year, then select All 12 Months.

For Line 16, Section 4980H Safe Harbor and Other Relief, the valid value is 2C.

For Line 17, ZIP Code, enter an applicable ZIP Code to use to determine affordability, if you have
offered the employee individual Health Reimbursement Account (HRA) coverage.

For Lines 18 through 22, Covered Individuals - Dependent and Covered Individuals -
Employee, valid values are Y or N.

Year Enter the reporting year. This must be the same year that you ran the archive against.

January through December Use these fields to enter overrides for specific months.

You must provide a value for every month. If you don't enter an override, the report uses the
value provided by the ACA Archival Process.

Note:
If the value for Line 15 is the same for all 12 months, you don't need to set an override for
each month.

Override Reason Enter an optional reason.

Delete Select No to save the override values in the spreadsheet.

Select Yes to remove any previous overrides for the employee.

Flagged Populated automatically.

Key Populated automatically.

5. Click Upload to apply the changes.

6. Run the Archive End-of-Year ACA Information flow to capture your changes.
For further info, see Archive End-of-Year ACA Information in the Help Center.
7. Continue with How You Generate Form 1095-C and View the Results below.

145
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

How You Generate Form 1095-C and View the Results

To generate the Forms 1095-C from archived data and distribute them to your employees:

1. Run the US 1095-C Employee Report flow.

a. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
b. Click Submit a Flow.
c. Select your US legislative data group (LDG).
d. Search for and select US 1095-C Employee Report.
e. Enter the required info, and click Submit.
For further info, see US 1095-C Employee Report in the Help Center.
2. View the generated output file.
a. When the flow completes, click US 1095-C Employee Report under Tasks.
b. Under Person Process Results, view the employees processed.
c. Under Output and Log Files, select the file to view.
i. 1095C.pdf
d. Select Download.
e. Review the report..
f. If you find any discrepancies, continue with How You Fix Your ACA Info below.
3. Use the output file to print your Forms 1095-C.
Use the settings on your printer to produce the desired output.

◦ Two pages, with the form on one page and instructions on another
◦ As a two-sided form
This requires a duplex printer.
◦ On RR Donnelley plain white paper stock with instructions on the back (form #L1095CALTBFBULK)
Because this stock already includes the instructions, you must edit the 1095-C template to remove them
from the print. For further info, see Customize the 1095c Template in the Help Center.

How You Generate the Form 1094-C Electronic Data File

To generate your employer Form 1094-C electronic data file and submit it to the IRS:

1. Run the US 1094-C Employer Report flow.

a. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
b. Click Submit a Flow.
c. Select your US LDG.
d. Search for and select US 1094-C Employer Report.
e. Enter the required info, and click Submit.
For further info, see US 1094-C Employer Report in the Help Center.
2. View the generated output file.
a. When the flow completes, click US 1094-C Employer Report under Tasks.

146
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

b. Under Person Process Results, view the employees processed.

c. Under Output and Log Files, select the file to view.
- 1094C.xml
- Manifest 1094C.xml
d. Select Download.
e. Review the reports.
f. If you find any discrepancies, continue with How You Fix Your ACA Info below.
3. Continue with How You Configure the 1094-C Manifest File and Submit Your Data below.

How You Configure the 1094-C Manifest File and Submit Your Data
The Manifest file contains the ACA business header and request manifest details.

1. Update the following in the manifest file.

◦ UniqueTransmissionId
◦ ChecksumAugmentationNum
◦ AttachmentByteSizeNum

For further info, see Configure the 1094-C Transmission Manifest in the Help Center.
2. Use the AIR electronic filing system to transmit your ACA data to the IRS. This involves uploading the
information returns to the channel as XML files through your ACA transmitter's Web browser.
For further info, see Affordable Care Act Information Returns System in the Help Center.

Related Topics
• Affordable Care Act Information Returns System
• Configure for Affordable Care Act Reporting
• Configure the 1094-C Transmission Manifest
• How the ACA Flows Obtain Their Info

Upload New Affordable Care Act Templates

There may be cases where you need to replace an Affordable Care Act (ACA) report template with a new one. If this is a
template of your own design, it's your responsibility to ensure the output is legislatively valid.
1. From Tools, click Reports and Analytics.
2. Click >>, and select Shared Folders.
3. Expand Human Capital Management, Benefits, US, and then ACA.
4. Select the report you're replacing, and click Edit.
Be sure to note the template's exact name. You will need it later.
5. Delete the template. At the confirmation message, click OK.
6. Click Save.
7. Select +Add New Layout.
8. Under Upload or Generate Layout, click Upload.
9. In Upload Template File, enter or select the following.

147
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you do

Layout name Enter the exact name of the template you're replacing.

Template File Select the latest template file in your local folder.

Type Select XSL Stylesheet (HTML/XML/Text).

Locale Select English.

10. Click Upload.

11. Click View a list.
12. Select XML as the default format for the template you're replacing.
13. Click Save.

Related Topics
• Configure the Form 1095-C Template
• Configure for Affordable Care Act Reporting
• Overview of Affordable Care Act Reporting

US 1094-C Employer Report

The US 1094-C Employer Report flow uses the latest Affordable Care Act (ACA) archive info to generate the 1094-C
electronic data file for all eligible employees in XML format.

To run this flow:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group (LDG).
4. Search for and select US 1094-C Employer Report.

Before You Start

Run the archive flow to ensure you capture the latest updates of the ACA data. There's no need to run the archive flow
again if you ran it before and issued 1095-C forms to employees and if there are no changes to employee or employer
data.

Configure the transmission manifest for this reporting cycle. For further info, see Configure the 1094-C Transmission
Manifest in the Help Center.

Report Parameters
Year

Enter the reporting year as a 4-digit number, such as 2020.

148
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Legal Employer

Search for and select the legal employer you want to report. The flow uses the ACA info for all employees attached to it.

State

Select CA to generate a file in XML format for California.

Select DC to generate a file in .txt format for Washington DC.

Select NJ to generate a file XML format for New Jersey.

Select RI to generate a file XML format for Rhode Island.

The report flow includes any employees who lived in these locations for at least 1 day during the reporting year.

ACA File Type

Identify the transmittal file as either an original or replacement file.

Receipt ID

If you're generating a replacement file and using the Transmission mode, specify the receipt ID you received after
submitting the original data file to IRS.

Replacement Mode

If you're generating a replacement file:

• Select Submission to generate a replacement file for a submission rejected by the IRS.
• Select Transmission to generate a replacement file for a rejected transmission by the IRS. This is required only
for original records that were rejected.

Leave blank if this is an original file.

Process Configuration Group

To post Form 1094-C to Document Records, configure a different process configuration group that has the XML Data
Source parameter set to N. Select this process configuration group here when running the 1094-C employer report.

Report Output
To view the output of this flow:

1. Open the Navigator, and select Reports and Analytics under Tools.
2. Click >>, and select Shared Folders.
3. Expand Human Capital Management, Benefits, US, and then ACA.
4. For 1094cElectronicFile, select Actions and click Report History.
5. Under Filters, clear the default value in Owner.
6. Click Search.
7. Select the name of the report job you want to view.
8. Select Output Name under Output & Delivery.

149
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• Configure the 1094-C Transmission Manifest
• Configure for Affordable Care Act Reporting
• Overview of Affordable Care Act Reporting
• Archive End-of-Year ACA Information

US 1095-C Employee Report

The US 1095-C Employee Report flow uses the latest Affordable Care Act (ACA) archive info to generate the Form 1095-
C employee report for all eligible employees. Use this flow to generate the original or replacement 1095-C form.

To run this flow:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group (LDG), and search for and select US 1095-C Employee Report.

Before You Start

Run the archive flow to ensure you capture the latest updates of the ACA data. There's no need to run the archive flow
again if you ran it before and issued 1095-C forms to employees and if there are no changes to employee or employer
data.

If you need to roll back the documents posted to Document Records:

1. Roll back the ACA archive.

2. Rerun the archive and 1095-C flow.

Report Parameters
Year

Enter the reporting year as a 4-digit number, such as 2020.

Legal Employer

Search for and select the legal employer you want to report. The flow uses the ACA info for all employees attached to it.

Reporting Mode

Choose one of the following.

• Select Draft to create a draft of this report for data verification purposes.
• Select Final to generate the final version of the report. The report flow automatically publishes a copy of the
1095-C to the Document Records.

Process Configuration Group

To post Form 1095-C to Document Records, configure a different process configuration group that has the XML Data
Source parameter set to N. Select this process configuration group here when running the 1095-C employee report.

150
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Report Output
This flow generates a 1095-C report for all eligible employees as a PDF file. It stores a copy in Document Records for
employee access through their Me page.

Note: This flow doesn't recognize 1095-C document preferences set by the employee.

Related Topics
• Configure the 1094-C Transmission Manifest
• Configure for Affordable Care Act Reporting
• Overview of Affordable Care Act Reporting
• Archive End-of-Year ACA Information

Application Configuration
Configure Additional Person Data for the US
The fields in the Person Management areas include all the options required for Human Resources and legislative
reporting. However, your organization may require additional options.

For example, you have an employee who identifies as transgender and doesn't feel Nonbinary is applicable. You can
modify the Gender field to include this as an option.

System lookup codes are predefined values you can use for legislative reporting. You can't modify them. However, you
can modify their related user lookup codes. Doing so, and then refreshing their mapping, you can use the new values in
your reporting.

You can modify the following codes.

These user lookup codes Map to these system lookup codes With this lookup type

PER_ETHNICITY ORA_PER_ETHNICITY Ethnicity

CAUTION:
Best practice is to not modify this code. If
you do, your EEO reports may be invalid.

SEX ORA_PER_SEX Gender of person

CONTACT ORA_PER_CONTACT Relationship

MAR_STATS ORA_PER_MAR_STATUS Marital status for person

151
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

These user lookup codes Map to these system lookup codes With this lookup type

PER_HIGHEST_EDUCATION_LEVEL ORA_PER_HIGHEST_EDUCATION_LEVE Highest education level

PER_NATIONAL_IDENTIFIER_TYPE ORA_PER_NATIONAL_IDENTIFIER_TY National identifier type

Example
You want to add Transgender as an option for employee gender self-identification.

1. Modify the SEX user look-up code to include a "Transgender" option.

a. Start the Common Lookups task.

b. Search for the SEX user lookup type.
c. Add a row to the Sex: Lookup Codes table.
d. Enter the following values in the new row.

Column name What you enter

Lookup Code A simple code to represent your new value.

Enter TG.

Meaning The value as it would appear in the UI.

Enter Transgender.

Description Provide a meaningful description.

Tag Enter +US.

e. Save your work.

2. Map your new type to an existing system type.

If you don't, the user lookup code you configured won't be available in your legislative reports.

a. Start the Extended Lookup Codes task.

b. In Lookup Type, locate and select Sex (System Lookup).
c. Add a row to the Sex (System Lookup): Extended Lookup Codes table.
d. Enter the following values in the new row.

Column name What you enter

Country Select United States.

152
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Column name What you enter

Note:
If the lookup code is specific to the US, you must select United States. If you don't, the
lookup code is global.

Lookup Code This refers to the system lookup code.

Select Nonbinary.

Note:
This is mapping your new Transgender option to the existing Nonbinary option. While
your new value appears in fields as "Transgender", it appears in reports as "Nonbinary".
This maintains the integrity of your EEO and other reporting.

Extended Code This must match the lookup code you defined above.

Enter TG.

Extended Name This must match the meaning you defined above.

Enter Transgender.

All Enterprises Select Yes.

e. Save your work.

Create an Implementation Project for the US

You define setup tasks for organization hierarchy through implementation projects.

To create an implementation project:

1. Sign in using a role that has the profile of a super-user and privileges to create all organizational structures.
2. Select Setup and Maintenance from the Navigator.
3. Click Manage Implementation Projects.
4. Click Create.
5. Provide a name and start date for your project, and click Next.
6. Select Workforce Deployment.
This parent project contains all the tasks to set up HCM organizational structures.
7. For Payroll implementations, select Payroll.
8. Click Save and Open Project.

153
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• Overview of Creating HCM Implementation Users

Disable Address Validation for the US

When you disable address validation, you disable the US-specific programmatic validation rules. You can disable
address validation on through the Manage Features by Country or Territory task.

Note: The Manage Geographies task provides predefined rules for validating address structure, format, and values.
Disabling address validation doesn't have any impact on these validations.

If you're using the Payroll product extension, never disable this programmatic validation.

For example, suppose you have chosen Human Resources with address validation enabled. During data conversion, you
want to temporarily bypass address validation rules to load a batch of worker data. You can achieve this by deselecting
the Address Validation check box before loading your data. After loading the batch, if the address validation remains
disabled, any new address data you enter later could be potentially invalid. Errors may occur in subsequent processes
and reports. As a result, you must reenable address validation and update your existing address data to resolve
validation errors.

Related Topics
• Configure Addresses for the US
• Manage Geography Info for the US
• Vertex Data for the US

Balance Adjustments
Adjust an Employee's Pennsylvania Act 32 City and School District
Taxes
In this example, you have found that an employee has been under paying the city and school district taxes for their
Pennsylvania PA Act 32 jurisdiction. Therefore, you must adjust these local-level balances.

In this case, the employee:

• Works in Salford Township jurisdiction for the entire year (PSD code 461503)
• Resides in Allentown and Allentown City school district jurisdiction for the entire year (PSD code 390101)
The city tax was under-taxed by $10, and the school district was under-taxed by $5. You are to process the adjustment in
your next payroll run.

Note: The amounts in this example are hypothetical.

154
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Doing this involves multiple steps.

What you need to do How you do it

Ensure you created the eligibility links for Use the Elements task to verify eligibility links exist for the Residence City Tax, Residence School
the elements District Tax, and Local Wages and Taxes predefined elements.

Check the employee balances before you Use the Person Results task to view the taxes' balance results on the person's SOE.
adjust them

Adjust the balances Use the Adjust Individual Balances task to correct the affected balances.

• Tax Calculated
• School Withheld
• Local Withheld

Verify the adjustments Use the Person Results task to verify you adjusted the balances correctly.

For further info, see the following sections.

Create the Eligibility Links

You must ensure you have created the eligibility links for your elements. If not, the elements aren't available for
adjustment. In this example, you're adjusting the employee's residence city and school district taxes, as well as the local
withheld balances.

1. To adjust the City Withheld, School Withheld, and Local Withheld balances, view these elements in the Element
task and make sure you have established eligibility links for them.

◦ Residence City Tax

◦ Residence School District Tax
◦ Local Wages and Taxes

Check the Employee Balances

Prior to performing the adjustment, verify the employee's current balance values.

1. Start the Person Results task.

2. Search for and select the employee.
3. For the pay run you are adjusting, select Statement of Earnings.
4. Navigate to their balance results from the SOE.
5. Select the City or Tax District Tax balance group, and click Search.
6. In the search results, select the City Withheld balance.
7. Select the School District Tax balance group, and click Search.
8. In the search results, select the School Withheld balance.
9. Select Payroll Archive.
10. Select the Balance group usage used for archiving local city balances balance group, and click Search.
11. In the search results, select the Local Withheld balance.

155
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Adjust the Balances

You must perform individual adjustments for each balance: city, school, and local.

1. Start the Adjust Individual Balances task.

2. Search for and select the employee.
3. Enter the appropriate effective date.
Choose a date that's relevant to the PSD codes at the time of adjustment (RESIDENT_PSD_CODE,
WORK_PSD_CODE, TCD_CODE).
4. Select the Residence City Tax element.
5. Enter the assignment number, if applicable.
6. For Tax Calculated, enter an appropriate adjustment value that resolves the city withheld shortfall.
7. Under Costing and Payment Details, enter the following.

Field name What you select

Include adjustment in payment balance No

Include adjustment in costing process No

8. Click Submit.
9. Click OK.
10. Repeat this process to adjust the School Withheld balance for the Residence School District Tax element.
11. Repeat this process to adjust the Local Withheld balance for the Local Wages and Taxes element. This
adjustment is required because either the employee's work or residence is in a Pennsylvania PA Act 32
jurisdiction.
When you perform this adjustment:
a. Adjust the same withheld values in the Local Wages and Taxes element that you did in the previous two
adjustments (for example, $10 for Resident City Withheld and $5 for Resident School Withheld).
b. Set the State input value is populated appropriately.
12. Click Submit.
13. Click OK.

Verify the Adjustment

To review the balances after the adjustment:
1. Start the Person Results task.
2. Search for and select the employee you adjusted.
3. In Results Listing, select Statement of Earnings for the balance adjustment run.
4. Click Show Details.
5. Select Balance Group.
6. Select the City Tax balance group.
7. Click Search.
8. Confirm the balance adjustment of the City Withheld balance.
The results should show the additional $10 for the Pay run, Calendar month-to-date, Calendar quarter-to-date,
and Calendar year-to-date values.
9. Repeat these steps to confirm the adjustment of the School Withheld balance.

156
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

The results should show the additional $5 for the Pay run, Calendar month-to-date, Calendar quarter-to-date,
and Calendar year-to-date values.
10. Repeat these steps to confirm the adjustment of the Local Withheld balance.
The results should show the total of $15 for both the city and school district tax adjusted values, as well as the
additional $15 for the Calendar year-to-date value.

Related Topics
• Overview of Balance Adjustments for the US
• Person-Level Balance Adjustments for the US
• Verify the Results of a Balance Adjustment for the US

Adjust an Employee's State Disability Insurance Tax Withholding

In this example, an employee reports that their State Disability Insurance (SDI) Employee Withheld tax was over-taxed
by $10.

You must adjust the tax and refund the money.

Note: If there are also Employer taxes requiring adjustment, you would repeat this process to adjust those balances
as well.

Doing this involves multiple steps.

What you need to do How you do it

Ensure you created the eligibility links for Use the Elements task to verify eligibility links exist for the State Disability Insurance Employee Tax
the element element.

Check the employee balance before you Use the Person Results task to view the tax's balance results on the person's SOE.
adjust it

Adjust the balance Use the Adjust Individual Balances task to correct the SDI Employee Gross balance.

Verify the adjustment Use the Person Results task to verify you adjusted the SDI Employee Gross balance correctly.

Pay the adjusted monies Use the Calculate Payroll process to generate the adjustment payments.

For further info, see the following sections.

Create the Eligibility Links

You must ensure you have created the eligibility links for your elements. If not, the element isn't available for
adjustment. In this example, you're adjusting the employee's SDI tax. To adjust the SDI Employee value:

1. View the element in the Elements task.

157
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

2. Make sure you have established eligibility links for it.

Check the Employee Balances

Prior to performing the adjustment, verify the employee's current balance values.

1. Start the Person Results task.

2. Search for and select the employee.
3. For the pay run you are adjusting, select Statement of Earnings.
4. Navigate to their balance results from the SOE.
5. Select the State Disability Insurance Employee balance group, and click Search.
6. In the search results, select the SDI Employee Gross balance.
7. View the State Disability Insurance Employee Tax run results.

Adjust the Balance

To adjust the SDI Employee Gross balance for the employee:

1. Start the Adjust Individual Balances task.

2. Search for and select the employee.
3. Enter the appropriate effective date.
4. Select the State Disability Insurance Employee Tax element.
5. In Adjustment Values, enter the adjustments for the appropriate balances.

Because you're adjusting a state-level balance to the same state, you must specify a value for the State context.
This links the balance adjustment to the state.
6. Under Costing and Payment Details, select the following.

Field name What you select

Include adjustment in payment balance Yes

Include adjustment in costing process No

7. Click Submit.
8. Click OK.

Verify the Adjustment

To review the balances after the adjustment:
1. Start the Person Results task.
2. Search for and select the employee you adjusted.
3. In Results Listing, select Statement of Earnings for the balance adjustment run.
4. Click Show Details.
5. Select Balance Group.
6. Select the State Disability Insurance Employee balance group.
7. Click Search.
8. Confirm the balance adjustment.

158
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Pay the Adjusted Monies

To verify the balance is correct and the adjustment is refunded in the employee's next payment:

1. Submit the Calculate Payroll process for the next pay period.
2. Verify its results.

a. Start the Person Results task, and search for and select the employee.
b. In Results Listing, select Statement of Earnings for the payroll run.
c. Click Show Details.
d. Select SDI Employee Withheld.
e. Validate the run results of the State Disability Insurance Employee Tax element.
f. Validate the SOE for the payroll run. In this case, the net pay is $1215.89.
3. Submit the Calculate Prepayments process.

For this example, the refunded amount on the payment is:

Net Pay + Adjusted Pay = Check Amount

$1215.89 + $10 = $1225.89

Note: You don't need to run the payroll process if you just want to pay the adjusted value. In this case, you
can run the prepayment process, which picks up the adjustment amount. You can then pay the adjustment
amount through check or electronic funds transfer.

Related Topics
• Overview of Balance Adjustments for the US
• Person-Level Balance Adjustments for the US
• Verify the Results of a Balance Adjustment for the US

Adjust an Employee's State Taxes After a Jurisdiction Correction

In this example, you have found an employee with the wrong state jurisdiction configuration. Because of this, their state
taxes were deducted for California instead of Colorado. Having already corrected the jurisdiction error, you must adjust
the tax and perform any appropriate refunds.

Watch video

Doing this involves multiple steps.

What you need to do How you do it

Ensure you created the eligibility links for Use the Elements task to verify eligibility links exist for the Residence State Income Tax predefined
the element element.

159
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

What you need to do How you do it

Check the employee balance before you Use the Person Results task to view the tax's balance results on the person's SOE.
adjust it

Adjust the balance Use the Adjust Individual Balances task to correct the affected balances.

Verify the adjustment Use the Person Results task to verify you adjusted the balances correctly.

Pay the adjusted monies

For further info, see the following sections.

Create the Eligibility Links

You must ensure you have created the eligibility links for your elements. If not, the element isn't available for
adjustment. In this example, you're adjusting the employee's Residence State Income Tax predefined element.

1. View the element in the Elements task.

2. Make sure you have established eligibility links for it.

Check the Employee Balances

Prior to performing the adjustment, verify the employee's current balance values.

1. Start the Person Results task.

2. Search for and select the employee.
3. For the pay run you are adjusting, select Statement of Earnings.
4. Navigate to their balance results from the SOE.
5. Select the State Income Tax balance group, and click Search.
6. In the search results, select the balance views of the balances related to state income tax. In this case, all
balances that include CA in their references.
7. View the Residence State Income Tax run results. In this case, note the CA state geography code.

Adjust the Balances

To adjust the balances for the employee:

1. Start the Adjust Individual Balances task.

2. Search for and select the employee.
3. Enter the appropriate effective date.
4. Select the Residence State Income Tax element.
5. Enter the assignment number, if applicable.
6. In Adjustment Values, enter the appropriate balance adjustments to negate the entry to the old jurisdiction.
7. Under Costing and Payment Details, enter the following.

Field name What you select

Include adjustment in payment balance No

160
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you select

Include adjustment in costing process No

8. Click Submit.
9. Click OK.
10. Repeat this process to perform another adjustment that enters a positive value to the new jurisdiction.

Verify the Adjustment

To review the balances after the adjustment:
1. Start the Person Results task.
2. Search for and select the employee you adjusted.
3. In Results Listing, select Statement of Earnings for the balance adjustment run.
4. Click Show Details.
5. Select Balance Group.
6. Select the State Income Tax balance group.
7. Click Search.
8. Confirm the balance adjustment.

Related Topics
• Overview of Balance Adjustments for the US
• Person-Level Balance Adjustments for the US
• Verify the Results of a Balance Adjustment for the US

Adjust an Employee's Union Dues Voluntary Deduction

In this example, you created a voluntary deduction element for union dues. An employee was over-deducted by $20, so
you must adjust the balance and refund the money.

Doing this involves multiple steps.

What you need to do How you do it

Review the balance feed Use the Balance Definitions task to review the balance feed.

Check the employee balance before you Use the Person Results task to view the tax's balance results on the person's SOE.
adjust it

Adjust the balance Use the Adjust Individual Balances task to correct the SDI Employee Gross balance.

Verify the adjustment Use the Person Results task to verify you adjusted the SDI Employee Gross balance correctly.

Pay the adjusted monies Use the Calculate Payroll process.

161
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

For further info, see the following sections.

Before You Begin

For this example, assume you have defined a Voluntary Deductions element for union dues. In this case, you want the
employee to receive a $25 deduction per weekly pay period.

For the base element, you have performed the following configuration.

1. You defined it with the following values.

Parameter on the element template What you enter

Legislative Data Group Your US LDG

Primary Classification Voluntary Deductions

Secondary Classification Union Deductions

Name Employee Union Dues

Reporting Name Employee Union Dues

Description Employee Union Dues

Effective Date Any date after 1950, but prior to the effective date of the balance adjustment, such as
01/01/1970

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Last Standard Process Date
element?

Input Value Default 25.00

2. You created the element eligibility for this element.

162
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

3. For the base element's Results indirect element, you have done the following.
a. Created the element eligibility link.
b. Deselected Accept Results from formulas only.

Review the Balance Feed

1. Use the Balance Definitions task to review the balance feed.
For this example, the Employee Union Dues Results element feeds the primary balance of the Employee Union
Dues base element.

Check the Employee Balances

For this example, you ran the weekly payroll five times before becoming aware of the overpayment. This has resulted in
a year-to-date value of $125 for the Employee Union Dues balance.

Prior to performing the adjustment, verify the employee's current balance values.

1. Start the View Person Process Results task.

2. Search for and select the employee.
3. For the pay run you are adjusting, select Statement of Earnings.
4. Navigate to their balance results from the SOE.
5. Select the Other Deductions for Statement of Earnings balance group, and click Search.
6. In the search results, select the Employee Union Dues balance.

Adjust the Balances

To adjust the balances for the employee:

1. Start the Adjust Individual Balances task.

2. Search for and select the employee.
3. Enter the appropriate effective date.
4. Select the Results element.
5. In Adjustment Values, enter the adjustments for the appropriate balances.
In this case, enter -20.00 as the Pay Value.
6. Under Costing and Payment Details, enter the following.

Field name What you select

Include adjustment in payment balance Yes

Include adjustment in costing process Yes

7. Click Submit.
8. Click OK.

Verify the Adjustment

To review the balances after the adjustment:
1. Start the Person Results task.

163
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

2. Search for and select the employee you adjusted.

3. In Results Listing, select Statement of Earnings for the balance adjustment run.
4. Click Show Details.
5. Select Balance Group.
6. Select the Other Deductions for Statement of Earnings balance group.
7. Click Search.
8. Confirm the balance adjustment.

Pay the Adjusted Monies

To verify the balance is correct and the adjustment is refunded in the employee's next payment:

1. Submit the Calculate Payroll process for the next pay period.
2. Verify its results.

a. Start the Person Results task, and search for and select the employee.
b. In Results Listing, select Statement of Earnings for the payroll run.
c. Click Show Details.
d. Select the balance results for the union dues balance.

In this case, the balance shows results of $130, representing 6 periods of 25 to 20 USD adjusted values.
e. Validate the run results for the union dues element.
f. Validate the SOE for the payroll run. In this case, the net pay is $1217.27.
3. Submit the Calculate Prepayments process.

For this example, the refunded amount on the payment is:

Net Pay + Adjusted Pay = Check Amount

$1217.27 + $20 = $1237.27

Note: You don't need to run the payroll process if you just want to pay the adjusted value. In this case, you
can run the prepayment process, which picks up the adjustment amount. You can then pay the adjustment
amount through check or electronic funds transfer.

Related Topics
• Overview of Balance Adjustments for the US
• Person-Level Balance Adjustments for the US
• Verify the Results of a Balance Adjustment for the US

Balance Adjustments for Tax Refunds Using Element Entries

You can define elements specifically for tax balance adjustments. Use them to adjustment the predefined taxes through
their element entries.

You have a couple options when it comes to configuring these elements and their input values.

164
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

What you can do How you do it

Use the Elements task Use the Elements task to define elements strictly for adjusting tax balances. These elements use the
Employee Tax Deductions and Employer Taxes primary classifications.

Use the HCM Data Loader (HDL) Use HDL to define multiple tax elements and their related input values simultaneously.

For further info, see Configure Tax Elements for Balance Adjustments in the Help Center.

This method:

• Reduces the steps involved when performing multiple balance adjustments

• Gives you the ability to define costing that may be different than what you have set up for the predefined tax
elements
• Allows you to process these adjustments in a payroll calculation or QuickPay process and have the results
reflected on the employee's payslips

This is especially useful when you want to refund taxes withheld in error and have it included in the employee's
payment and have it displayed at the same time on the payslip.
• Can have its transactions picked up by downstream tax reporting processes and reports
To perform this type of balance adjustment:

1. Identify the tax balances you're adjusting.

2. Define the tax adjustment elements.
3. Add element entries for these elements.
4. Process payroll.

The payroll process adjusts the corresponsing taxes using the element entries.
For further info, see the following sections.

What Tax Balances Need Adjusting

Before you can determine what tax balance adjustments you need, you need to know which balances are used by the
tax in question.

Use the Balance Results task to see what tax balances apply to a balance group in the target person's payroll
relationship. For example, a search for the Federal Income Tax (FIT) balance group returns balances for FIT Gross, FIT
Subject Withholdable, FIT Subject Withholdable, and FIT Withheld.

These tax balances form the basis for that tax's reporting.

For example, the sum of the Subject Not Withholdable and Reduced Subject Withholdable balances for FIT is the
amount reported as "Wages, tips, other compensation" in Box 1 of Form W-2. Similarly, FIT Withheld is the balance
reported as "Federal income tax withheld" in Box 2 of the W-2 form. Thus, it's important to know what tax balances
should be updated when you adjust them. Otherwise, it could result in out-of-balance conditions that you must address
when you perform periodic or year-end tax reporting.

Here's an overview of the different types of tax balances you can adjust.

165
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Tax balance What it tracks

Gross Total earnings, calculated from earnings elements (regular, supplemental, and imputed earnings),
except nonpayroll payments.

Exempt Earnings elements that aren't subject to tax. Some imputed earnings fall into this category.

Subject Withholdable All taxable earnings from which taxes are calculated and aren't reduced by any pretax deductions. Most
regular, supplemental, and imputed earnings are subject to tax.

Subject Not Withholdable All taxable earnings from which taxes aren't calculated or withheld during payroll processing. Group
Term Life Insurance imputed income is an example of a taxable earning for which taxes aren't withheld.

Pretax Reductions The total amount of pretax deductions that reduce taxable earnings, such as 401 (k), 403 (b), 457,
Dependent Care, and Section 125.

Deferred Compensation 401k Reductions Section 401 (k) amount that reduces taxable earnings.

Deferred Compensation 403b Reductions Section 403 (b) amount that reduces taxable earnings.

Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Section 457 (b) amount that reduces taxable earnings.

Dependent Care Reductions Dependent care amount that reduces taxable earnings.

Note:
This isn't included in the Section 125 Reductions total because it's covered separately under Section
129 of the IRS code.

Section 125 Reductions Section 125 amount that reduces taxable earnings.

Other Reductions Pretax amount that doesn't fall into the 401 (k), 403 (b), 457 (b), Dependent Care, and Section 125
categories that reduces taxable earnings.

Reduced Subject Withholdable All taxable earnings reduced by Subject Not Withholdable earnings and pretax reductions.

Taxable The amount of taxable earnings subject to limits, such as Social Security (SS), Federal Unemployment
Tax (FUTA), State Disability Insurance (SDI), and State Unemployment Insurance (SUI). When earnings
reach the limit, taxable amounts don't continue to increase past the limit. Thus, when you're making
balance adjustments for taxes subject to limits you must make sure you keep this upper limit in mind.

Excess Taxable earnings subject to earnings limits, such as SS, FUTA, SDI, and SUI, whose taxable earnings are
greater than the defined limit. If the taxable balance isn't equal to the government-regulated limit, the
excess balance should be 0 USD.

Withheld The amount of tax withheld from the employee and is reported on the W-2.

Liability The amount of the employer tax.

166
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Tax balance What it tracks

How to Configure the Tax Adjustment Elements

If you plan to use Payroll Batch Loader, use these Task and Task Action Names to configure the element and input
values.

Type Use this task name And this task action name

Element Element Quick Create - Basic Element Template Task

Input Values Element Create Input Value

Create the following elements to adjust taxes (where TA = Tax Adjustment).

• TA City and School District Tax

For use when the employee's work or residence is in a PA Act 32 jurisdiction.

• TA Federal Income Tax
• TA Federal Unemployment Tax
• TA Medicare Employee Tax
• TA Medicare Employer Tax
• TA Resident City Tax
• TA Resident County Tax
• TA School District Tax
• TA Social Security Employee Tax
• TA Social Security Employer Tax
• TA State Income Tax
• TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax
• TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax
• TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax
• TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax
• TA Work City Tax
• TA Work County Tax
• TA Work Head Tax

You can't configure the previous balance feeds through Payroll Batch Loader. You must use the Balance Definitions task.

During element creation, if you're using the state, county, or city geography codes as input values, you must configure
their display sequence in the following order.

167
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Geography code Display sequence

State 1

County 2

City 3

Related Topics
• Overview of Balance Adjustments for the US
• Configure Tax Elements for Balance Adjustments

Configure Tax Elements for Balance Adjustments

When using the element entry method for tax refund balance adjustments, your balance adjustment elements require
special configuration.

Here's how you configure each.

For further info, see Balance Adjustments for Tax Refunds Using Element Entries in the Help Center.

TA Federal Income Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or Payroll Batch Loader to define the TA Federal Income Tax element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA Federal Income Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US legislative data group (LDG)

Primary Classification Employee Tax Deductions

Secondary Classification Leave blank

Name TA Federal Income Tax

Reporting Name TA Federal Income Tax

168
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

Description Element for adjusting Federal Income Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Note:
This results in elements processing in the payroll run. If you defined elements at the
Relationship level and not the Assignment level, the adjustment amounts aren't reflected in
the payroll run.

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a

sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Gross 10 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt 20 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

169
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a

sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Subject 30 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Subject Not 40 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Section 125 50 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Deferred 60 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
401K
Reductions

Deferred 70 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
403B
Reductions

Deferred 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
457
Reductions

Dependent 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Care
Reductions

Other Pretax 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Reduced 110 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

Tax Calculated 120 Primary output Money Yes Yes No Yes

value

170
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

To define the TA Federal Income Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA Federal Income Tax

Reporting Name TA Federal Income Tax

Description Element for adjusting Federal Income Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employee Tax Deductions

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

171
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Income Tax

Input Value Gross

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 10

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

172
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Income Tax

Input Value Exempt Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

173
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Income Tax

Input Value Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 30

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Income Tax

Input Value Subject Not Withholdable

174
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 5

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Income Tax

Input Value Section 125 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

175
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Income Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 60

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

176
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Income Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 70

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

177
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Income Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 80

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Income Tax

Input Value Dependent Care Reductions

178
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 10

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Income Tax

Input Value Other Pretax Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

179
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Income Tax

Input Value Reduced Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 110

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

180
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 12

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Income Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 120

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

Feed the Balances

181
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Employee Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

FIT 401k Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

FIT 403b Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

FIT 457 Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

FIT Dependent Care Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

FIT Exempt Exempt Income Add

FIT Gross Gross Add

FIT Other Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

FIT Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

FIT Pretax Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

FIT Pretax Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

FIT Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

FIT Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

FIT Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

FIT Reduced Subject Withholdable Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

FIT Section 125 Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

FIT Subject Not Withholdable Subject Not Withholdable Add

FIT Subject Withholdable Subject Withholdable Add

182
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

FIT Withheld Tax Calculated Add

Net Tax Calculated Subtract

Net Payment Tax Calculated Subtract

Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

TA Federal Unemployment Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or PBL to define the TA Federal Unemployment Tax element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA Federal Unemployment Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

Primary Classification Employer Taxes

Secondary Classification Leave blank

Name TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Reporting Name TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Description Element for adjusting Federal Unemployment Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

183
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Gross 10 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt 20 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

Subject 30 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Section 125 50 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Deferred 60 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
401K
Reductions

Deferred 70 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation

184
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

403B
Reductions

Deferred 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
457
Reductions

Dependent 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Care
Reductions

Other Pretax 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Reduced 110 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

FUTA 110 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Taxable

Excess 120 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

Tax 130 Primary Money Yes Yes No Yes

Calculated output value

State 140 Integer Yes Yes No Yes State

Geography
Code

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

185
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

To define the TA Federal Unemployment Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Reporting Name TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Description Element for adjusting Federal Unemployment Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employer Taxes

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

186
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Input Value Gross

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 10

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

187
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Input Value Exempt Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

188
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Input Value Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 30

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Input Value Section 125 Reductions

189
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 5

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

190
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 60

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

191
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 70

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

192
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Input Value Dependent Care Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 80

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Input Value Other Pretax Reductions

193
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 10

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Input Value Reduced Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

194
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Input Value FUTA Taxable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 110

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

195
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 12

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Input Value Excess Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 120

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 13

196
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 130

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

Line Sequence 14

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Federal Unemployment Tax

Input Value State Geography Code

197
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 140

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsStatePVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference State

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Employer Liabilities Tax Calculated Add

FUTA 401k Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

FUTA 403b Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

FUTA 457 Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

FUTA Dependent Care Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

198
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

FUTA Exempt Exempt Income Add

FUTA Gross Gross Add

FUTA Liability Tax Calculated Add

FUTA Other Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

FUTA Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

FUTA Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

FUTA Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

FUTA Pretax Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

FUTA Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

FUTA Pretax Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

FUTA Reduced Subject Withholdable Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

FUTA Section 125 Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

FUTA Subject Withholdable Subject Withholdable Add

FUTA Taxable Tax Calculated Add

TA Medicare Employee Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or PBL to define the TA Medicare Employee Tax element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA Medicare Employee Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

199
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

Primary Classification Employee Tax Deductions

Secondary Classification Leave blank

Name TA Medicare Employee Tax

Reporting Name TA Medicare Employee Tax

Description Element for adjusting Medicare Employee Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

200
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a

sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Gross 10 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt 20 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

Subject 30 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Reduced 40 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

Section 125 50 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Deferred 60 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
401K
Reductions

Deferred 70 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
403B
Reductions

Deferred 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
457
Reductions

Dependent 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Care
Reductions

Other Pretax 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

201
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a

sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Tax Calculated 110 Primary output Money Yes Yes No Yes

value

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

To define the TA Medicare Employee Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA Medicare Employee Tax

Reporting Name TA Medicare Employee Tax

Description Element for adjusting Medicare Employee Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

202
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employee Tax Deductions

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employee Tax

Input Value Gross

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 10

203
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employee Tax

Input Value Exempt Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

204
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employee Tax

Input Value Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 30

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

205
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employee Tax

Input Value Reduced Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 5

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employee Tax

Input Value Section 125 Reductions

206
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employee Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 60

207
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employee Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 70

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

208
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employee Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 80

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

209
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employee Tax

Input Value Dependent Care Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 10

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employee Tax

Input Value Other Pretax Reductions

210
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employee Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 110

211
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Employee Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

Medicare Employee 401k Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

Medicare Employee 403b Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

Medicare Employee 457 Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

Medicare Employee Dependent Care Dependent Care Reductions Add

Reductions

Medicare Employee Exempt Exempt Income Add

Medicare Employee Gross Gross Add

Medicare Employee Other Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

212
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Medicare Employee Pretax Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

Medicare Employee Pretax Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

Medicare Employee Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

Medicare Employee Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

Medicare Employee Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

Medicare Employee Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

Medicare Employee Reduced Subject Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

Withholdable

Medicare Employee Section 125 Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

Medicare Employee Subject Withholdable Subject Withholdable Add

Medicare Employee Withheld Tax Calculated Add

Net Tax Calculated Subtract

Net Payment Tax Calculated Subtract

Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

TA Medicare Employer Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or PBL to define the TA Medicare Employer Tax element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA Medicare Employer Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

213
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

Primary Classification Employer Tax Deductions

Secondary Classification Leave blank

Name TA Medicare Employer Tax

Reporting Name TA Medicare Employer Tax

Description Element for adjusting Medicare Employer Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

214
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a

sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Gross 10 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt 20 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

Subject 30 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Section 125 40 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Deferred 50 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
401K
Reductions

Deferred 60 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
403B
Reductions

Deferred 70 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
457
Reductions

Dependent 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Care
Reductions

Other Pretax 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Reduced 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

215
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a

sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Tax Calculated 110 Primary output Money Yes Yes No Yes

value

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

To define the TA Medicare Employer Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA Medicare Employer Tax

Reporting Name TA Medicare Employer Tax

Description Element for adjusting Medicare Employer Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

216
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employer Taxes

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employer Tax

Input Value Gross

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 10

217
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employer Tax

Input Value Exempt Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

218
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employer Tax

Input Value Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 30

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

219
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employer Tax

Input Value Section 125 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 5

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employer Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions

220
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employer Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 60

221
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employer Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 70

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

222
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employer Tax

Input Value Dependent Care Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 80

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

223
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employer Tax

Input Value Other Pretax Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 10

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employer Tax

Input Value Reduced Subject Withholdable

224
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Medicare Employer Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 110

225
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Employee Liabilities Tax Calculated Add

Medicare Employer 401k Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

Medicare Employer 403b Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

Medicare Employer 457 Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

Medicare Employer Dependent Care Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

Medicare Employer Exempt Exempt Income Add

Medicare Employer Gross Gross Add

Medicare Employer Liability Tax Calculated Add

226
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Medicare Employer Other Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

Medicare Employer Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

Medicare Employer Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

Medicare EmployerPretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

Medicare Employer Pretax Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

Medicare Employer Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

Medicare Employer Pretax Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

Medicare Employer Reduced Subject Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

Withholdable

Medicare Employer Section 125 Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

Medicare Employer Subject Withholdable Subject Withholdable Add

TA Social Security Employee Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or PBL to define the TA Social Security Employee Tax element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA Social Security Employee Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

Primary Classification Employee Tax Deductions

Secondary Classification Leave blank

Name TA Social Security Employee Tax

227
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

Reporting Name TA Social Security Employee Tax

Description Element for adjusting TA Social Security Employee Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a

sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Gross 10 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt 20 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

228
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a

sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Subject 30 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Section 125 40 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Deferred 50 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
401K
Reductions

Deferred 60 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
403B
Reductions

Deferred 70 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
457
Reductions

Dependent 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Care
Reductions

Other Pretax 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Reduced 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

Social Security 110 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Employee
Taxable

Excess Income 120 Money Yes Yes No Yes

229
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a

sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Tax Calculated 130 Primary output Money Yes Yes No Yes

value

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

To define the TA Social Security Employee Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA Social Security Employee Tax

Reporting Name TA Social Security Employee Tax

Description Element for adjusting Social Security Employee Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

230
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employee Tax Deductions

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employee Tax

Input Value Gross

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 10

231
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employee Tax

Input Value Exempt Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

232
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employee Tax

Input Value Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 30

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

233
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employee Tax

Input Value Section 125 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 5

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employee Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions

234
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employee Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 60

235
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employee Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 70

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

236
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employee Tax

Input Value Dependent Care Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 80

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

237
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employee Tax

Input Value Other Pretax Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 10

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employee Tax

Input Value Reduced Subject Withholdable

238
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employee Tax

Input Value Social Security Employee Taxable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 110

239
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 12

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employee Tax

Input Value Excess Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 120

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

240
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 13

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employee Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 130

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

241
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Employee Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

Net Tax Calculated Subtract

Net Payment Tax Calculated Subtract

Social Security Employee 401k Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

Social Security Employee 403b Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

Social Security Employee 457 Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

Social Security Employee Dependent Care Dependent Care Reductions Add

Reductions

Social Security Employee Excess Excess Income Add

Social Security Employee Exempt Exempt Income Add

Social Security Employee Gross Gross Add

Social Security Employee Other Pretax Other Pretax Reductions Add

Reductions

Social Security Employee Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

Social Security Employee Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

Social Security Employee Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

Social Security Employee Pretax Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

Social Security Employee Section 125 Section 125 Reductions Add

Reductions

Social Security Employee Subject Withholdable Subject Withholdable Add

242
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Social Security Employee Taxable Social Security Employee Taxable Add

Social Security Employee Withheld Tax Calculated Add

Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

TA Social Security Employer Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or PBL to define the TA Social Security Employer Tax element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA Social Security Employer Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

Primary Classification Employee Tax Deductions

Secondary Classification Leave blank

Name TA Social Security Employer Tax

Reporting Name TA Social Security Employer Tax

Description Element for adjusting TA Social Security Employer Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

243
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a

sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Gross 10 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt 20 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

Subject 30 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Section 125 40 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Deferred 50 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
401K
Reductions

Deferred 60 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
403B
Reductions

244
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a

sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Deferred 70 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
457
Reductions

Dependent 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Care
Reductions

Other Pretax 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Reduced 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

Social Security 110 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Employer
Taxable

Excess Income 120 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Tax Calculated 130 Primary output Money Yes Yes No Yes

value

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

To define the TA Social Security Employee Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA Social Security Employer Tax

Reporting Name TA Social Security Employer Tax

245
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

Description Element for adjusting Social Security Employer Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employer Taxes

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

246
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employer Tax

Input Value Gross

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 10

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

247
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Element TA Social Security Employer Tax

Input Value Exempt Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employer Tax

Input Value Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

248
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Required No

Display Sequence 30

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employer Tax

Input Value Section 125 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

249
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 5

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employer Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

250
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employer Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 60

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

251
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Element TA Social Security Employer Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 70

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employer Tax

Input Value Dependent Care Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

252
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Required No

Display Sequence 80

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employer Tax

Input Value Other Pretax Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

253
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 10

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employer Tax

Input Value Reduced Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

254
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employer Tax

Input Value Social Security Employer Taxable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 110

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 12

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

255
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Element TA Social Security Employer Tax

Input Value Excess Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 120

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 13

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Social Security Employer Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

Unit Of Measure Money

256
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Required No

Display Sequence 130

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Employer Liabilities Tax Calculated Add

Social Security Employer 401k Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

Social Security Employer 403b Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

Social Security Employer 457 Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

Social Security Employer Dependent Care Dependent Care Reductions Add

Reductions

257
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Social Security Employer Excess Excess Income Add

Social Security Employer Exempt Exempt Income Add

Social Security Employer Gross Gross Add

Social Security Employer Liability Other Pretax Reductions Add

Social Security Employer Other Pretax Other Pretax Reductions Add

Reductions

Social Security Employer Pretax Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

Social Security Employer Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

Social Security Employer Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

Social Security Employer Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

Social Security Employer Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

Social Security Employer Section 125 Section 125 Reductions Add

Reductions

Social Security Employer Subject Withholdable Subject Withholdable Add

Social Security Employer Taxable Social Security Employer Taxable Add

TA State Income Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or Payroll Batch Loader to define the TA State Income Tax element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA State Income Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

Primary Classification Employee Tax Deductions

258
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

Secondary Classification Leave blank

Name TA State Income Tax

Reporting Name TA State Income Tax

Description Element for adjusting State Income Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

259
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

State 10 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes State

Geography
Code

Gross 20 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt 30 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

Subject 40 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Subject Not 50 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Section 125 60 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Deferred 70 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
401K
Reductions

Deferred 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
403B
Reductions

Deferred 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
457
Reductions

Dependent 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Care
Reductions

260
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Other Pretax 110 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Reduced 120 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

Tax 130 Primary Money Yes Yes No Yes

Calculated output value

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

To define the TA State Income Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA State Income Tax

Reporting Name TA State Income Tax

Description Element for adjusting State Income Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

261
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employee Tax Deductions

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Income Tax

Input Value State Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

262
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Required Yes

Display Sequence 10

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsStatePVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference State

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Income Tax

Input Value Exempt Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

263
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Income Tax

Input Value Exempt Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 30

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

264
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Income Tax

Input Value Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 5

265
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Income Tax

Input Value Subject Not Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Income Tax

Input Value Section 125 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

266
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Required No

Display Sequence 60

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Income Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 70

Apply default at run time No

267
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Income Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 80

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

268
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Income Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 10

269
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Income Tax

Input Value Dependent Care Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Income Tax

Input Value Other Pretax Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

270
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Required No

Display Sequence 110

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 12

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Income Tax

Input Value Reduced Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 120

Apply default at run time No

271
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 13

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Income Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 130

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

272
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Employee Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

Net Tax Calculated Subtract

Net Payment Tax Calculated Subtract

SIT 401k Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

SIT 403b Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

SIT 457 Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

SIT Dependent Care Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

SIT Exempt Exempt Income Add

SIT Gross Gross Add

SIT Other Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

SIT Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

SIT Pretax Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

SIT Pretax Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

273
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

SIT Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

SIT Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

SIT Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

SIT Reduced Subject Withholdable Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

SIT Section 125 Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

SIT Subject Not Withholdable Subject Not Withholdable Add

SIT Subject Withholdable Subject Withholdable Add

SIT Withheld Tax Calculated Add

Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or Payroll Batch Loader to define the TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax
element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

Primary Classification Employee Tax Deductions

Secondary Classification Leave blank

Name TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Reporting Name TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

274
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

Description Element for adjusting State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

State 10 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes State

Geography
Code

Gross 20 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt 30 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

275
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Subject 40 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Section 125 50 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Deferred 60 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
401K
Reductions

Deferred 70 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
403B
Reductions

Deferred 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
457
Reductions

Dependent 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Care
Reductions

Other Pretax 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Reduced 110 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

SDI 120 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Employee
Taxable

Excess 130 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

276
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Tax 150 Primary Money Yes Yes No Yes

Calculated output value

FLI Employee 250 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Taxable

FLI Reduced 280 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

FLI Tax 350 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Calculated

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

To define the TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Reporting Name TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Description Element for adjusting State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

277
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employee Tax Deductions

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

278
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Input Value State Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 10

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsStatePVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference State

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Gross

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 20

279
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Exempt Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 30

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

280
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

281
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 5

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Section 125 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

282
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Input Value Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 60

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 70

283
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 80

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

284
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Dependent Care Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

285
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 10

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Other Pretax Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

286
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Input Value Reduced Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 110

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 12

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value SDI Employee Taxable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 120

287
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 13

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element SDI Employee Taxable

Input Value Excess Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 130

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

288
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 14

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 150

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

289
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 15

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value FLI Employee Taxable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 250

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 16

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

290
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Input Value FLI Reduced Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 280

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 17

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value FLI Tax Calculated

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 350

291
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Employee Tax Deductions FLI Tax Calculated Add

Employee Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

Family Leave Insurance Employee Gross Gross Add

Family Leave Insurance Employee Reduced FLI Reduced Subject Withholdable Add
Subject Withholdable

Family Leave Insurance Employee Taxable FLI Employee Taxable Add

Family Leave Insurance Employee Withheld FLI Tax Calculated Add

Net FLI Tax Calculated Subtract

292
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Net Tax Calculated Subtract

Net Payment FLI Tax Calculated Subtract

Net Payment Tax Calculated Subtract

SDI Employee 401k Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

SDI Employee 403b Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

SDI Employee 457 Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

SDI Employee Dependent Care Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

SDI Employee Excess Excess Income Add

SDI Employee Exempt Exempt Income Add

SDI Employee Gross Gross Add

SDI Employee Other Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

SDI Employee Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

SDI Employee Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

SDI Employee Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

SDI Employee Pretax Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

SDI Employee Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

SDI Employee Pretax Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

SDI Employee Reduced Subject Withholdable Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

SDI Employee Section 125 Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

SDI Employee Subject Withholdable Subject Withholdable Add

SDI Employee Taxable SDI Employee Taxable Add

293
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

SDI Employee Withheld Tax Calculated Add

Tax Deductions FLI Tax Calculated Add

Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or Payroll Batch Loader to define the TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax
element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

Primary Classification Employer Taxes

Secondary Classification Leave blank

Name TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Reporting Name TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Description Element for adjusting State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

294
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

State 10 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes State

Geography
Code

Gross 20 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt 30 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

Subject 40 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Section 125 50 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Deferred 60 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
401K
Reductions

295
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Deferred 70 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
403B
Reductions

Deferred 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
457
Reductions

Dependent 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Care
Reductions

Other Pretax 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Reduced 110 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

SDI 120 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Employee
Taxable

Excess 130 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

Tax 150 Primary Money Yes Yes No Yes

Calculated output value

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

To define the TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

296
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

Name TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Reporting Name TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Description Element for adjusting State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employer Taxes

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

297
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value State Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 10

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsStatePVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference State

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

298
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Gross

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

299
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Input Value Exempt Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 30

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

300
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 5

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Section 125 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

301
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 60

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

302
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 70

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

303
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Input Value Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 80

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Dependent Care Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

304
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 10

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Other Pretax Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

305
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Reduced Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 110

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

306
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 12

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value SDI Employee Taxable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 120

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 13

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

307
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Input Value Excess Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 130

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 14

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Disability Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

308
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Display Sequence 150

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Employer Liabilities Tax Calculated Add

SDI Employer 401k Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

SDI Employer 403b Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

SDI Employer 457 Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

SDI Employer Dependent Care Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

SDI Employer Excess Excess Income Add

SDI Employer Exempt Exempt Income Add

309
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

SDI Employer Gross Gross Add

SDI Employer Liability Tax Calculated Add

SDI Employer Other Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

SDI Employer Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

SDI Employer Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

SDI Employer Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

SDI Employer Pretax Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

SDI Employer Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

SDI Employer Pretax Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

SDI Employer Reduced Subject Withholdable Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

SDI Employer Section 125 Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

SDI Employer Subject Withholdable Subject Withholdable Add

SDI Employer Taxable SDI Employer Taxable Add

TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or PBL to define the TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA Federal Unemployment Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

Primary Classification Employee Tax Deductions

310
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

Secondary Classification Leave blank

Name TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Reporting Name TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Description Element for adjusting State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

311
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

State 10 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes State

Geography
Code

Gross 20 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt 30 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

Subject 40 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Section 125 50 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Deferred 60 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
401K
Reductions

Deferred 70 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
403B
Reductions

Deferred 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
457
Reductions

Dependent 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Care
Reductions

Other Pretax 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

312
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Reduced 110 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

SUI 120 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Employee
Taxable

Excess 130 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

Tax 150 Primary Money Yes Yes No Yes

Calculated output value

SUI Wage 160 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Base

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

To define the TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Reporting Name TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Description Element for adjusting State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

313
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employee Tax Deductions

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

314
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value State Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 10

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsStatePVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference State

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Gross

Unit Of Measure Money

315
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Required No

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Exempt Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 30

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

316
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

317
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 5

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Section 125 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

318
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 60

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

319
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Required No

Display Sequence 70

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 80

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

320
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Dependent Care Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

321
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 10

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Other Pretax Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

322
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Reduced Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 110

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 12

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value SUI Employee Taxable

Unit Of Measure Money

323
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Required No

Display Sequence 120

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 13

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Excess Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 130

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

324
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 14

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 150

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

325
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

Line Sequence 15

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax

Input Value SUI Wage Base

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 160

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

326
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Employee Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

Net Tax Calculated Subtract

Net Payment Tax Calculated Subtract

SUI Employee 401k Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

SUI Employee 403b Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

SUI Employee 457 Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

SUI Employee Dependent Care Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

SUI Employee Excess Excess Income Add

SUI Employee Exempt Exempt Income Add

SUI Employee Gross Gross Add

SUI Employee Other Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

SUI Employee Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

SUI Employee Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

SUI Employee Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

SUI Employee Pretax Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

SUI Employee Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

SUI Employee Pretax Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

SUI Employee Reduced Subject Withholdable Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

SUI Employee Section 125 Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

SUI Employee Subject Withholdable Subject Withholdable Add

327
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

SUI Employee Taxable SUI Employee Taxable Add

SUI Employee Withheld Tax Calculated Add

Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or PBL to define the TA State Unemployment Insurance Employee Tax element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA Federal Unemployment Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

Primary Classification Employer Taxes

Secondary Classification Leave blank

Name TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Reporting Name TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Description Element for adjusting State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

328
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

State 10 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes State

Geography
Code

Gross 20 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt 30 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

Excess 40 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

SUI Employer 50 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Taxable

Subject 60 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

329
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Reduced 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

Section 125 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Deferred 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
401K
Reductions

Deferred 110 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
403B
Reductions

Deferred 120 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
457
Reductions

Dependent 130 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Care
Reductions

Other Pretax 140 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Tax 150 Primary Money Yes Yes No Yes

Calculated output value

SUI Wage 160 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Base

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

330
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

To define the TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Reporting Name TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Description Element for adjusting State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employer Taxes

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

331
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value State Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 10

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsStatePVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference State

332
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Gross

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

333
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Exempt Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 30

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Subject Withholdable

334
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 5

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Section 125 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

335
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 60

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

336
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 70

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

337
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 80

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Dependent Care Reductions

338
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 10

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Other Pretax Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

339
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Reduced Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 110

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

340
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 12

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value SUI Employee Taxable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 120

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 13

341
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Excess Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 130

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 14

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

342
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 150

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

Line Sequence 15

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA State Unemployment Insurance Employer Tax

Input Value SUI Wage Base

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 160

Apply default at run time No

343
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Employer Liabilities Tax Calculated Add

SUI Employer 401k Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

SUI Employer 403b Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

SUI Employer 457 Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

SUI Employer Dependent Care Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

SUI Employer Excess Excess Income Add

SUI Employer Exempt Exempt Income Add

SUI Employer Gross Gross Add

SUI Employer Liability Tax Calculated Add

344
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

SUI Employer Other Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

SUI Employer Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

SUI Employer Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

SUI Employer Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

SUI Employer Pretax Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

SUI Employer Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

SUI Employer Pretax Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

SUI Employer Reduced Subject Withholdable Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

SUI Employer Section 125 Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

SUI Employer Subject Withholdable Subject Withholdable Add

SUI Employer Taxable SUI Employer Taxable Add

TA Resident County Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or PBL to define the TA Resident County Tax element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA Resident County Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

Primary Classification Employee Tax Deductions

Secondary Classification Leave blank

345
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

Name TA Resident County Tax

Reporting Name TA Resident County Tax

Description Element for adjusting Resident County Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

State 10 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes State

Geography
Code

346
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

County 20 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes County

Geography
Code

Gross 30 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt 40 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

Subject 50 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Subject Not 60 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Section 125 70 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Deferred 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
401K
Reductions

Deferred 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
403B
Reductions

Deferred 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
457
Reductions

Dependent 110 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Care
Reductions

Other Pretax 120 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

347
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Reduced 130 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

Tax 140 Primary Money Yes Yes No Yes

Calculated output value

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

To define the TA Resident County Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA Resident County Tax

Reporting Name TA Resident County Tax

Description Element for adjusting Resident County Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

348
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employee Tax Deductions

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident County Tax

Input Value State Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

349
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Display Sequence 10

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsStatePVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference State

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident County Tax

Input Value County Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsCountyPVO

350
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference County

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident County Tax

Input Value Gross

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 30

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

351
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident County Tax

Input Value Exempt Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 5

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

352
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Element TA Resident County Tax

Input Value Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident County Tax

Input Value Subject Not Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

353
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Display Sequence 60

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident County Tax

Input Value Section 125 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 70

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

354
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident County Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 80

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

355
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident County Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 10

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

356
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Element TA Resident County Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident County Tax

Input Value Dependent Care Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

357
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Display Sequence 110

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 12

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident County Tax

Input Value Other Pretax Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 120

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

358
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 13

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident County Tax

Input Value Reduced Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 130

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

359
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 14

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident County Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 140

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

360
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

County 401k Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

County 403b Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

County 457 Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

County Dependent Care Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

County Exempt Excess Income Add

County Gross Gross Add

County Gross Resident Gross Add

County Other Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

County Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

County Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

County Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

County Pretax Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

County Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

County Pretax Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

County Reduced Subject Withholdable Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

County Reduced Subject Withholdable Resident Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

County Section 125 Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

County Subject Not Withholdable Subject Not Withholdable Add

County Subject Not Withholdable Resident Subject Not Withholdable Add

County Subject Withholdable Subject Withholdable Add

361
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

County Withheld Tax Calculated Add

County Withheld Resident Tax Calculated Add

Employee Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

Net Tax Calculated Subject

Net Payment Tax Calculated Subject

Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

TA Work County Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or PBL to define the TA Work County Tax element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA Work County Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

Primary Classification Employee Tax Deductions

Secondary Classification Leave blank

Name TA Work County Tax

Reporting Name TA Work County Tax

Description Element for adjusting Work County Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

362
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

State 10 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes State

Geography
Code

County 20 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes County

Geography
Code

Gross 30 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt 40 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

363
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Subject 50 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Subject Not 60 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Section 125 70 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Deferred 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
401K
Reductions

Deferred 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
403B
Reductions

Deferred 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
457
Reductions

Dependent 110 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Care
Reductions

Other Pretax 120 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Reduced 130 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

Tax 140 Primary Money Yes Yes No Yes

Calculated output value

364
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

To define the TA Work County Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA Work County Tax

Reporting Name TA Work County Tax

Description Element for adjusting Work County Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employee Tax Deductions

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

365
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work County Tax

Input Value State Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 10

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsStatePVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference State

366
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work County Tax

Input Value County Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsCountyPVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference County

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

367
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work County Tax

Input Value Gross

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 30

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work County Tax

Input Value Exempt Income

368
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 5

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work County Tax

Input Value Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

369
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work County Tax

Input Value Subject Not Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 60

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

370
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work County Tax

Input Value Section 125 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 70

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

371
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work County Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 80

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work County Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions

372
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 10

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work County Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

373
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work County Tax

Input Value Dependent Care Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 110

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

374
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 12

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work County Tax

Input Value Other Pretax Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 120

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 13

375
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work County Tax

Input Value Reduced Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 130

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 14

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work County Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

376
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 140

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

County 401k Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

County 403b Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

County 457 Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

County Dependent Care Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

County Exempt Excess Income Add

377
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

County Gross Gross Add

County Gross Nonresident Gross Add

County Other Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

County Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

County Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

County Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

County Pretax Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

County Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

County Pretax Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

County Reduced Subject Withholdable Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

County Reduced Subject Withholdable Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

Nonresident

County Section 125 Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

County Subject Not Withholdable Subject Not Withholdable Add

County Subject Not Withholdable Nonresident Subject Not Withholdable Add

County Subject Withholdable Subject Withholdable Add

County Withheld Tax Calculated Add

County Withheld Nonresident Tax Calculated Add

Employee Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

Net Tax Calculated Subject

Net Payment Tax Calculated Subject

378
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

TA Resident City Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or PBL to define the TA Resident City Tax element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA Resident City Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

Primary Classification Employee Tax Deductions

Secondary Classification Leave blank

Name TA Resident City Tax

Reporting Name TA Resident City Tax

Description Element for adjusting Resident City Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

379
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

State 10 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes State

Geography
Code

County 20 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes County

Geography
Code

City 30 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes City

Geography
Code

Gross 30 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt 50 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

Subject 60 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Subject Not 70 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

380
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Reduced 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

Section 125 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Deferred 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
401K
Reductions

Deferred 110 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
403B
Reductions

Deferred 120 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
457
Reductions

Dependent 130 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Care
Reductions

Other Pretax 140 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Tax 150 Primary Money Yes Yes No Yes

Calculated output value

Work PSD 201 Integer Yes Yes No Yes Area6

Code

Resident PSD 301 Integer Yes Yes No Yes Area5

Code

381
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Tax 302 Integer Yes Yes No Yes Tax Unit 2

Collection
District Code

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

To define the TA Resident City Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA Resident City Tax

Reporting Name TA Resident City Tax

Description Element for adjusting Resident City Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

382
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employee Tax Deductions

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value State Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 10

383
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsStatePVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference State

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value County Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsCountyPVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference County

384
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value City Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsCityPVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference City

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

385
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value Gross

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 5

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value Exempt Income

386
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 60

387
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value Subject Not Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 70

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

388
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value Section 125 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 80

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

389
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 10

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions

390
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 110

391
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 12

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value Dependent Care Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 120

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

392
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 13

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value Other Pretax Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 130

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

393
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 14

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value Reduced Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 140

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 15

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

394
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 150

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

Line Sequence 16

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value Work PSD Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required No

Display Sequence 201

395
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference Area6

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 17

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value Resident PSD Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required No

Display Sequence 301

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference Area5

396
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 18

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Resident City Tax

Input Value Tax Collection District Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required No

Display Sequence 302

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference Tax Unit 2

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

397
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

City 401k Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

CIty 403b Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

CIty 457 Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

City Dependent Care Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

City Exempt Excess Income Add

City Gross Gross Add

City Gross Resident Gross Add

City Other Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

City Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

City Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

City Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

City Pretax Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

City Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

City Pretax Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

City Reduced Subject Withholdable Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

City Reduced Subject Withholdable Resident Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

City Section 125 Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

City Subject Not Withholdable Subject Not Withholdable Add

398
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

City Subject Not Withholdable Resident Subject Not Withholdable Add

City Subject Withholdable Subject Withholdable Add

City Withheld Tax Calculated Add

City Withheld Resident Tax Calculated Add

Employee Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

Net Tax Calculated Subject

Net Payment Tax Calculated Subject

Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

TA Work City Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or PBL to define the TA Work City Tax element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA Work City Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

Primary Classification Employee Tax Deductions

Secondary Classification Leave blank

Name TA Work City Tax

Reporting Name TA Work City Tax

Description Element for adjusting Work City Tax

399
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

State 10 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes State

Geography
Code

County 20 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes County

Geography
Code

City 30 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes City

Geography
Code

400
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Gross 40 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt 50 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

Subject 60 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Subject Not 70 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Section 125 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Deferred 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
401K
Reductions

Deferred 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
403B
Reductions

Deferred 110 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
457
Reductions

Dependent 120 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Care
Reductions

Other Pretax 130 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

401
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Reduced 140 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

Tax 150 Primary Money Yes Yes No Yes

Calculated output value

Work PSD 201 Integer Yes Yes No Yes Area6

Code

Resident PSD 301 Integer Yes Yes No Yes Area5

Code

Tax 302 Integer Yes Yes No Yes Tax Unit 2

Collection
District Code

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

To define the TA Work City Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA Work City Tax

Reporting Name TA Work City Tax

Description Element for adjusting Work City Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

402
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employee Tax Deductions

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

403
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value State Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 10

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsStatePVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference State

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value County Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

404
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Required Yes

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsCountyPVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference County

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value City Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 30

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsCityPVO

405
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference City

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value Gross

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

406
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 5

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value Exempt Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

407
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 60

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value Subject Not Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

408
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Required No

Display Sequence 70

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value Section 125 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 80

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

409
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

410
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 10

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

411
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 110

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 12

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value Dependent Care Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

412
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Required No

Display Sequence 120

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 13

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value Other Pretax Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 130

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

413
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 14

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value Reduced Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 140

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

414
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 15

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 150

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

Line Sequence 16

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

415
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value Work PSD Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required No

Display Sequence 201

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference Area6

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 17

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value Resident PSD Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

416
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Required No

Display Sequence 301

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference Area5

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 18

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work City Tax

Input Value Tax Collection District Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required No

Display Sequence 302

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

417
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference Tax Unit 2

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

City 401k Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

City 403b Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

City 457 Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

City Dependent Care Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

City Exempt Excess Income Add

City Gross Gross Add

City Gross Nonresident Gross Add

City Other Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

City Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

City Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

418
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

City Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

City Pretax Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

City Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

City Pretax Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

City Reduced Subject Withholdable Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

City Reduced Subject Withholdable Nonresident Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

City Section 125 Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

City Subject Not Withholdable Subject Not Withholdable Add

City Subject Not Withholdable Nonresident Subject Not Withholdable Add

City Subject Withholdable Subject Withholdable Add

City Withheld Tax Calculated Add

City Withheld Nonresident Tax Calculated Add

Employee Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

Net Tax Calculated Subject

Net Payment Tax Calculated Subject

Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

TA Work Head Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or PBL to define the TA Work Head Tax element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA Work Head Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

419
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

Primary Classification Employee Tax Deductions

Secondary Classification Leave blank

Name TA Work Head Tax

Reporting Name TA Work Head Tax

Description Element for adjusting Work Head Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

420
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

State 10 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes State

Geography
Code

County 20 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes County

Geography
Code

City 30 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes City

Geography
Code

Tax 40 Primary Money Yes Yes No Yes

Calculated output value

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

To define the TA Work Head Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA Work Head Tax

Reporting Name TA Work Head Tax

Description Element for adjusting Work Head Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

421
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employee Tax Deductions

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

422
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Element TA Work Head Tax

Input Value State Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 10

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsStatePVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference State

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work Head Tax

Input Value County Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

423
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Required Yes

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsCountyPVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference County

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work Head Tax

Input Value City Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 30

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsCityPVO

424
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference City

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA Work Head Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

425
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Employee Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

Head Tax Withheld Tax Calculated Add

Net Tax Calculated Subject

Net Payment Tax Calculated Subject

Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

TA School District Tax Element Definition

You can use either the Elements task or PBL to define the TA School District Tax element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA School District Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

Primary Classification Employee Tax Deductions

Secondary Classification Leave blank

426
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

Name TA School District Tax

Reporting Name TA School District Tax

Description Element for adjusting School District Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

State 1 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes State

Geography
Code

427
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

School 4 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes School

Geography District
Code

Gross 30 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt 40 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Income

Subject 50 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Subject Not 60 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withholdable

Section 125 70 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Deferred 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
401K
Reductions

Deferred 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
403B
Reductions

Deferred 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Compensation
457
Reductions

Dependent 110 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Care
Reductions

428
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Other Pretax 120 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reductions

Reduced 130 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject
Withholdable

Tax 140 Primary Money Yes Yes No Yes

Calculated output value

Work PSD 201 Integer Yes Yes No Yes Area6

Code

Resident PSD 301 Integer Yes Yes No Yes Area5

Code

Tax 302 Integer Yes Yes No Yes Tax Unit 2

Collection
District Code

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

To define the TA Work City Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA School District Tax

Reporting Name TA School District Tax

Description Element for adjusting School District City Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

429
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employee Tax Deductions

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

430
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

Input Value State Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 1

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsStatePVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference State

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

431
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Input Value School Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 4

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsSchoolPVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference School District

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

Input Value Gross

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 30

432
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

Input Value Exempt Income

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

433
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 5

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

Input Value Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

434
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

Input Value Subject Not Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 60

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

435
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Input Value Section 125 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 70

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 80

436
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

437
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 10

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

Input Value Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

438
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

Input Value Dependent Care Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 110

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 12

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

439
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Input Value Other Pretax Reductions

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 120

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 13

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

Input Value Reduced Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 130

440
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 14

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

Input Value Tax Calculated

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 140

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

441
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose Primary output value

Line Sequence 15

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

Input Value Work PSD Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required No

Display Sequence 201

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference Area6

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

442
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 16

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

Input Value Resident PSD Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required No

Display Sequence 301

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference Area5

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 17

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA School District Tax

443
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Input Value Tax Collection District Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required No

Display Sequence 302

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference Tax Unit 2

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Employee Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

Net Tax Calculated Subject

Net Payment Tax Calculated Subject

444
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

School 401k Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

School 403b Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

School 457 Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

School Dependent Care Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

School Exempt Excess Income Add

School Gross Gross Add

School Other Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

School Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 401K Reductions Add

School Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 403B Reductions Add

School Pretax Reductions Deferred Compensation 457 Reductions Add

School Pretax Reductions Dependent Care Reductions Add

School Pretax Reductions Other Pretax Reductions Add

School Pretax Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

School Reduced Subject Withholdable Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

School Section 125 Reductions Section 125 Reductions Add

School Subject Not Withholdable Subject Not Withholdable Add

School Subject Withholdable Subject Withholdable Add

School Withheld Tax Calculated Add

Tax Deductions Tax Calculated Add

TA City and School District Tax Element Definition

This applies to those employees who work or live in a Pennsylvania Act 32 jurisdiction.

445
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

You can use either the Elements task or PBL to define the TA City and School District Tax element.

Use the Elements Task

To define the TA City and School District Tax element:

1. Start the Elements task.

2. Define the element with these values.

Field name What you enter

Legislative Data Group Select your US LDG

Primary Classification Employee Tax Deductions

Secondary Classification Leave blank

Name TA City and School District Tax

Reporting Name TA City and School District Tax

Description Element for adjusting City and School District Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earnings Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

446
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

3. Review and submit the process to generate the element.

4. Use the following values to define the input values to capture and feed the tax balances.

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

State 10 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes State

Geography
Code

County 20 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes County

Geography
Code

City 30 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes City

Geography
Code

School 40 Integer Yes Yes Yes Yes School

Geography District
Code

Resident PSD 50 Integer Yes Yes No Yes Area5

Code

Work PSD 60 Integer Yes Yes No Yes Area6

Code

Tax 70 Integer Yes Yes No Yes Tax Unit 2

Collection
District Code

Resident 80 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Gross

Resident 90 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reduced

447
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Name Display Special Unit of Displayed? Allow user Required? Create a Reference
sequence purpose measure entry? database
item?

Subject
Withholdable

Resident 100 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject Not
Withholdable

Resident City 110 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withheld

Resident 120 Money Yes Yes No Yes

School
Withheld

Resident 130 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Exempt

Work Gross 140 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Work 150 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Reduced
Subject
Withholdable

Work 160 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Subject Not
Withholdable

Work 170 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Withheld

Work Exempt 180 Money Yes Yes No Yes

Use the Payroll Batch Loader

448
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

To define the TA City and School District Tax element:

1. Define the upload file using the following element info.

PBL upload file column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Name TA City and School District Tax

Reporting Name TA City and School District Tax

Description Element for adjusting City and School District Tax

Effective Date 1/1/1951

Output Currency US Dollar

What is the calculation rule? Flat amount

Check non-earning classification by No

primary classification

Input Currency US Dollar

Should every person eligible for the No

element automatically receive it?

What is the earliest entry date for this First Standard Earning Date
element?

What is the latest entry date for this Final Close

element?

Classification ID Employee Tax Deductions

At which employment level should this Assignment level

element be attached?

449
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL upload file column What you enter

Do you want the element to be Yes

processed at Payroll Assignment level?

Does this element recur each payroll Nonrecurring

period, or does it require explicit entry?

Can a person have more than one entry Yes

of this element in a payroll period?

Primary Classification Name Tax Deductions

2. Use PBL to upload the file. Enter or confirm the following to define the input values.

PBL column What you enter

Line Sequence 1

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value State Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 10

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsStatePVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference State

450
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 2

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value County Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 20

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsCountyPVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference County

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 3

451
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value City Geography Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 30

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsCityPVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference City

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 4

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value School Geography Code

452
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 40

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source oracle.apps.hcm.locUS.payrollSetup.details.publicView.UsSchoolPVO

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference School District

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 5

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value Resident PSD Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 50

Apply default at run time No

453
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference Area5

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 6

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value Work PSD Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 60

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference Area6

454
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 7

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value Tax Collection District Code

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required Yes

Display Sequence 70

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference Tax Unit 2

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 8

455
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value Resident Gross

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 80

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 9

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value Resident Reduced Subject Withholdable

456
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 90

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 10

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value Resident Subject Not Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 100

Apply default at run time No

457
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 11

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value Resident City Withheld

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 110

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

458
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 12

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value Resident School Withheld

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 120

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 13

459
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value Resident Exempt

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 130

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 14

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value Work Gross

460
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 140

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 15

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value Work Reduced Subject Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 150

Apply default at run time No

461
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 16

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value Work Subject Not Withholdable

Unit Of Measure Integer

Required No

Display Sequence 160

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

462
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 17

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value Work Withheld

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 170

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Line Sequence 18

463
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

PBL column What you enter

Effective As Of Date 1/1/1951

Element TA City and School District Tax

Input Value Work Exempt

Unit Of Measure Money

Required No

Display Sequence 180

Apply default at run time No

Validation Source

Create a Database Item Yes

Reference

Allow User Entry Yes

Displayed Yes

Special Purpose

Feed the Balances

After creating the input values for the element, link the elements to the balances you intend to update. Use the Balance
Definitions task, and add the following input values as balance feeds to the tax balance.

Note: You must use 1/1/1951 as the effective as-of date.

464
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feed these input values To these balances Add or subtract?

Resident City Withheld Local Withheld Add

Resident Exempt Local Exempt Add

Resident Gross Local Gross Add

Resident Reduced Subject Withholdable Local Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

Resident School Withheld Local Withheld Add

Resident Subject Not Withholdable Local Subject Not Withholdable Add

Work Exempt Local Exempt Add

Work Gross Local Gross Add

Work Reduced Subject Withholdable Local Reduced Subject Withholdable Add

Work Subject Not Withholdable Local Subject Not Withholdable Add

Work Withheld Local Withheld Add

Related Topics
• Balance Adjustments for Tax Refunds Using Element Entries
• Overview of Balance Adjustments for the US

Overview of Balance Adjustments for the US

You perform balance adjustments to:

• Correct the entries from the Load Initial Balances process that it processed during the conversion
• Correct balances that have the following issues

◦ Incorrect tax balance dimensions

◦ Assigned to the incorrect state tax jurisdiction
◦ Over or understated wage or tax amounts

• Correct balances that you didn't load initially, and you have since processed payroll for the person

465
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Balance adjustments bypass system validation. Vertex validation occurs during payroll processing but not during
balance adjustment processing. Therefore, limits aren't verified. It's your responsibility to ensure you don't adjust
taxable balances beyond the government-regulated limit.

For further info, see Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for the United States: Balance Adjustments (1600728.1)
on My Oracle Support.

When planning a balance adjustment, consider the following.

• What balances are eligible for adjustment

• What are the prerequisites
• How to perform the balance adjustment
• Where to check for additional info
For further info, see the following sections.

What Balances Are Eligible for Adjustment

The Identifying Balances for Initialization section of the Balance Initialization document provides a complete list of
balances available for adjustment.

For further info, see Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for the United States: Balance Initialization (1912298.1) on
My Oracle Support.

What Are the Prerequisites

Before you can perform any balance adjustments, there are some tasks you must complete.

What you need to do How you do it

Complete the setup of your organization. For further info, see Define Organizations for the US in the Help Center.

Create definitions for your employees, and This occurs when you perform the Hire an Employee task for the person.
attach payrolls to them.
Use the Employment task to assign a payroll to a person that doesn't already have one.

For further info, see Personal Payroll info for the US in the Help Center.

What Are the Restrictions

Retroactive processing isn't applicable for balance adjustments.

Balance adjustment formulas aren't supported.

466
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

How to Perform the Balance Adjustment

Here's how you perform a balance adjustment.

1. Document the changes you plan to make.

Prior to making a balance adjustment, use the Person Results task to view the Balance Results of the desired
employee and document the following details.

◦ Employee
◦ Effective date of adjustment
◦ Balance prior to your adjustment
◦ Adjustment amount
◦ Expected balance after adjustment

You will use this info to keep track of what you're adjusting, when it's adjusted, and for whom.
2. Choose your preferred method of balance adjustment.

When it comes to performing balance adjustments, you have a few options.

What you want to do How you do it

Perform an adjustment for a specific You have two options.

person

◦ Use the Adjust Individual Balances task.

◦ Use the Person Results task.

For further info, see Person-Level Balance Adjustments for the US in the Help Center.

Perform balance adjustments for Perform a batch balance adjustment.

multiple people or multiple balances
For further info, see Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for the United States: Batch
Balance Adjustments (2053488.1) on My Oracle Support.

Perform a mass balance adjustment for Use the US Tax Balance Adjustment process.
a federal or regional tax, such as after a
credit reduction rate change For further info, see US Tax Balance Adjustment in the Help Center.

Perform an adjustment using element Define elements specifically designed for tax balance adjustments. Use the Element Entry task
entries or the HCM Data Loader to enter this info en masse.

For further info, see the following.

◦ Balance Adjustments for Tax Refunds Using Element Entries in the Help Center

◦ Loading Balance Adjustments for the US Using HCM Data Loader (2558276.1) on My
Oracle Support

467
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Check Here for Additional Info

Refer to the following on My Oracle Support.

• Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for the United States: Balance Adjustments (1600728.1)
• Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for the United States: Batch Balance Adjustments (2053488.1)
• Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for United States: Payroll and Core HR Implementation and Use
(1676530.1)
• All Documents for Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management Applications (1504483.1)

Related Topics
• Payroll Balance Definitions for the US
• Person-Level Balance Adjustments for the US
• Organization Hierarchy Models for the US
• US Tax Balance Adjustment

Payroll Balance Definitions for the US

Most balances you require are predefined, and additional balances are automatically created when you create elements.
You can edit these balance definitions or create additional definitions for calculations or reporting.

You manage balance definitions through the Balances task.

What Are Balances

Payroll balances show the accumulation of values over time. Payroll processes, such as Calculate Payroll and Calculate
Gross Earnings, update the balance values. A balance can represent:

• Monetary value
• Time element, such as hours or days worked
• Any other numeric value

Whenever you run a payroll process, such as Calculate Payroll or Calculate Gross Earnings, it updates these values.

What Is the Balance Model

A defined balance value is the value for an individual on a particular date for a specific balance type. Each defined
balance holds a value for an individual at one of the three levels of the employment model.

• Payroll relationship
• Assignment

A dimension enables you to view a balance value based on a combination of criteria. The balance dimension determines
the date, such as year to date. Balance dimensions may also use contexts, which are entities that require values for a
particular balance value.

468
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

For example, the "Regular Earnings Core Relationship Tax Unit Area1 Year to Date" defined balance is an association
of the Regular Earnings balance with the "Payroll Relationship Tax Unit Area1 Year to Date" balance dimension. This
dimension has these contexts.

• Payroll Relationship (PAYROLL_RELATIONSHIP_ID)

• Tax Unit (TAX_UNIT_ID)
• State (AREA1)

A balance feed is an association between a balance type and an element input value.

For example, if you specify that the salary pay value feeds the Regular Earnings balance, an employee's salary run
result feeds all Regular Earnings defined balances provided that the contexts associated with that run result match the
contexts used by the defined balance.

What Are a Balance's Components

Use the Balances task to set these components.

Balance component What it does

Balance name Actual name of the balance, such as Gross Earnings. You can't have the same name for more than one
balance.

Reporting name A reporting name is the balance name that reports and payslips display.

More than one balance can have the same reporting name. For example, if you needed to define
separate balances in your organization, but you want to report them as the same, you can assign them
the same reporting name.

Balance type Balances can be either tax balances or element balances. Balance types always have a numeric unit of
measure and in some instances a currency code.

For further info, see Balance Types for the US in the Help Center.

Balance category When you define a balance, you associate it to one of the predefined categories. Balance categories
group balances to facilitate setting group attributes.

For further info, see Balance Categories for the US in the Help Center.

Balance feeds Element input values that make up a balance. Balance feeds can either add to or subtract from a
balance.

For further info, see Balance Feeds for the US in the Help Center.

Balance dimensions These define the balance's characteristics the payroll process uses to calculate its value. They consist
of:

• Time period, such as the Period-To-Date or Year-To-Date dimensions

• Employment level, such as the assignment or payroll relationship

469
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Balance component What it does

• Context, which is required for specific balances only, such as tax reporting unit, element, or
payroll

Use them as a means of restricting the run results included in a balance value. Contexts are
normally predefined.

For further info, see Balance Contexts for the US in the Help Center.

Note:
The View Balances task refers to these context values as References.

For example, the predefined Regular balance is the accumulation of all standard earnings processed in
a payroll run.

Balance dimensions are predefined, and their names are a concatenation of the above three
components. For example, "Assignment Tax Unit Year to Date" indicates the balance value is for a given
employee's assignment within a tax reporting unit, for the Year-to-Date time period.

For further info, see Balance Dimensions in the Help Center.

Unit of measure When you create a balance, the predefined units of measure available for selection are:

• Day
• Hour (with different combinations of minutes and seconds)
• Integer
• Money
• Number
Match the unit of measure of the balance with the unit of measure of the element input values that
feed it.

Base balances You can specify a base balance when there is a dependent relationship between balances for
processing and reporting. For example, Loan Repayment could be the base balance for a Loan
Repayment Arrears balance.

Defined balance Name used to identify the combination of the balance type and the balance dimension, such as
REGULAR_ASG_TU_YTD. Whenever a balance value is obtained, it's from a defined balance.

Balance groups Balance groups represent a collection of balance definitions, which you can use to retrieve balance
values for reports, archives, and balance views.

For further info, see Balance Group Usages for the US in the Help Center.

What Are the Generated Balances and Database Items

The element template creates a primary feed to a new balance when you create:

• An earnings element in a legislative data group (LDG) that uses the Payroll Interface country extension
• Any element in an LDG that uses the Payroll country extension

You select the type of configuration through the Features by Country or Territory flow.

470
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

For this license type The Elements flow does this

Payroll When you create an element, the element template creates the element and associated objects, such
as input values, formulas, and balances.

Payroll Interface When you create regular and supplemental earnings elements, the element template creates the
element and associated objects, such as input values, formulas, and balances. For all other elements,
the template generates no other associated objects.

Human Resources or None The element template doesn't generate associated objects like formulas, or balances.

The element template also creates a database item for each balance dimension. You can use the database items in your
formulas or HCM extracts to use the value of a balance.

What Are Remuneration Balances

One balance in each LDG is predefined as the remuneration balance. This balance generates payments for employees.

For example, the remuneration balance might be Net Pay. This calculated balance is the sum of standard earnings and
supplemental earnings minus all the deductions calculated for the run.

Related Topics
• Balance Categories for the US
• Balance Contexts for the US
• Balance Dimensions
• Balance Feeds for the US
• Balance Group Usages for the US
• Balance Types for the US

Person-Level Balance Adjustments for the US

You have two options for performing balance adjustments for an individual.

Adjustment method Use it to Where you can find it Do you need to update the
context?

Adjust Individual Balances flow • Adjust balances for elements 1. In My Client Groups, click Yes
that have been processed in a Payroll.
payroll run. 2. Click Adjust individual
Balances.
• Create balance results for
elements that haven't been
processed in a payroll run.

Person Results task • Adjust balances for a specific 1. In My Client Groups, click No, the context is determined by
person. Payroll. the payroll run's parameters and
2. Click Person Results. other derived values
3. Search for the person.

471
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Adjustment method Use it to Where you can find it Do you need to update the
context?

4. From Actions, select:

◦ Adjust Individual Balances

◦ Adjust Multiple Tax

Balances

For further info, see the following sections.

What Elements Does the Adjustment Use

This process uses one of these element types to perform the balance adjustments.

Element type When it's used

Base element When performing adjustments on predefined tax elements.

Results element The Results elements are created when you define an element through the Elements task.

For further info, see Indirect Elements for the US in the Help Center.

Note: Use the predefined adjustment elements to perform balance adjustments. Don't attempt to create adjustment
elements of your own.

Here are the details of what elements are used for each classification type.

Primary classification Secondary classification Element name Input value

Employee Tax Deductions All <Predefined Element> Tax Calculated

Imputed Earnings All <Base Element> Results Earnings Calculated

Involuntary Deductions All <Base Element> Results DeductionsCalculated

Involuntary Deductions All (Fees) <Base Element> Organization Fee FeeCalculated

Results

Involuntary Deductions All (Fees) <Base Element> Person Fee FeeCalculated

Results

Involuntary Deductions All (Fees) <Base Element> Processing Fee FeeCalculated

Results

Nonpayroll Payment All <Base Element> Results Earnings Calculated

472
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Primary classification Secondary classification Element name Input value

Pretax Deductions Deferred Compensation 401k <Base Element> Results Deduction Calculated

Pretax Deductions Deferred Compensation 401k Catch <Base Element> Results Catchup Deduction Calculated
Up

Pretax Deductions All other secondary classifications <Base Element> Results Pay Value

Standard Earnings All <Base Element> Results Earnings Calculated

Supplemental Earnings All <Base Element> Results Earnings Calculated

Voluntary Deductions All <Base Element> Results Pay Value

Here Are Some Special Considerations

Before you perform the balance adjustment, consider the following.

To do this Consider this

Perform a balance adjustment on an To perform adjustments on an element, you must have created their eligibility links.
element
For further info, see Element Eligibility in the Help Center.

Perform a balance adjustment on non- If you're performing a balance adjustment for an element that uses a classification type other than:
earnings or deductions elements
• Earnings
• Involuntary Deductions
• Pretax Deductions
• Voluntary Deductions
Then you must create balance feeds for the following balances.

• Net Pay
• Gross Pay
• Any balances associated with the primary and secondary classifications of all elements other than
Earnings, Pretax, Voluntary, or Involuntary
For example, if you're adjusting an employer liability, you set up a balance feed for the net pay,
gross pay, and the balances associated with the Employer Liability element. However, if you were
performing a balance adjustment for a 401 (k) deferred compensation element, no action is needed.
The application would automatically set up the necessary balance feeds for elements of that type.

For further info, see Balance Feeds for the US in the Help Center.

Perform a balance adjustment after a If an employee has transferred from one tax reporting unit (TRU) to another within the calendar year,
transfer and you want to perform a balance adjustment for each TRU:

473
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

To do this Consider this

1. Perform a separate adjustment for each TRU, using the process date of when the transfer took
place.
2. When defining the adjustment, select the calculation breakdown component value.

Set this value to be the same as the name of the TRU you're adjusting. There is a 1-to-1
relationship between the TRU and Calculation Breakdown Component.

For example, if the TRU is US MAIN TRU, then Calculation Breakdown Component must also be
US MAIN TRU.

By default, the flow uses the primary TRU.

Adjust regional tax balances Adjusting some regional balances may require adjusting related balances.

Here are some examples:

• When adjusting the City Withheld balance directly using the Balance Adjustments Page Method,
you must also adjust either the City Withheld Resident or City Withheld Nonresident balance.
• When adjusting city tax balances using the tax element with the Adjust Individual Balances task
method, use either the Work City Tax or Residence City Tax element.

If you're using the tax element to do the adjustment, no action is needed. The process
automatically feeds the appropriate resident and nonresident balances are automatically fed.

Adjust Pennsylvania Act 32 balances If the employee's work or residence is in a Pennsylvania Act 32 jurisdiction, and you didn't initialize the
local level balances for city and school district balances (Local Income Tax: City and School balances
as listed in the Balance Initialization technical brief), then you must adjust the employee's local level
balances.

Note:
City and school local income tax balances are listed in the Balance Initialization white paper.

For further info, see Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for the United States: Balance
Initialization (1912298.1) on My Oracle Support.

If you're performing adjustments in place of the balance initialization process, you may need to
perform multiple adjustments for every combination of resident and work PSD codes.

For example, if the employee moved into a different jurisdiction, they may have multiple local-level
balances to adjust.

How to Use the Adjust Individual Balances Task

Use the Adjust Individual Balances task to:

• Adjust existing balances for elements processed in a payroll run

• Create balance results for elements not processed in a payroll run
• Update contexts for an entry

To use this method:

1. Start the Adjust Individual Balances task.

2. Search for and select the person.
3. Enter the appropriate effective date.

474
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Enter an effective date between the start and end dates of the pay period, as defined by the time periods on the
payroll definition.
4. Select the element to adjust.
5. Select the assignment number, if applicable.
6. For elements at the assignment level, if multiple assignments exist for the employee, select the appropriate
value for adjustment.
7. Enter the appropriate balance adjustments in Adjustment Values.

The available input values depend on the type of element you selected. For example, elements using the
Earnings primary classification have State, County, and City input values. Tax elements also use the geography
as an input value.

Based on the region appropriate to the element, some input values are required.

If the element is at this level You must set these values Internal context names

Federal N/A N/A

State State AREA1

County State AREA1

County AREA2

City State AREA1

County AREA2

City AREA3

School District State AREA1

School District AREA4

Note: If you don't provide adjustment values for these input values, the adjustment won't generate valid
results. For example, if you're adjusting an element for California, you must enter CA as the adjustment value
for the State input value. If you don't, the adjustment doesn't generate values for California.

8. In Costing and Payment Details, select the appropriate options based on your organizational needs.

Field name What you select

Include adjustment in payment balance Select Yes if you require the adjustment to result in a refunded or deducted payment and
should be processed in the payment process.

475
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you select

Include adjustment in costing process Select Yes to calculate the costing details of an individual balance adjustment as soon as you
process the balance adjustment.

9. Click Submit and then OK.

How to Use the Process Results Summary Task

To use this method:

1. Start the Process Results Summary task.

2. Select the payroll run you want to adjust.
3. In Person Process Results, locate the person requiring the adjustment.

Use the search field if necessary.

4. For that person's row, select Balance Results.
5. Select how you want to search for the balance, by balance group or balance name.

If you select Balance Group, select a usage and balance group.

If you select Balance Name, select the balance by name.

Based on your selections, other fields may become available for selection.
6. Select additional search criteria for the other fields, if appropriate.
7. Click Search.
8. In Search Results, select the balance to adjust, and select Adjust Balances from the Actions menu.

The Search Results section displays the balances that meet the search criteria you entered in the Search
Balances section. The Adjust Balances action is available here from the Actions menu for the rows you
selected, as well as several other row-level actions.
9. Within the Manage Balance Adjustments page, select the relevant element.
10. Enter the corrected amount.
11. Click Submit.

How to Use the Person Results Task

Use the Person Results task when you need to adjust element entries that:

• Are already associated with a person

• Their contexts don't require updates

Note: Don't use this method if:

• The person doesn't yet have an element entry to adjust

For example, the element was never assigned to the person and hasn't been processed in any of their previous
payrolls.
• The element's input value contexts need to be updated
In these cases, use the Adjust Individual Balances task. For further info, see the previous section.

476
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

To use the Balance Adjustments task:

1. Start the Person Results task.

2. Search for and select the person requiring the adjustment.
3. In Results Listing, select Balance Results for the pay run you want to adjust.
4. Select how you want to search for the balance, by balance group or balance name.
If you select Balance Group, select a usage and balance group.
If you select Balance Name, select the balance by name.
Based on your selections, other fields may become available for selection.
5. Select additional search criteria for the other fields, if appropriate.
6. Click Search.
7. In Search Results, select the balance to adjust, and select Adjust Balances from the Actions menu.
The Search Results section displays the balances that meet your search criteria. The Adjust Balances action is
available here from the Actions menu for the rows you selected, as well as several other row-level actions.
8. Within the Manage Balance Adjustments page, select the relevant element.
9. Enter the corrected amount.
10. Click Submit.

Related Topics
• Overview of Balance Adjustments for the US
• Balance Feeds for the US
• Element Eligibility for the US

Roll Back a Balance Adjustment for the US

If you need to correct or undo a balance adjustment, you must roll back the adjustment process.

Do this through the either the Person Results or Process Results Summary tasks.

How to Use the Person Results Task

To roll back balances through the Person Results task:

1. Start the Person Results task.

2. Search for and select the person.
3. In Results Listing, select Actions and then Roll Back for the adjustment process you want to roll back.

How to Use the Process Results Summary Task

To roll back balances through the Process Results Summary task:

1. Start the Process Results Summary task.

2. Select the payroll run you want to adjust.
3. In Person Process Results, locate the person requiring the adjustment.
Use the search field if necessary.
4. For that person's row, select Actions and then Roll Back.

477
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• Overview of Balance Adjustments for the US
• Adjust an Employee's Pennsylvania Act 32 City and School District Taxes
• Adjust an Employee's State Disability Insurance Tax Withholding
• Adjust an Employee's State Taxes After a Jurisdiction Correction
• Adjust an Employee's Union Dues Voluntary Deduction

US Tax Balance Adjustment

Use the US Tax Balance Adjustment Process to perform a mass balance adjustment for tax balances, such as after a
credit reduction rate change. This process generates a balance adjustment batch file that you then process through
HCM Data Loader (HDL).

To run this process:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group and US Tax Balance Adjustment.
Before You Start

Prior to running this process, you must define a formula for the appropriate tax balance. Some sample formulas are
available for your reference on Customer Connect and My Oracle Support. For further info, see Sample Tax Balance
Adjustment Formulas (2470020.1) on My Oracle Support.

Note: This doesn't apply to FUTA balances. This process uses a FUTA formula by default.

To make your formula available for use with this process:

1. Start the Calculations Value Definitions task.
2. Click Create.
3. Enter a meaningful name, and select your US legislative data group.
4. Select Use existing value definition group.
5. Select the US Tax Balance Adjustment value definition group.
6. Select the Text calculation type
7. In Calculation Values, click Add Row and attach the desired formula as text.

Field name What you enter

From Value 0

To Value 99999

Text Value Your formula name

478
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

8. Save your changes.

Process Parameters
Effective Date

Enter the effective date of the adjustment.

Payroll

Select the payroll run you're adjusting.

Payroll Relationship Group

If you select a value here, the process uses that payroll relationship group to create the batch.

Note: Use the Object Groups task to define a payroll relationship group before you can use it here.

Consolidation Group

To run the report against the members of a consolidation group, select it here. If you don't select a value, the process
uses the default consolidation group assigned to the payroll.

For further info, see Consolidation Groups for the US in the Help Center.

Payroll Statutory Unit

Select the payroll statutory unit (PSU) of the people whose tax balances you're adjusting.

Tax Reporting Unit

Select the tax reporting unit (TRU) of the people whose tax balances you're adjusting.

Balance Adjustment Level

Select the jurisdiction level of the taxes you're adjusting.

State

For nonfederal tax adjustments, select the state.

Mode

Search for and select the tax balance formula you defined. If you leave this blank, the process runs the default FUTA
formula.

Multiple Batch by Date

Select Yes to create separate batches by date. The process automatically populates the effective date for all lines in the
batch with the effective date you provided.

When adjusting balances for terminated employees, the process may use the final close date instead of the effective
date to create the separate batches. It does so when the final close date is earlier than the effective date.

Perform the Balance Adjustment

After running this process:

1. Use the balance adjustment batch output to review the info for accuracy before transferring and processing it.
2. Download the batch to the HDL. There's no separate audit report.

479
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

3. Verify the batch through HDL.

4. Run the Transfer Batch Process.
5. Run the Adjust Multiple Balances process.

Related Topics
• Federal Unemployment Tax Act Calculations

Verify the Results of a Balance Adjustment for the US

After performing a balance adjustment, verify the balances now have the expected amounts.

1. Start the Person Results task.

2. Search for and select the person.
3. In Results Listing, select Balance Results for the adjustment process you want to verify.
4. Indicate if you want to search by balance group or balance name, and select the appropriate balance value.
5. Select any additional search criteria.
6. Click Search.
Optionally, use the Payroll Process Summary task to query the balance adjustment process. Once started, you can
navigate to the Person Results task where you can use the steps above to view and verify the balances.

If you configured the adjustment to refund the employee's payment, the payment amount includes the adjusted
amount. You can verify this in the employee's payment once a prepayment process runs for an effective date that
includes the date the adjustment was made.

Related Topics
• Person-Level Balance Adjustments for the US
• Adjust an Employee's Pennsylvania Act 32 City and School District Taxes
• Adjust an Employee's State Disability Insurance Tax Withholding
• Adjust an Employee's State Taxes After a Jurisdiction Correction
• Adjust an Employee's Union Dues Voluntary Deduction

Element Upgrade Flow

Element Upgrade Flow
Use the Element Upgrade flow to upgrade your existing elements whenever new features become available.

To run this flow:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group.
4. Search for and select Element Upgrade.

480
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Flow Parameters
The Element Upgrade flow uses these parameters.

Mode

Select one of the following.

• Select Draft to perform a test run of this flow for data verification purposes.
• Select Final to run this flow against your live data.

Primary Classification

Select the primary element classification of the elements you want to upgrade.

Secondary Classification

Select the secondary element classification of the elements you want to upgrade.

The values in this field are determined by the primary classification you select.

Leave blank to run for all secondary classifications.

Enable Feature

Select one of the following.

• Iteration on Pretax Element

Use this option to enable iteration on pretax elements. This option is available when you select the Pretax
Deductions primary classification.
• Disposable Income Recalculation

Use this option to enforce the recalculation of disposable income for your involuntary deduction elements and
to apply any new features.

This option is available when you select the Involuntary Deduction primary classification.

Element Name

Select the element you want to upgrade.

Leave blank to run for all elements.

Formula Upgrade Option

Select one of these values.

• Display all formulas

Generates a list of all formulas that would be impacted during a Final run. Applicable to Draft mode only.
• Override the existing formula

Replaces any existing formulas with new ones and renames the original formulas. Applicable to Final mode
only.

481
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

• Do not make changes to the existing formula

Makes no changes to formulas. New formulas are not added.

Flow Results
When you run this flow, it performs different actions upon the objects related to the elements. It also generates an
output file that describes these changes.
Element Upgrade of Objects
When run in Final mode, this flow upgrades the different objects and their dependents in different ways. If a new
version of the element template includes any other objects apart from those listed in this table, the flow doesn't upgrade
those objects.

Here are the conditions that determine when the flow updates the various objects.

Note: In most cases, when this flow makes changes to existing objects, it applies them as corrections. However, in
the case of pretax deductions, you must perform additional configuration that applies the upgrades as date-effective
changes. For further info, see Upgrade Pretax Deductions for the US in the Help Center.

Object Condition

Defined Balances There are no conditions. The flow always updates the defined balances.

Fast Formulas Updates them based on the value you selected for Formula Upgrade Option at flow run time.

Formula Results There are no conditions unless the dependent object already exists.

For example, if the Element Upgrade process is creating a status processing rule for a fast formula,
then that formula must already exist.

Status Processing Rules Does not apply to any specific conditions unless the dependent object already exists.

For example, if the Element Upgrade process is creating a status processing rule for a fast formula,
then that formula must already exist.

Balances There are no conditions unless the dependent object already exists.

For example, if the Element Upgrade process is creating a balance with new element input values,
then those input values must already exist. When the process creates the balance, it creates it with an
effective date of 01-JAN-1951. If any of the element balance feeds don't exist as of this date, the flow
uses the effective date of the element when creating the feed.

Balance Feeds The Element Upgrade flow must have created the element input values before it creates any balance
feeds.

Input Values The Element Upgrade flow creates an input value when at least one of these are true.

• Element isn't retroactively enabled.

• Input value isn't mandatory.
• Input value doesn't have default values.

482
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Object Condition

• Input value doesn't have Default at Run Time enabled.

• No user-defined input value exists.
• The new input value is enabled for DBI, and that DBI exists.
• Special Purpose value of the new input value doesn't exist for any existing input values on the
same element.

Element Eligibility Input Values Before the Element Upgrade flow adds the element eligibility input values, those input values must
exist.

See the previous parameter for conditions on input values.

Element Entries The Element Upgrade flow creates the appropriate element entries with the new input values. It creates
the entry for all date-effective records.

Calculation Unit There are no conditions. The Element Upgrade flow links the calculation value definition, element, and
calculation logic.

Calculation Card Override Usages There are no conditions. The Element Upgrade flow links the calculation component as the override
usage for a calculation value definition. This is listed on the flow output report as DIR Override Usages.

Calculation Card Components The flow links Component Details with the calculation components. The components include:

• DIR Comp Flex

• DIR Comp Flex Usages
• DIR Comp Flex Rships

Flow Output
This flow generates an output report in Microsoft Excel format. This report includes multiple worksheets.

Worksheet name What it includes

Parameters Displays the parameter values you set when you started the flow.

Upgrade Details Displays info on each object changed by the flow.

For details on the columns of this worksheet, see below.

The output report spreadsheet has multiple columns.

Column title Description

Primary Classification Primary classification of the element being upgraded.

Secondary Classification Secondary classification of the element.

483
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Column title Description

Element Name Name of the element.

Upgrade Object Type of object being upgraded, such as Balance Type, Input Value, Fast Formula, or Formula Results.

Object Name Actual name of the object.

Object Details Any additional details with respect to the object.

For example, if the upgrade object is Balance Feed, then the object name would display the actual
balance feed (element input value) and object details would display the balance type to which this
balance feed belongs.

New or Existing Identifies if the flow is making a change to an existing object or creating one.

For example, if the flow is modifying a fast formula, it would be considered an existing object on this
report. However, if an input value is being added, it would display as New.

Backup Formula Name When the flow upgrades a fast formula, it saves the original formula as a backup. This column of the
report displays the backup formula name in Final mode.

Status Upgrade status of the object.

Message Displays any messages related to the upgraded object.

Oracle Delivered Modified Formula Identifies if a predefined formula has been modified by the user. This column populates only when you
run the flow in Draft mode.

Use this column to help you decide if you want to upgrade your formulas. If you elect to upgrade
the formulas in Final mode, your configurations would be lost. You can refer to the backup formulas
generated in Final mode if needed.

Note:
This column is blank when you run this flow in Final mode.

Related Topics
• Upgrade Elements for the US

How You Apply Iterative Calculation Enhancements to Your Pretax

Deductions
This example assumes you're using existing pretax and involuntary deduction elements that you have defined prior to
Release 18C and you have never upgraded them.

484
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

To take advantage of the new iterative calculation enhancements, you must upgrade any existing elements of these
types.

• Select pretax deductions

• All involuntary deductions
For this example, Company ABC decides to upgrade their 401 (k) pretax elements to use iterative calculations. Company
ABC has already updated the default payroll process configuration group to set the date used for the Element Upgrade
flow to 2018-12-01.

Upgrade the Elements

Perform these steps in your test environment.

1. Run the flow in Draft mode.

a. Start the Element Upgrade flow.

b. Enter the following.

Parameter name What you enter

Mode Draft

Primary Classification Pretax Deductions

Secondary Classification Deferred Compensation 401k

Enable Feature Iteration on Pretax Element

Element Name Leave blank

Formula Upgrade Option Display All Formulas

2. Review the output of the report. Ensure the pretax elements you want to upgrade are showing on the report.
3. If you're satisfied with the proposed changes, run it again in Final mode.

a. Start the flow.

b. Enter the following.

Parameter name What you enter

Mode Final

Primary Classification Pretax Deductions

485
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Parameter name What you enter

Secondary Classification Deferred Compensation 401k

Enable Feature Iteration on Pretax Element

Element Name Leave blank

Formula Upgrade Option Override the Existing Formula

c. Review the output of the report. Ensure the pretax elements you want to upgrade are showing on the
report.
4. Repeat these steps for every applicable pretax secondary classification.
5. Compile the elements' fast formulas.

a. Start the Compile Formula flow.

b. Enter % as the formula and Oracle Payroll as the formula type.
6. Optionally enable your involuntary deductions to work with the pretax elements enabled for iterative
functionality.

For further info, see Manually Upgrade Involuntary Deductions for Use with Pretax Iteration in the Help Center.
7. Run payroll, and verify the results.
8. Once you have tested each pretax iteration scenario and ensured they process correctly in payroll, repeat these
steps in your production environment.

Note: Once you have performed the manual steps for each involuntary deduction element, you don't need
to perform them again in the applicable environment, even if you later decide to upgrade other pretax
secondary classifications.

Related Topics
• Manually Upgrade Involuntary Deductions for Use with Pretax Iteration
• Upgrade Elements for the US
• Upgrade Pretax Deductions for the US
• Element Upgrade Flow

How You Enable Disposable Income Recalculation for Your

Involuntary Deductions
For this example, Company ABC wants to enable disposable income recalculation and apply new features to all their
involuntary deduction elements.

486
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Upgrade the Elements

Perform these steps in your test environment.

1. Run the Element Upgrade flow in Draft mode.

a. Start the Element Upgrade flow.
b. Enter the following.

Parameter name What you enter

Mode Draft

Primary Classification Involuntary Deductions

Secondary Classification Garnishment

Enable Feature Disposable Income Recalculation

Element Name ABC Garnishment

Formula Upgrade Option Display All Formulas

c. Review the output of the flow. Ensure the involuntary deduction element has no errors on the report.
2. Repeat these steps for each secondary classification and element combination.
3. If you are satisfied with the proposed changes, run the flow again in Final mode.
a. Start the flow.
b. Enter the following.

Parameter name What you enter

Mode Final

Primary Classification Involuntary Deductions

Secondary Classification Garnishment

Enable Feature Disposable Income Recalculation

Element Name ABC Garnishment

487
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Parameter name What you enter

Formula Upgrade Option Override the Existing Formula

c. Review the output of the flow. Ensure the involuntary deduction element has no errors on the report.
4. Repeat these steps for each secondary classification and element combination.
5. Compile the elements' fast formulas.

a. Start the Compile Formula flow.

b. Enter % as the formula and Oracle Payroll as the formula type.
6. Run payroll, and verify the results.
7. Once you have tested each pretax iteration scenario and ensured they process correctly in payroll, repeat these
steps in your production environment.

Related Topics
• Upgrade Elements for the US
• Upgrade Involuntary Deductions for the US
• Element Upgrade Flow

Manually Upgrade Involuntary Deductions for Use with Pretax

Iteration
Use these steps to allow your older involuntary deduction elements to work with pretax deduction elements you've
enabled for iterative functionality.

This involves editing the base fast formula for each involuntary deduction element.

Note: These steps aren't necessary for:

• Involuntary deduction elements you created for Release 18C or later
• Any involuntary deduction elements you have already upgraded for the recalculation of disposable income

For further info, see Upgrade Involuntary Deductions for the US in the Help Center.

To upgrade your elements:

1. From My Client Groups, click Show More.

2. Under Payroll, click Fast Formulas.
3. Open the <element name>_Base formula for editing.
4. Search for the following statement.

IF(l_tmp_rel_action_id <> l_payroll_rel_action_id) THEN

488
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

5. Replace this line with the following.

/*Pretax Iteration Flag Key is needed to cleanup the Global WSA cache*/l_pretax_iterator_flag_key
= 'PRETAX_ITERATE_FLAG_'||TO_CHAR(l_payroll_rel_action_id)l_pretax_iterator_flag
= WSA_GET(l_pretax_iterator_flag_key,'N')l_prev_pretax_iter_counter_key =
'PRETAX_ITERATE_PREV_COUNTER_'||TO_CHAR(l_payroll_rel_action_id)l_prev_pretax_iter_counter =
WSA_GET(l_prev_pretax_iter_counter_key, 0)dummy = PAY_INTERNAL_LOG_WRITE('(GLBINV_BASE) Previous
Pretax Iteration counter ::::' || to_char(l_prev_pretax_iter_counter))GLB_PRETAX_ITERATE_COUNTER_KEY
= 'PRETAX_ITERATE_COUNTER_'||TO_CHAR( l_payroll_rel_action_id)l_pretax_iterate_counter
=WSA_GET(GLB_PRETAX_ITERATE_COUNTER_KEY,0)dummy =PAY_INTERNAL_LOG_WRITE('(GLBINV_BASE)
GLB_PRETAX_ITERATE_COUNTER=' ||to_char(l_pretax_iterate_counter))/* Call formula to clean WSA
variables */IF(l_tmp_rel_action_id <> l_payroll_rel_action_id OR ( l_pretax_iterator_flag = 'Y' AND
l_prev_pretax_iter_counter!= l_pretax_iterate_counter ) ) THEN

6. Save and compile the formula

7. Repeat for each involuntary deduction base element formula.

Related Topics
• Upgrade Involuntary Deductions for the US
• Upgrade Pretax Deductions for the US

Upgrade Elements for the US

As Oracle Cloud delivers new features, you may need to upgrade your existing elements to support them.

When you create an element through the element template, it creates many child objects, such as input values,
formulas, and balances. When you install a patch or upgrade to a new release, it may include changes to these objects.
Any new elements you

For further info, see Element Upgrade Flow in the Help Center.

What You Can Upgrade

The Element Upgrade flow is a useful tool for ensuring your elements leverage all the latest enhancements. With it, you
can:

• Upgrade your pretax deduction elements

For further info, see the following in the Help Center.

◦ Upgrade Pretax Deductions for the US

◦ How You Apply Iterative Calculation Enhancements to Your Pretax Deductions

• Upgrade your involuntary deduction elements

For further info, see the following in the Help Center.

◦ Upgrade Involuntary Deductions for the US

◦ How You Enable Disposable Income Recalculation for Your Involuntary Deductions

489
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Critical Considerations
Consider the following before running this flow.

• Before you perform any action in a production environment, run this flow in a test environment. This flow
performs changes to your elements that can't be rolled back. You must first thoroughly test your scenarios to
ensure they will perform correctly during payroll processing after the upgrade. Only after you have verified your
scenarios in a test environment should you run this flow in a production environment.
• Regardless of whether you're in the test environment or production, run this flow initially in Draft mode, and
use the output report to review the changes to be made. Once your evaluation is complete, and you approve of
the changes, perform it in Final mode to implement the element upgrade.
• By default, when you enter the primary classification, this flow runs against all eligible secondary classifications
and elements. To limit the scope of the output, run it against specific secondary classification and element
combinations.
• When this flow updates formula objects, it overrides any manual configurations you may have made to the
formulas. Check the Oracle Delivered Modified Formula column of the Draft mode output report to identify
these formula objects. Use Formula Upgrade Option to replace or preserve these formulas.

After updating formulas, run the Compile Formula flow to recompile them. Use % as a wildcard entry for the
formula and Oracle Payroll for the formula type parameter.
• When you upgrade Involuntary Deduction support elements for the Child Support, Spousal Support, and
Alimony secondary classifications, the Process Output file may include these entries.

Upgrade object Object details

DIR Comp Flex HRX_US_EIWO_HEADER_DATA

DIR Comp Flex HRX_US_EIWO_RECEIPT_DATA

DIR Comp Flex HRX_US_EIWO_DETAIL_DATA

DIR Comp Flex HRX_US_EIWO_ACKN_DATA

DIR Comp Flex Usages HRX_US_EIWO_HEADER_DATA

DIR Comp Flex Usages HRX_US_EIWO_RECEIPT_DATA

DIR Comp Flex Usages HRX_US_EIWO_DETAIL_DATA

DIR Comp Flex Usages HRX_US_EIWO_ACKN_DATA

These values are no longer used, and you can disregard them.

490
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

• If you have involuntary deduction elements you defined prior to Release 18C, you can manually upgrade them
for use with pretax iteration rather that run this flow.

For further info, see Manually Upgrade Involuntary Deductions for Use with Pretax Iteration in the Help Center.

Related Topics
• Manually Upgrade Involuntary Deductions for Use with Pretax Iteration
• Upgrade Involuntary Deductions for the US
• Upgrade Pretax Deductions for the US
• Element Upgrade Flow
• How You Apply Iterative Calculation Enhancements to Your Pretax Deductions
• How You Enable Disposable Income Recalculation for Your Involuntary Deductions

Upgrade Involuntary Deductions for the US

Use the Element Upgrade flow to apply new features to your involuntary deduction elements, such as legislative
changes, new calculation value overrides, formula changes, calculation changes, and new balances.

Run this flow regularly, such as after each release.

For further info, see Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for the US: Element Upgrade Flow (2458385.1) on My
Oracle Support.

Here's some reasons to upgrade your elements.

Feature example This is what it does

Ongoing features after Release 18C Sometimes a new feature requires an element upgrade, even if you have already upgraded that
element for a previous release. The What's New documentation for a release tells you if a new feature
requires an upgrade.

For further info, see Oracle Cloud Readiness for Human Resources Workforce Rewards What's New.

Recalculate disposable income Prior to Release 18C, the payroll process calculated disposable income once for the highest priority
order. The exception was regional tax levies, which automatically recalculated disposable income.

For involuntary deductions you defined prior to this release, you must upgrade them to automatically
recalculate disposable income.

Note:
If you have defined involuntary deductions subsequent to this release, you must upgrade your
legacy deduction elements.

Prorate support orders As of Release 18C, you can prorate support orders.

To enable this feature, you must upgrade the elements for all involuntary deduction secondary
classifications.

491
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Feature example This is what it does

Common calculation rules for involuntary Common component overrides are no longer available for any involuntary deduction elements you
deductions created or upgraded after 18C. Instead, you add the overrides on the deduction's component on the
calculation card.

For further info, see Set Overrides on the Involuntary Deductions Card for the US in the Help Center.

Before You Start

When upgrading your involuntary deductions, consider the following.

• Perform the upgrade first in a test environment. Verify all involuntary scenarios to confirm they process
correctly in payroll. Only after you have successfully verified the results should you perform these steps in your
production environment.
• If you have Involuntary Deduction elements you defined prior to Release 18C, you must upgrade them. The
payroll process may generate unpredictable results if you run it against older elements.
• Run the Element Upgrade flow for each Involuntary Deduction secondary classification and element name
combination separately.

Run the Flow

To upgrade your involuntary deduction elements:

1. Run the Element Upgrade flow in Draft mode for a given involuntary deduction secondary classification and
element name combination.
For further info, see How You Enable Disposable Income Recalculation for Your Involuntary Deductions in the
Help Center.
2. Select Disposable Income Recalculation as the feature you're enabling. Don't leave this parameter blank.
3. Review the output of the report, and resolve any issues it identifies.
4. Repeat these steps for each secondary classification and element name combination.
Proceed to the next step only if no issues are identified.
5. Submit the Element Upgrade flow in Final mode for the involuntary deduction secondary classification and
element name combination.
6. Select Disposable Income Recalculation as the feature you're enabling. Don't leave this parameter blank.
7. Review the output of the report, and resolve any issues it identifies.
8. Repeat the steps for each secondary classification and element name combination.
9. Compile the elements' fast formulas.
a. In My Client Groups, click Payroll.
b. Click Submit a Flow.
c. Select your US legislative data group.
d. Search for and select Compile Formula.
e. Enter % as the formula and Oracle Payroll as the formula type.
10. Run payroll, and verify the results.
11. Perform test payroll runs, and verify the results.
12. Once you have tested all involuntary deduction scenarios and ensured they process correctly in payroll, repeat
these steps in your production environment.

492
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• Upgrade Elements for the US
• Element Upgrade Flow
• How You Apply Iterative Calculation Enhancements to Your Pretax Deductions
• How You Enable Disposable Income Recalculation for Your Involuntary Deductions
• Set Overrides on the Involuntary Deductions Card for the US

Upgrade Pretax Deductions for the US

Use the Element Upgrade flow to apply new features to your pretax deduction elements, such as enabling iterative
functionality.

Note: Any elements you created as of Release 18C and later automatically have iterative functionality enabled.

Before You Start

When upgrading your pretax deductions, consider the following.

• If you have enabled proration on a pretax element, you can't upgrade it.
• To upgrade your pretax deductions, run the Element Upgrade flow first on your pretax deduction elements and
then manually upgrade your Involuntary Deduction formulas.

For further info, see Manually Upgrade Involuntary Deductions for Use with Pretax Iteration in the Help Center.
• To ensure a methodical and comprehensive upgrade approach, run the Element Upgrade flow in one of these
ways.

◦ For each pretax secondary classification separately

◦ For each pretax element individually

• To ensure a methodical and comprehensive upgrade approach for your existing Involuntary Deduction
elements, manually upgrade the formulas for each applicable Involuntary Deduction element.

For further info, see Manually Upgrade Involuntary Deductions for Use with Pretax Iteration in the Help Center.
• Because iterative processing requires the following values, the Element Upgrade flow ignores any settings you
may have made during element definition.

◦ Retroactive Processing check

◦ Required option
◦ Default value check
◦ Apply default at run time check

Note: These conditions remain valid for all other element classifications.

493
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Run the Flow

To upgrade your pretax deduction elements:

1. Configure the necessary payroll process configuration options in your test environment.

a. In My Client Groups, click Show More.

b. Under Payroll, click Payroll Process Configuration.
c. Click Default Group.
d. Click Create.
e. Add this parameter.

Date used in element upgrade process for iteration indicator. The date used by the element
upgrade process to update the iteration indicator for pretax element. This indicates the effective
date for pretax iteration process.
f. Set this configuration parameter to the next date after the latest payroll process for all payrolls.

The flow uses this date to create the Enable Iterative Calculation field on the pretax element. To avoid
triggering retroactive processing prior to this date, set this parameter appropriately.

For example, if the latest payroll process's completion date is November 15, 2018, set this parameter to
2018-11-16.
g. To change the number of iterations the payroll process performs, add this parameter.

Maximum Iterations allowed per Run Action Maximum number of iterations allowed per run action.
Default: 15.

Change the default to the number of iterations if you require a different value.

Note: Increasing iterations may impact performance.

2. Run the Element Upgrade flow for all pretax deduction secondary classifications that need iterative
functionality.

For further info, see How You Apply Iterative Calculation Enhancements to Your Pretax Deductions in the Help
Center.
3. Compile the elements' fast formulas.

a. In My Client Groups, click Payroll.

b. Click Submit a Flow.
c. Select your US legislative data group.
d. Search for and select Compile Formula.
e. Enter % as the formula and Oracle Payroll as the formula type.
4. Manually upgrade the formulas for each applicable Involuntary Deduction element. This is every Involuntary
Deduction element you defined prior to Release 18C that has never been upgraded.

This enables older involuntary deductions to work with the pretax elements enabled for iterative processing.

For further info, see Manually Upgrade Involuntary Deductions for Use with Pretax Iteration in the Help Center.
5. Perform test payroll runs, and verify the results.
6. Once you have tested each pretax iteration scenario and ensured they process correctly in payroll, repeat these
steps in your production environment.

494
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• Manually Upgrade Involuntary Deductions for Use with Pretax Iteration
• Upgrade Elements for the US
• Element Upgrade Flow
• How You Apply Iterative Calculation Enhancements to Your Pretax Deductions

Equal Employment Opportunity Report

Summary of EEO-1 Establishment Electronic Report
The Employer Information Report EEO-1 (EEO-1 Report) is a federally-mandated annual compliance report for
employers with more than 100 employees providing employment data categorized by race, gender, and predefined job
categories.

This process produces an output file suitable for electronic submission to the EEO-1 Joint Reporting Committee.

Frequently Asked Questions

The following table lists frequently asked questions about this report.

What you want to do How you do it

How do I find this report? 1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Enter your US legislative data group (LDG).
4. Search for and select EEO-1 Establishment Electronic Report.

Who uses this report? Human Resource Analyst

Human Resource Manager

Human Resource Specialist

Human Resources VP

When do I use this report? You must file EEO-1 Report with the EEO-1 Joint Reporting Committee not later than September 30. It
must use employment numbers from any pay period in July through September of the reporting year.

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule an agent to run the report

What tool do I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

495
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• EEO-1 Establishment Electronic Report
• How You Create and Edit Reports

EEO-1 Establishment Electronic Report

Use the EEO-1 Establishment Electronic Report process for your EEO-1 reporting.

If you're a nonexempt federal contractor or subcontractor, with contracts of $50,000 or more, you must generate and
submit this report annually before September 30.

To run this process:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group (LDG).
4. Search for and select EEO-1 Establishment Electronic Report.

Before You Start

Before you can generate reports, you must define the following.

1. Use the fields in United States EEO and Veteran Reporting Info in the Locations task to capture the data
about your HR reporting locations.

A valid address is required for proper reporting.

For further info, see Locations for the US in the Help Center.
2. Use the Job Details task to associate your organization's jobs with EEO job categories.

Use EEO-1 Category to ensure you have assigned each employee job to the most appropriate job category.

Note: Make sure your employees are assigned a job appropriate to their current job duties. Don't report them
in the job in which they may have been trained, if that's different. Ensure you have assigned each employee to
an actual major job activity accordingly to the EEO-1 definitions and not by company job titles.

For example, an employee trained as an accountant, but who's working as a bookkeeper or accounting clerk,
must be reported in the Administrative Support job category.

496
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

3. Use the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task to enter required info.

a. Use the fields in EEO and VETS Reporting Info to define the employment categories and establishment
employer type.

For further info, see Define Legal Entities for the US in the Help Center.
b. Use the fields in United States Reporting Entity Data to identify the parent legal employers.
c. Use the fields in New Hire Reporting Rules to associate a default tax reporting unit (TRU) to a legal
employer.

Note: The TRU you select here requires additional EEO and VETS reporting info. Use the Manage Legal
Reporting Unit HCM Information task to set these values for the TRU in EEO and VETS Reporting
Rules.

d. To exclude certain employee types from the report, such as part-time temporary, use the Exclude
Assignment Category table.
4. Use the fields in EEO and VETS Reporting Rules in the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task to
define the employment categories.

This region permits you to override the establishment employer type at the TRU level if needed, and to identify
the headquarters for each tax reporting unit (TRU).

For further info, see Overview of Legal Reporting Unit Configuration for the US in the Help Center.
5. Use the Manage Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task to verify the federal employer identification number
(EIN) is set up for United States Federal tax.
6. Make sure your employee definitions have the required info.

a. Assign employees to a reporting establishment for nonpayroll implementations.

If you don't attach your employees to a reporting establishment, the EEO-1 report process associates
the employee to the TRU you identify in TRU for the New Hire Report in the Manage Legal Entity HCM
Information task.

Note: Assigning the employee to a reporting establishment isn't required for payroll implementations.

b. Assign the appropriate ethnicity data to employees.

If you have migrated to the Responsive User Interface, or you implemented with version 19D or later, use
the Personal Details task to set these fields after the hiring process is complete.

Tip: If an employee selects Hispanic or Latino and one or more race, the process reports them on the
EEO-1 as "Hispanic or Latino". If an employee doesn't select Hispanic or Latino, but selects multiple
races, it reports them on the EEO-1 as "Two or more races".

c. Populate the location for work-at-home employees.

The EEO-1 report uses the work location set at the assignment level. To capture this type of employee on
the EEO-1 report, populate Location with one of these values on the employee's assignment.

- Location where they were hired

- Headquarters location
- Manager's location

497
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Report Parameters
Legal Employer

Select a parent legal employer to report all employees attached to it and any child legal employers.

Establishment Employer Type

Select Multiple if you have multiple establishments. Otherwise, select Single.

Payroll Period Start Date

Select any payroll period start date occurring during the fourth quarter of the survey year (October, November, or
December).

Payroll Period End Date

Select any payroll period end date occurring during the fourth quarter of the survey year (October, November, or
December).

Title of Certifying Official

Use to override the contact info. The default is the HR Representative title specified on the TRU contact info.

Name of Certifying Official

Use to override the contact info. The default is the HR Representative name as specified on the TRU contact info.

Phone Number

Use to override the contact info. The default is the HR Representative phone number as specified on the TRU contact
info.

Email of Certifying Official

Use to override the contact info. The default is the HR Representative email address as specified on the TRU contact
info.

Process Configuration Group

Use this field to report persons belonging to a specific payroll relationship group.

Note: Use the Object Groups task to define a payroll relationship group before you can use it here.

Run and View the EEO-1 Report

The EEO-1 Establishment Electronic Report flow creates one or more electronic files.

A single establishment generates a single Standard Form 100 electronic report.

A multiple establishment generates files for each of the following.

• Principal or headquarters office report

• Separate report for each establishment employing 50 or more persons
• Consolidated report that includes all employees by race, gender, and job category in all establishments with 50
or more employees and establishments with fewer than 50 employees

498
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

• List of establishments employing fewer than 50 persons, that includes their name, address, total employment,
and major activity

The reports use this sort order.

1. Company Number
2. Status Code
3. Unit Number
You can't override this order.

To view the output files of the EEO-1 report.

1. Select Tools, and the select Reports and Analytics from the Navigator.
2. In the tree structure, expand Shared Folders, then Human Capital Management, then Workforce
Management, then Person Management, then US, and then expand EEO.
3. Select EEO-1 Electronic Report.
4. In the resulting window, click History.
5. Clear the default value in Owner, and click Search.
6. In Report Job Histories, select the link for the report version you want to view.
◦ EEO1ETextReport
◦ EEO1AuditReport
◦ EEO1AuditDetailReport
◦ EEO1ExceptionReport
7. Double-click Output Name.
8. In Output and Delivery, open or save the report file.
Note: The output file (eText) generated is based on the EEO-1 data file specifications. You must modify the
file name as per the EEOC guidelines and then upload it to the EEO website.

Related Topics
• Equal Employment Opportunity Reporting

Examples of Employer Configuration for Equal Employment

Opportunity Reporting
The following examples show how you can set up different types of reporting location and proxy structures.

They also identify which settings you would use for each case.
• Configuring multiple locations to report as a single entity
• Defining headquarters establishments
• Defining different names for report
• Configuring multiple employers to consolidate their headcount
• Generating a single EEO-1 file for a single establishment employer
• Generating a single EEO-1 file for multiple establishment employers

499
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

• Generating multiple EEO-1 files for multiple establishment employers

• Report configuration examples

Configure Multiple Locations to Report as a Single Entity

Your organization includes a campus of four separate buildings (A, B, C, and D) with a fifth building (E) some blocks
away. Although having different addresses, you consider all locations to be part of the same entity. You want them to
appear on your EEO-1 report as a single entry.

To do this, configure an HR reporting proxy.

1. For Building A, set HR Reporting Location to Yes in the Locations task to designate Building A as the primary
location.
2. For the other four locations on campus, set that value to No and select Building A's location from the HR
Reporting Proxy list.

Note: The VETS-4212 report also uses the reporting structure defined by these fields.

Define Headquarters Establishments

Your organization has a headquarters in Salt Lake City and a location in San Francisco, and you want to define the
headquarters location. A legal employer can have only one location as the headquarters.

To define the headquarters:

1. Using the Legal Entities task, create a legal employer for your Salt Lake City organization.
2. Use HR Reporting Location and HR Reporting Proxy in the Locations task. Identify the location of each
organization as a reporting location.
3. In the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task, set Establishment Employer Type to Multiple.
4. Identify Salt Lake City as a Parent Legal Employer. This setting means you can optionally group other
locations with this location for reporting purposes.
5. Use Parent Company to specify Salt Lake City as the legal employer's headquarters. If a reporting location is
marked as a headquarters establishment, the MHQ (headquarters) record of the report is populated with data
for only that location.

Note: The VETS-4212 report also uses the reporting structure defined by these fields.

Define Different Names for Reports

You have several methods to define the names of companies and locations used in your HR reports.

• To identify the parent company of the legal employer, use Parent Company in the Manage Legal Entity HCM
Information task. This value automatically applies to all subordinate tax reporting units and identifies the
headquarters.
• To identify the parent company of the TRU, use Parent Company in the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM
Information task. This value overrides any value set at the legal employer level. If there isn't a value in this field,
then the TRU federal Employer Identification Number (EIN) name is used as the parent company name.
• To identify the headquarters for a TRU separately from the parent company value, use Headquarters
Establishment. Set this value in the EEO and VETS Reporting Rules section of the Manage Legal Reporting
Unit HCM Information task. It displays the list of locations you have identified as HR reporting locations.
• To set an HR reporting location, use HR Reporting Location and HR Reporting Proxy in the Locations task.

500
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Configure Multiple Employers to Consolidate Their Headcount

Your organization has three legal employers: California, Texas, and New York. You want to group them such that the
EEO-1 report consolidates their headcount into a single report. In this example, the California legal employer is the
parent and the other two locations are children.

To group legal employers, you configure one legal employer as the parent legal employer first and configure the other
legal employers as children.

1. Define each location as a separate legal employer using the Legal Entities task.
2. Use HR Reporting Location and HR Reporting Proxy in the Locations task. Identify the location of each
establishment as a reporting location.
3. Use Headquarters Establishment to specify California as the headquarters establishment in the EEO and
VETS Reporting Rules section. Use the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task.
4. In the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task for each legal employer:
a. Set Establishment Employer Type to Multiple.
b. Choose Yes to identify the California legal employer as a Parent Legal Employer.
c. For the Texas and New York legal employers, set Parent Legal Employer to No. Use Proxy Legal
Employer to identify the California legal employer as their parent.

Note: The VETS-4212 report also uses the reporting structure defined by these fields.

Generate a Single EEO-1 File for a Single Establishment Employer

To configure a business for single establishment EEO-1 reporting:

1. Use HR Reporting Location and Headquarters Establishment in the Locations task. Identify the location of
the establishment as a reporting location.
2. Set up this business as a separate legal employer using the Legal Entities task.
3. In the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task, set the Establishment Employer Type to Single.
4. Set the location to be a Parent Legal Employer by choosing Yes.

Generate a Single EEO-1 File for Multiple Establishment Employers

Your organization has a presence in three states, California, Texas, and New York. You want them combined into a single
report with New York as the headquarters. Your organization has one legal employer, and each state is represented by a
TRU.

If employees aren't associated with a TRU, the report process checks to see if they're attached to a reporting
establishment. The process uses the TRU for that establishment. Otherwise the reporting process uses the TRU you
selected in the New Hire Report field.

To configure the New York headquarters TRU:

1. Define New York as a legal employer using the Legal Entities task.
2. Set up New York as a reporting location using HR Reporting Location and HR Reporting Proxy in the
Locations task.
3. Use Headquarters Establishment to identify New York as the headquarters establishment in the EEO and
VETS Reporting Rules section. Use the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task.
4. In the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task:
a. Set the Establishment Employer Type to Multiple.

501
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

b. Set New York as a Parent Legal Employer by clicking Yes.

c. Select New York as the Headquarters Establishment.
To configure the California and Texas TRUs:

1. Set up California and Texas as reporting locations using HR Reporting Location and HR Reporting Proxy in
the Locations task.
2. Set up California and Texas using the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task Federal tab.
a. Set the Establishment Employer Type to Multiple.
b. Select New York as the Headquarters Establishment.
When you run the EEO-1 report, New York is listed first in the output file, followed by separate records for locations
employing 50 or more persons. In addition, there are separate records for locations employing fewer than 50 persons.

Note: The VETS-4212 report also uses the reporting structure defined by these fields.

Generate Multiple EEO-1 Files for Multiple Establishment Employers

Your organization includes a campus of four separate buildings (A, B, C, and D) with a fifth building (E) some blocks
away. You consider all five locations to be separate legal entities and want them to appear in separate EEO-1 reports. You
can configure each building as a separate legal employer and run the report for each legal employer.

To configure a business with more than one location to create a separate EEO-1 report for each location:

1. Using the Legal Entities task, create separate legal employers for each location.
2. Use HR Reporting Location and HR Reporting Proxy in the Locations task to set up each location as a
reporting location.
3. Use Headquarters Establishment in the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task to identify
Building A as the headquarters establishment.
4. In the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task for each legal employer:
a. Set Establishment Employer Type to Multiple.
b. Set Parent Legal Employer to Yes.

Note: The VETS-4212 report also uses the reporting structure defined by these fields.

Related Topics
• Equal Employment Opportunity Reporting
• Run EEO-1 Establishment Electronic Report

Overview of Equal Employment Opportunity Reporting

The US Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Commission's EEO-1 Joint Reporting Committee requires that federal
contractors and subcontractors and private employers report all employees.

As an employer, you must file the annual Employer Information Report EEO-1 (Standard Form 100) with the EEO-1 Joint
Reporting Committee no later than September 30. Use employment numbers from any pay period in July through
September of the reporting year.

502
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

To generate the EEO-1 report:

1. From My Client Lists, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group.
4. Search for and select EEO-1 Establishment Electronic Report.

Eligibility and Schedule

If you're a nonexempt federal contractor or subcontractor, with contracts of $50,000 or more, you must generate
and submit this report. You must also file an EEO-1 report if you're a private employer with 100 or more employees,
excluding:

• State and local governments

• Primary and secondary school systems
• Institutions of higher education
• Indian tribes
• Tax-exempt private membership clubs other than labor organizations

Only those establishments located in the District of Columbia and the 50 states are required to submit an EEO-1 report.

Single and Multiple Establishments

The EEO-1 report categorizes your organization's employment info based on the number of reporting locations you
have. Each location represents the physical plant, office, job site, or work center that the employees are assigned to.
Each location is identified by the location address and unit number.

You define a legal employer as a single or multiple establishment employer through Establishment Employer Type.
Use the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task to set this at the legal employer level. The value you set applies to
all subordinate tax reporting units (TRUs). You can override this value for individual TRUs through the same field on the
Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task.

Field name What it does

Single Establishment An organization that has employees working at only one location is considered a single establishment
and is required to file as a single establishment employer.

You can configure your organization so that multiple physical locations in close proximity to each other
can be considered a single establishment. For example, when you have multiple buildings on a single
campus. To do this, use the Locations task to configure an HR reporting proxy.

The electronic file includes a single record type for that location (Status Code 1).

Multiple Establishment If your organization has employees working in multiple reporting locations, you're required to file as a
multiple establishment.

The electronic file includes the following record types.

• Consolidated Report (Status Code 2)

Includes all employees in the 50 states and the District of Columbia, including employees working
at establishments employing fewer than 50 employees.

503
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What it does

• Headquarters Report (Status Code 3)

Includes only those employees working in the main office location of the parent company.
Identify the headquarters with Headquarters Establishment in the EEO and VETS Reporting
Rules section of the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task.
• Establishment Reports (Status Code 4)

Includes establishments employing 50 or more employees.

• Establishment Reports (Status Code 8)

Includes establishments employing fewer than 50 employees.

• Establishment Reports (Status 9 Code)

Includes establishments that are being reported for the first time (never assigned a unit number)
and have 50 or more employees.

Reporting Locations and Reporting Proxies

US HR reports such as EEO-1 and VETS-4212 use HR Reporting Location to group HR locations. Each location
represents the physical plant, office, job site, or work center that the employees are assigned to. You identify them by
the location address.

Use a proxy to group reporting locations if you want the headcount of multiple physical locations to be included as a
single report entry.

In the Locations task, set the following in the United States EEO and Veteran Reporting Info section.

Field name What this is

HR Reporting Location Set to Yes to use this location as a reporting location for your HR reports. When set to No, assign the
reporting location to a reporting proxy.

HR Reporting Proxy If you set HR Reporting Location to No, this field automatically populates with a list of HR reporting
locations. Select a location reporting proxy from the list of HR reporting location names. The location's
headcount is included in the selected proxy location's report.

Headquarters Establishment, Parent Company Name, and Company Number

You can define a variety of HR-related identifiers to aid you in properly configuring your organization for US HR
reporting.

Field name What this is

Headquarters Establishment Identifies the headquarters location of your tax reporting unit (TRU). Select the headquarters from the
list of HR reporting locations.

You set this value in EEO and VETS Reporting Rules in the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM
Information task.

Parent Company The EEO and VETS reports use this field to identify the parent company headquarters.

504
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What this is

To identify the parent company of the legal employer, use the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information
task. This value automatically applies to all subordinate TRUs.

To identify the parent company of the TRU, use the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information
task. This value overrides any value set at the legal employer level. If there's not a value in this field,
then the report uses the TRU Federal Employer Identification Number (EIN) name as the parent
company name.

Company Number The EEO report uses this unique company identifier assigned by the Equal Employment Opportunity
Commission (EEOC) to identify the company.

The Company Number (CO=XXXXXX-X) was previously assigned by the EEOC to the headquarters
establishment.

You set this value in EEO Reporting Information in the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM
Information task.

Parent and Child Legal Employers

Parent legal employers represent themselves and all assigned child legal employers in the HR reports. The EEO-1 and
VETS-4212 report processes use Parent Legal Employer and Proxy Legal Employer to group legal employers for
reporting. Group legal employers if you want the child legal employer headcount to be included in the parent legal
employer's report.

Field name What this is

Parent Legal Employer Set to Yes to designate the legal employer is a parent. If you set this to No, the legal employer is a child.
Assign it to a parent proxy.

CAUTION:
Although the default value displays as Yes, the report processes don't automatically use this value.
You must explicitly select either Yes or No while in Correction mode.

Proxy Legal Employer If you set Parent Legal Employer to No, this field automatically populates with a list of parent legal
employers. Select a parent legal employer from the list. The legal employer's headcount is included in
the selected parent legal employer's report.

Define a legal employer as a parent or child through the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task. If you identify more
than one legal employer as a parent legal employer, you must generate a separate EEO-1 and VETS-4212 report for each
one.

Reporting Establishment
A reporting establishment is an organization used for HR statutory reporting.

Identify your legislative reporting units (LRU) as reporting units based on your license type.

505
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

License Reporting Establishment

Nonpayroll If you have multiple LRUs, selection is required for each.

If you have a single LRU, selection is optional, but you must associate the TRU to a legal employer at
the legal entity level. Use TRU for the New Hire Report in the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information
task.

To identify an LRU as a reporting establishment when you define it, use the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM
Information task. To identify an existing TRU as a reporting establishment, use the Reporting Establishments task.

Employee Configuration
To be eligible for EEO reporting, an employee must have the following settings.

Requirement What you need

Person type Must be of the Employee type and an active employee between the report start and end dates.

Assignment Must have an active assignment.

In the case of multiple assignments, the report uses the primary assignment (where the employee
presumably spends most of the time).

Location Attached to an active location.

Employment category Have an employment category defined.

Ethnicity Have ethnicity data defined

Job category Have one of the following job categories (as of the report end date).

• Executive or senior level officials and managers

• First or middle level officials and managers
• Professionals
• Technicians
• Sales workers
• Administrative support workers
• Craft workers
• Operatives
• Laborers and helpers
• Service workers
Use EEO-1 Category in the Job Details task to associate each employee's job to a Job category. You
can exclude an employment category from the LE or TRU level using Exclude Assignment Category.

Ensure you have assigned each employee to a Job category appropriate to their current job duties.
Don't report them in the job in which they may have been trained, if that's different. For example,

506
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Requirement What you need

an employee trained as an accountant, that's working as a bookkeeper, must be reported in the

Administrative Support job category.

Ensure you have assigned each employee to an actual major job activity accordingly to the EEO-1
definitions and not by company job titles.

Work-at-home employees For work-at-home employees, the EEO-1 report uses their work location as set at the assignment
level. To include this type of employee on the EEO-1 report, populate the location field with one of the
following on the employee's assignment.

• Location where they were hired

• Headquarters location
• Manager's location

Related Topics
• Examples of Employer Configuration for Equal Employment Opportunity Reporting
• How can I identify my headquarters for VETS and EEO reporting
• How do I report multiple EEO-1 establishments when they have the same unit number
• EEO-1 Establishment Electronic Report

How can I identify employees as corporate officers?

Use Corporate Officer in the Reporting Information Calculation card to identify your corporate officers.

Most states require Yes or No values for this field. However, Washington DC allows other values. If you use a different
value for any state other than Washington DC, ADP interprets the value as No.

Related Topics
• Reporting Information Card for the US

How can I identify my headquarters for VETS and EEO reporting?

To identify the headquarters for a legal employer, use Parent Company in the Federal section on the Legal Employer
tab of the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task.

To override this value for specific tax reporting units, use Headquarters Establishment in the EEO and VETS
Reporting Rules section in the Federal section on the Legal Employer tab of the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM
Information task.

Note: To be eligible to be a headquarters, you must have designated the location as an HR reporting location. To
designate the reporting location, use the United States EEO and Veteran Reporting Information section of the
Locations task.

507
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• Veterans' Employment and Training Service Reporting: Explained
• Employer Configuration for VETS Reporting: Examples
• How can I report multiple VETS establishments when they have the same unit number
• How can I set my organization's establishment type for VETS reporting?

How do I report multiple EEO-1 establishments when they have

the same unit number?
Use the Locations task from your implementation project to establish an HR reporting relationship between the
locations.

Define locations as an HR reporting establishment or associated with an HR reporting establishment. To define

locations, use the fields in United States EEO and Veteran Reporting Information.

How do I set the location of work-at-home employees for EEO-1

reporting?
The EEO-1 report uses the location you set at the assignment level for work-at-home employees.

Use the Locations task to set the location.

How do I identify employer organizations in the US?

Use New Hire Reporting Rules in the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task. Access this task from My Client
Groups > Workforce Structures.

Associate a default tax reporting unit (TRU) to a legal employer. HR reports such as EEO and VETS then uptake the
TRU's registration details, such as employer federal employer identification number, registered name, and contacts.

Human Resources
Are employees eligible for overtime if they aren't assigned a job?
Employees that don't have a job identified for their assignment are considered to have "exempt" status and aren't
eligible for overtime (unless the employer elects to pay overtime).

If the employer pays overtime for exempt employees, there would be no FLSA premium rate calculation.

508
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Configure Employee Disabilities for the US

Before you assign disabilities to employees, you must define the specific disability types and statuses required for your
organization's business needs.

Use the Manage Common Lookups task to set the valid entries for these lookups.

Lookup Field

HRX_US_ADA_TYPE Type

HRX_US_ADA_STATUSES Requested Accommodation Status

Note: When using the Person task, you select these values using Type and Requested Accommodation Status in
the Legislative Information region on the Disabilities tab.

Global Human Resources also provides additional person disability lookups you can enable. For further info, see Person
Lookups in the Help Center.

Related Topics
• Person Lookups

Configure Workforce Structures for the US

You set up your workforce structures after you have finished setting up your organization structures.

You use workforce structures to:

• Define additional partitioning of the workers within the organization, including divisions, departments,
locations, and reporting establishments
• Assign roles to workers within the organization, including grades, jobs, and positions
• Set up actions and reasons that apply to the work relationship cycle of workers and retirees
There are no predefined workforce structures. Your Implementation Team is responsible for defining all the workforce
structures that apply to your enterprise. That means some workforce structures don't apply to every enterprise.

Workforce structure configuration includes:

What you need to do How you do it

Create and manage locations Use the Locations task.

Be sure to enter all the info you need for HR and payroll reporting.

509
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

What you need to do How you do it

Define departments Use the Departments task from your implementation project.

Define grades Use the Grades task from your implementation project.

Define jobs Use the Jobs task from your implementation project.

Be sure to enter all the info you need for HR and payroll reporting.

Upload workforce structures using a Rather than define locations, grades, or jobs manually, you can upload them from a spreadsheet.
spreadsheet

For further info, see the following sections.

Create and Manage Locations

All of your workers must have a work location, including the ones with work-at-home status.

Note: This includes retirees, even though they're not active workers. You assign them a work location to identify the
location from which they retired. If you haven't tracked this info, define a generic location to assign to them.

To create locations:

1. Start the Locations task.

2. Click Create.
3. Enter an effective start date.

When editing the location record, use Correct to make the changes effective to the start of the existing record.
Otherwise use Update.
4. Define the required fields in the following sections.

◦ Basic Details
◦ Location Information
◦ Main Address
5. In United States Multiple Worksite Reporting Information, define the following.

Field name What you enter

Trade Name Name of the client establishment at this location.

This is required if you want to include this location in Multiple Worksite Reporting (MWR).

Worksite Description Meaningful, unique description of the client establishment, such as store number or plant
name.

This is required if you want to include this location in MWR.

510
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

Unit Number Five-digit number used in conjunction with the state unemployment insurance account number
to uniquely identify a location at its address.

This field is informational only.

Comment Code 1, 2, 3 These fields are informational only.

Comment Additional info about any recent changes in your company that may have impacted
employment, wages, and locations, such as changes in business activities, acquisitions,
mergers, and sales.

For further info, see the Bureau of Labor Statistics website.

Include for Reporting Select Yes if this location is eligible for MWR reporting. When you run the MWR process, it
includes all employees assigned to this location in the report.

Select No to exclude this location from the report.

6. In United States Reporting Information, define the following.

Field name What you enter

D-U-N-S Number Nine-digit business identifier assigned by Dun and Bradstreet.

NAICS Number Six-digit North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code. This number is used by
federal statistical agencies in classifying business establishments.

7. In United States Veteran Reporting Information, define the following.

Field name What you enter

Reporting Name Location name for VETS reporting.

Hiring Location Number Hiring location number for VETS reporting.

Maximum Number of Employees Greatest number of employees currently hired during the 12-month period covered by this
report.

You can enter a maximum of 8 digits.

511
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

Minimum Number of Employees Fewest number of employees currently hired during the 12-month reporting period.

You can enter a maximum of 8 digits.

Note: The VETS-4212 Establishment Electronic Report flow uses the values you enter in the Maximum and
Minimum Number of Employees fields for employee counts. If you leave these fields blank, the process
derives the employee counts based on the reporting period start and end dates.

8. In United States EEO-1 Reporting Information, define the following.

Field name What you enter

Reporting Name Location name for EEO reporting.

Unit Number Unit number applicable to the establishment or location.

Reported Last Year Indicates if you included this location in EEO reporting the previous year.

9. In United States Unemployment Reporting Information, define the following.

Field name What you enter

Employer Unit Number For New Mexico, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Iowa, and Michigan, enter a 3, 4, or 5-digit
number, depending on the state.

For Indiana, enter a 3-digit code if:

◦ You are assigned a single enterprise filing status by the Indiana Department of Workforce
Security
◦ You elected to report multiple locations with the Department of Workforce Security

10. For locations in Pennsylvania, in Pennsylvania Work Location PSD Information, provide the Political
Subdivision code (PSD) for the work location.

Every employee assigned to this location inherits this value defaults in Work PSD Code of their Residency
Certificate.
11. Don't enter a value in Non-Resident EIT Rate for Pennsylvania Work Location. This field isn't used for tax
calculation.

512
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

12. In United States EEO and Veteran Reporting Information, identify the HR reporting locations.
A location is identified as a reporting location when you set HR Reporting Location to Yes.
For example, an employer may have multiple physical locations that are close to each other and are therefore
reported under a single HR Reporting Location. To represent this, use the following configuration:

Field name What you enter

HR Reporting Location No

HR Reporting Proxy Reporting location

13. Click Submit.

Note: When you change a location's address, the Synchronize Calculation Card process doesn't apply that change
to any employees already assigned to the location. You must make the applicable updates to the employees' records
manually.

Define Departments
To create departments:

1. Start the Departments task from your implementation project.

2. Click Create.
3. Define the info required for this department.
4. Click Next to provide additional department details.
5. Click Next.
6. Review your data, and click Submit.

Define Grades
To create grades:

1. Start the Grades task from your implementation project.

2. Click Create.
3. Define the info required for this grade.
4. Click Next, and define the order of progression between grades.
5. Click Next, and define the grade rates.
You can add a rate you have previously defined or create one. Grade rates are optional.
6. Click Next.
7. Review your data, and click Submit.

Defining Jobs
To create jobs:

1. Start the Jobs task from your implementation project.

2. Click Create.
3. Define the info required for this job.

513
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

4. Click Next, and enter the job details.

This info is used in HR reporting and payroll processing.

5. Enter the following info in United States Job Information.

Field name What you enter

Overtime Status Select a code to indicate whether this job is exempt or nonexempt according to the Fair Labor
Standards Act Status.

EEO-1 Category To report valid job codes for EEO-1 and VETS reporting, select an EEO-1 category to which this
job belongs.

Job Group Used to store jobs of a similar type together in one group. To further classify the job categories,
select the job group to which this job belongs.

Standard Occupational Classification Use to specify this job with a specific SOC code for reporting on the quarterly tax-filing
interface.

Required for AK, IN, and LA.

6. Click Submit.

Uploading Workforce Structures Using a Spreadsheet

If you have a list of locations, grades, or jobs already defined for your enterprise, you can upload them from a
spreadsheet.

To use this option:

• Download a spreadsheet template

• Add your location info to the spreadsheet
• Upload directly to your enterprise configuration

You can upload the spreadsheet multiple times to accommodate revisions.

For further info, see Upload Workforce Structures Using a Spreadsheet in the Help Center.

Related Topics
• Departments for the US
• Grades for the US
• Jobs for the US
• Locations for the US
• Upload Workforce Structures Using a Spreadsheet

514
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Departments for the US

A department is a division of a business enterprise dealing with a particular area or activity to which you can assign
workers. Departments are organizations with one or more operational objectives or responsibilities that exist
independently of their manager.

For example, sales, research and development, and Human Resources.

No data is required or captured at this level. However, Implementation Teams can create a department structure for an
enterprise in the organizational structure setup phase of the project.

Here's an example of departments and cost centers.

This figure illustrates how departments belong to legal entities within a multinational enterprise structure.

Departments and Cost Centers

You track a department's financial performance through one or more cost centers.

A cost center represents the smallest segment of an organization for which you allocate and report on costs. The
manager of a department is typically responsible for cost control by meeting a budget. They may be responsible for the
assets used by the department.

Tracking Headcount
You can report and keep track of headcount by creating a department hierarchy using Oracle Fusion Trees.

515
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• Configure Workforce Structures for the US
• Upload Workforce Structures Using a Spreadsheet

Enable MSRRA for Military Spouses

Full Military Spouses Residency Relief Act (MSRRA) support is available for workers married to active duty military
personnel.

Workers who elect to accompany their military spouses on deployment to a new state can work in the new state while
continuing to enjoy the tax and voting benefits of their original state of residence.

Scenario
To accomplish this for each eligible worker:

1. Update the appropriate assignment location with a location in the worker's new work state.
2. If you don't have a presence in that state:

a. Create a location for it.

b. Create a Work Tax Address override for the assignment.

It must represent an address in the employee's original state of residence.

3. As the worker is moving to a new state but retaining residency in their original state, leave their Home Address
unchanged.

However, you must create a Mailing Address to represent the employee's residence in the new state.

Examples of Person Records for the US

You create a person record when you:

• Hire a worker
• Rehire an employee
• On-board a retiree
• Transition an employee to retiree
• Add the contact of another person
Person records are global, independent of legal employers, and created once only for any person.

516
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Note:
• When the person leaves the enterprise, you terminate the person's work relationships.
• If the person later rejoins the enterprise, you create a new work relationship.

The person record continues to exist, even when the person has no current work relationships in the enterprise
and no current contact relationships with other workers.
• When you add a person, if you click any of the fields in the Managers section, specify a value for the required
fields. Otherwise, you won't be able to proceed with the transaction.

How You Hire a Worker

The New Hire process is the first task in the workforce lifecycle.

Note: Before you can hire an employee, you must have already defined all available business units, jobs, grades,
departments, locations, overtime periods, and other payroll values must have been previously defined. The business
unit you select determines which job, grades, and department you can select.

There are several person types you can onboard.

Person type What task you use

Employee Hire an Employee

Contingent Worker Add a Contingent Worker

Nonworker Add a Nonworker

Pending Worker Add a Pending Worker

For example, to hire an employee:

1. From My Client Groups quick actions, click Hire an Employee.

2. On Identification, provide the required info under Basic Details.
3. Provide the required info under Personal Details.

Note: Date of Birth isn't mandatory for HR implementations. However, you can't assign a payroll to a worker
if you don't provide a date of birth.

4. In National Identifiers, click Add Row to enter the Social Security number.
5. Click Next.
6. On Person Information, provide an address that conforms to the predefined address format in Home Address.

Enter the ZIP Code first to automatically populate the city, county, and state.

517
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Note: All employees you plan to attach to a payroll must have a home address throughout their period
of employment. You can't delete or end-date the home address of a person who has been assigned to a
payroll. To add another address to your employee's record, such as a mailing address, do so after completing
the hiring process. On the Manage Person page, click Add next to Addresses. By doing this, you can add
additional Mailing Address and Resident Tax Address types. You can't add multiple addresses for a given
address type on a given effective date.

7. Specify any of the following optional info.

◦ Phone and email

◦ Marital status
◦ Ethnicity and race
◦ Veteran self identification
◦ Citizenship and Visa information
◦ Emergency contacts

Some of these fields are required for HR reporting, such as EEO and VETS.
8. Click Next.
9. On Employment Information, provide the necessary work relationship, payroll relationship, assignment, job,
manager, payroll, and salary details.
10. Use Payroll Details to associate a TRU and payroll with the employee.

If you opt not to, this employee wouldn't automatically receive a Tax Withholding card, including the Federal
W-4, and you would have to create it manually.

For further info, see Tax Withholding Card in the Help Center.
11. For nonpayroll implementations, attach the person to a reporting establishment.

For EEO reporting, persons without a reporting establishment are associated with a default TRU. The EEO-1
report process uses TRU for the New Hire Report in the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task.

Assigning the employee to a reporting establishment isn't required for payroll implementations.
12. Click Submit.

When You Rehire an Employee

When you rehire an employee:

1. Because the person was employed previously by your enterprise, they already have a person record.
2. When you attempt to hire them, the task finds their existing person record.
3. When you confirm that the existing record is theirs, you continue the rehire process by creating an employee
work relationship with their new legal employer.

When You On-Board a Retiree

To add a retiree to your organization as a new person record:

1. Select New Person under Workforce Management in the Navigator.

2. Select Add a Nonworker.

518
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

3. On Identification, provide the required info in Basic Details.

Field name What you enter

Start Date Date the person retired

Action Add Non-Worker

Nonworker Type Retiree

4. Provide the required info in Personal Details.

Note: Date of Birth isn't mandatory for HR implementations. However, you can't assign a payroll to a worker
if you don't provide a date of birth.

5. Use National Identifiers to enter one of the following.

◦ Social Security Number (SSN)

◦ Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN)
Used for individuals who have a US taxpayer ID but are not eligible to obtain a SSN.
◦ Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)
Also known as an Employer Identification Number (EIN). Use this when the payments and Form 1099-R
go to a nonperson entity, such as an estate.
6. Click Next.
7. On Person Information, provide an address that conforms to the predefined address format in Home Address.
All retirees you attach to a payroll must have a home address throughout their period of paid retirement. You
can't delete or end-date the home address of a person who has been assigned to a payroll. When you enter a
new address for a retiree, the task automatically end-dates the old address record for you.
Enter the ZIP Code first to automatically populate the city, county, and state.
Note: To add another address to your employee's record, such as a mailing address, do so after completing
the on-boarding process. On the Manage Person page, click Add next to Addresses. By doing this, you can
add additional Mailing Address and Resident Tax Address types. You can't add multiple addresses for a given
address type on a given effective date.

8. Specify any of the following optional information.

◦ Phone Details
◦ Email Details
◦ Info in Legislative Information
- Marital status
- Education level
- Ethnicity and race
- Veteran self identification

519
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Note: Ethnicity and Veteran fields are required for EEO and VETS reporting.

◦ Citizenship and Visa Information

◦ Emergency Contacts
9. Click Next.
10. On Employment Information, provide the necessary assignment details.

An assignment is required for the retiree to be included in payroll processing and receive payments.

Required fields are:

Field name What you enter

Business Unit

Person Type Retiree

Assignment Status Active - Payroll Eligible

Location

Work-at-Home Yes

Note: Use Payroll Details to associate a TRU and payroll with the retiree. If you opt not to, this retiree
wouldn't automatically receive a Tax Withholding Card, and you would have to create it manually. For further
info, see the Manual Tax Withholding Card Creation section.

11. Use Payroll Details to associate a TRU and payroll with the employee.

If you opt not to, this employee wouldn't automatically receive a Tax Withholding card, and you would have to
create it manually.

For further info, see Tax Withholding Card in the Help Center.
12. Click Next.
13. On Compensation and Other Information, provide the salary basis and salary amount if your retiree is eligible
for periodic payments.
14. Click Next.
15. Review your entered data, and click Submit.

How You Transition an Employee to Retiree

To transition an existing employee into retiree status:

1. Terminate the employee record.

2. In My Client Groups quick links, click Add a Nonworker.
3. On Identification, provide the required info in Basic Details, including the following.

520
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field Name Value

Start Date Date the person retired

Action Add Non-Worker

Nonworker Type Retiree

4. Provide the required info in Personal Details.

Note: Date of Birth isn't mandatory for HR implementations. You can't assign a payroll to a worker if you
don't enter a date of birth.

5. Use National Identifiers to enter one of the following.

◦ SSN
◦ ITIN
Typically used by individuals who have a US taxpayer ID but are not eligible to obtain a SSN.
◦ TIN
Use this when the payments and Form 1099-R go to a nonperson entity, such as an estate.
6. Click Next.
This returns a warning message that a matching person record already exists.
7. Click Select Person.
8. Select Yes on the resulting warning message.
The person's prior personal info automatically populates.
9. Add or update this info as needed.
10. Click Next.
11. On Employment Information, provide the necessary assignment details.
An assignment is required for the retiree to be included in payroll processing and receive payments.
Required fields are:

Field Name Value

Business Unit

Person Type Retiree

Assignment Status Active - Payroll Eligible

Location

521
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field Name Value

Work-at-Home Yes

Note: The Tax Withholding for Pensions and Annuities card doesn't automatically establish a TRU
association.

12. Click Next.

13. On Compensation and Other Information, provide the salary basis and salary amount if your retiree is eligible
for periodic payments.
14. Click Next.
15. Review your entered data, and click Submit.
16. Start the Calculation Cards task, and open the person's Tax Withholding for Pensions and Annuities card for
editing.
17. Create the appropriate tax card TRU association.

When You Add the Contact of Another Person

In this example, Mary Wood starts her employment with the enterprise tomorrow.

• Mary has never been an employee, contingent worker, or nonworker in any legal employer in the enterprise.
• Mary is married to Joe Wood, who's a contingent worker elsewhere in the enterprise.
• Joe has identified Mary as an emergency contact; therefore, Mary already has a person record.

When you attempt to hire Mary, if there is enough info in her contact record to identify her, the application finds her
existing person record.

You continue the hiring process by creating an employee work relationship with her new legal employer. Otherwise, the
hiring process creates both a person record and a work relationship for Mary.

Related Topics
• Tax Withholding Card

Grades for the US

Grades define the relative rank, level, or status of your workers. They are one of the key building blocks you use for
managing compensation.

Use the Grades task to create grades that record the level of compensation for workers. You can:

• Create grades for multiple pay components, such as salary, bonus, and overtime rates
• Define one or more grades that are applicable for jobs and positions
This list of valid grades, combined with the settings for two profile options, enables you to restrict the grades that can
be selected when you set up assignments for a worker.

522
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Grades and Sets

You assign each grade to a set. If you assign a grade to the common set, then the grade is available for use in all
business units. To limit a grade to a single business unit, assign it to a set that's specific to that business unit.

Grade Steps
Grade steps are distinct increments of progression within a grade. You can set up grades with or without grade steps.
The following figure illustrates the difference between grades with and without steps.

Grade Rates
Grade rate values are the compensation amounts associated with each grade. Use them to define pay values for grades
in your legislative data group.

You can set up rates at the same time that you create grades or set them up independently from grades. For grades with
steps, you set up the step rates when you include them in a grade ladder. Grade rates are optional.

Grade Ladders
You can combine grades into grade ladders to group your grades or grades with steps in the sequence in which your
workers typically progress. For example, you might create three grade ladders for your enterprise: one for technical
grades, another for management grades, and a third for administrative grades.

523
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• Configure Workforce Structures for the US
• Examples of Grades, Grade Rates, and Grade Ladders
• Grade Ladders
• Grade Rates
• How Grades and Grade Rates Work with Jobs, Positions, Assignments, Compensation, and Payroll

How can I access my personal info quickly?

From your home page, click Me. Select Personal Information and then Personal Details. On Personal Details, select
the i icon next to your initials in the top left corner.

Choose from the listed categories.

How can I access Self-Service?

To access self-service, from your home page, click Me.

Then select either Personal Information or Pay.

How can I grant Self-Service access to workers?

You use employee self-service to update your personal info. In some cases, there is more than one way to update that
info.

People of type Employee automatically have access to update personal info after they're hired. To enable other person
types from updating their personal info, assign the Employee role to them.

How can I update worker veteran status?

From My Client Groups, click Person.

1. Search for and select the person.

2. In Person Information, click Edit next to Gender and Marital Status and then Update.
3. In Update Gender and Marital Status, set an effective start date and click OK.
4. Click View More Details.
5. Make your changes to their veteran status, and click OK.

524
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Job and Position Structures

Job and position structures identify the descriptive flexfield structure that enables you to specify additional attributes
that you want to capture when you define jobs and positions.

Job and position attributes provide further detail to make jobs and positions more specific. You also use attributes to
define the structure of your jobs and positions. You can specify attributes at the enterprise level for jobs and positions,
at the business unit level for positions, and at the reference data set level for jobs. Job and position structures are
optional.

Enterprise-Level Job Attributes

When you define a job, you enter a value for the name of the job. To make job names more specific, set up attributes
to identify additional details about the job, such as the nature of the work that is performed or the relative skill level
required. If these attributes apply to all jobs within your enterprise, set up enterprise-level job attributes. Standard
capabilities mean that you can use the different segments of the name to identify common jobs or job holders for
analysis or compensation, or for grouping records in reports, for example, to find all jobs of a specific job type. You
should not use attributes with values that change regularly, for example, salary ranges or expense approval levels that
change every year.
This figure illustrates how job type and job level provide further details for the HR Application Specialist job.

Enterprise-Level Position Attributes

Position attributes at the enterprise level are similar to those for jobs. Each position that you define identifies a specific
role in the enterprise, which you can manage independently of the person in the position. A position belongs to one
specific department or organization. The name of each position must be unique. To simplify the process of managing
unique names for positions, set up enterprise-level attributes to identify separate components of the position name.
For example, you can set up an attribute for position title and one for position number. When defining the attributes
that make up the structure of a position name, consider whether any of your attributes are part of the definition of
a common job type. Using job types for a position can help you manage common information that applies to many
different positions. For example you can define a job type of Manager.Level 1 and use this for comparison of positions
across departments or lines or business, or for setting common job requirements. You can then define multiple

525
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

manager type positions in your HR department, each of which has responsibility for a different management function or
group.
This figure illustrates how title and position number provide further details for the manager position.

Business Unit-Level Attributes for Positions

If you have information that you want to capture for positions that is specific to each business unit, then you can define
attributes at the business unit level for positions. When you create positions, these attributes appear in addition to any
enterprise-level attributes. For example, you may want to identify the sales region for all positions in the sales business
unit. You can set up a text attribute called Sales Region and use it to enter the necessary information when creating
positions for the sales business unit.

Reference Data Set-Level Attributes for Jobs

If you have information for jobs that applies to specific reference data sets, set up attributes for jobs at the reference
data set level. When you create jobs, these attributes appear in addition to any enterprise-level attributes. For example,
you may want to identify all information technology (IT) jobs within a specific set. You can set up a text attribute called
Function and use it to enter IT in jobs that you create that perform an IT function within a specific set.

Jobs for the US

As part of your initial implementation, you specify whether to use:

• Jobs and positions

• Jobs only

If you're in a service industry where flexibility and organizational change are key features, you would typically
use jobs without positions.
Use the Jobs task to define jobs for your organization.

526
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Job Details
Details for a job include an effective start date, a job set, a name, and a code. They also include settings for Fair Labor
Standards Act compliance and EEO and VETS reporting.

A job code must be unique within a set. Therefore, you can create a job with the code DEV01 in the US set and another
job with the same code in the UK set. However, if you create a job with the code DEV01 in the Common set, then you can't
create a job with the same code in any other set.

Benchmark Info
You can identify a job as being a benchmark job. A benchmark job represents other jobs in reports and salary surveys.
You can also select the benchmark for jobs. Benchmark details are for informational purposes only.

Progression Info
A progression job is the next job in a career ladder. Progression jobs enable you to create a hierarchy of jobs and are
used to provide the list of values for the Job field in the Promote Worker and Transfer Worker tasks.

The list of values includes the next three jobs in the progression job hierarchy.

For example, assume that you create a job called Junior Developer and select Developer as the progression job. In the
Developer job, you select Senior Developer as the progression job. When you promote a junior developer, the list of
values for the new job includes Developer and Senior Developer. You can select one of these values, or select another
one.

Jobs and Grades

You can assign grades that are valid for each job. If you're using positions, then the grades that you specify for the job
become the default grades for the position.

Evaluation Criteria
You can define evaluation criteria for a job, including the evaluation system, a date, and the unit of measure. The Hay
system is the predefined evaluation system that's available. An additional value of Custom is included in the list of
values for Evaluation System, but you must add your own criteria and values for this system.

Related Topics
• Configure Workforce Structures for the US
• Considerations for Enforcing Grades at Assignment Level
• Guidelines for Using Desktop Integrated Excel Workbooks
• Job and Position Lookups
• Overtime Status for the US

Locations for the US

A location identifies physical addresses of a workforce structure, such as a department or a job.

527
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

They include:
• Where business is conducted, including the physical location of a workforce structure, such as a department or
a job
• Workers' physical work locations, including the Pennsylvania Political Subdivision code
• Last work location of a retiree
• Info required for reporting, such as Multiple Worksite Reporting, VETS, and EEO
• Other areas of interest to the business, such as employment agencies, tax authorities, and insurance or benefits
carriers
The locations you create exist as separate structures that you can use for reporting purposes. Their rules help
determine employee eligibility for various types of compensation and benefits. You enter info about a location only
once. Subsequently, when you set up other workforce structures, you select the location from a list.

You create and manage locations using the Locations task from your implementation project.

Location Sets
When you create a location, you must associate it with a set. Only those users who have access to the set's business unit
can access the location set and other associated workforce structure sets, such as those that contain departments and
jobs.

Note:
• You can also associate the location to the common set so that users across your enterprise can access the
location irrespective of their business unit.
• When users search for locations, they can see the locations that they have access to along with the locations in
the common set.

Here's how location sets can restrict access to users.

528
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• Configure Workforce Structures for the US
• What happens if I inactivate a location?
• Why can't I see my location in the search results?

View and Update Pay Info for the US

Use the pages in Pay to view and update your pay info.

From your Me page, click Pay to view these pages.

• Document Delivery Preferences

• Payslips
• Payment Methods
• Year-End Documents
• Tax Withholding

Document Delivery Preferences

Document Delivery Preferences enables you to access and edit your document delivery preferences. Use this page to
access and edit your document delivery preferences.

On this page, from the list of document types, select a document type to set its preferences. Your employer has set
which document types you're allowed to view. The following are the common document types.

• W_2
• W_2c
• Payslip
• 1095-C

If you think any are missing, contact your administrator.

Payslips
My Payslips enables you to access your payslips. You can also use Details to set how many payslips you want to view.

Payment Methods
Payment Methods enables you to access and edit your payment method details.

Year-End Documents
Year-End Documents enables you to access your year-end documents, such as Forms W-2 and 1095-C. You can also
use Details to set how many documents you want to view.

529
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Tax Withholding
From this page, you can:

• Access and edit your tax withholding info

• Print the PDF version of your tax form by clicking the federal or state name link
When you click one of these links, the appropriate PDF file generates and you can print it as needed.

View and Update Personal Info for the US

Use the pages in Personal Information to view and update your personal info.

From your Me page, click Personal Information to view these pages.

• Personal Details
• Document Records
• Identification Info
• Contact Info
• Family and Emergency Contacts
• Employment Info
• My Compensation

Personal Details
Personal Details enables you to access and edit your personal details.

To open this page, click Personal Details.

You can use these tasks.

Task Description

Name Add or update your name.

Demographic Info Update your marital status, ethnicity, gender, education, and veteran status info.

Disability Info Add voluntary self-identify for disabilities.

Document Records
Document Records enables you to access your document records. Your employer configures the document records
that are loaded on this page.

Identification Info
Identification Info enables you to access and edit your identification details.

530
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

From this page, you can use these tasks.

Task Description

Citizenship Add or update your citizenship info.

Passports Add or update your passport info.

Visas and Permits Add or update your visa or other permit info.

Driver's Licenses Add or update your driver's license info.

Contact Info
Contact Info enables you to access and edit your contact details.

From this page, you can use these tasks.

Task Description

Communication Add or update your work phone, home phone, mobile phone, home email, and work email.

Address Add or update your Home, Mailing, or Resident Tax addresses.

Family and Emergency Contacts

Family and Emergency Contacts enables you to access and update your emergency contact info, including the
person's name, phone numbers, addresses, and your relationship with the emergency contact person.

Employment Info
From this page, you can view your legal employer, business unit, job, grade, and work location. It's a view-only page.

If you feel corrections are needed, contact your manager.

My Compensation
From this page, you can view you salary compensation details. It's a view-only page.

If you feel corrections are needed, contact your manager.

Workforce Structures for the US

You define workforce structures after you complete the organization structure setup.

531
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Workforce structures:

• Define additional partitioning of the workers within the organization, including divisions, and departments
• Assign roles to workers within the organization, including grades, jobs, and positions
• Set up actions and reasons that apply to the work relationship cycle of workers
Your implementation team is responsible for defining all the workforce structures that apply to the enterprise for which
the setup is being done. This includes:

• Locations
• Departments
• Grades
• Jobs

Related Topics
• Configure Workforce Structures for the US
• Departments for the US
• Grades for the US
• Jobs for the US
• Locations for the US

Multiple Worksite Report

Can I override the Multiple Worksite Report sort order?
No, you cannot change the sort order of the Multiple Worksite Report.

The structure of the output file is mandated by the Department of Labor requirements and is organized first by state
and then by state unemployment insurance account number.

Related Topics
• Multiple Worksite Report

How do I report for multiple worksites?

Employers with multiple worksites must file quarterly employment and wage reports.

The Bureau of Labor Statistics uses this information to provide analyses of employment throughout the US. Use the
Multiple Worksite Electronic Report flow to generate these reports.

Certain industries such as gas and oil exploration, construction, and contract logging are exempted from reporting.
Employers with fewer than 10 employees total in their multiple worksite locations are also exempted from filing this
report. For further info, see the Bureau of Labor Statistics website.

532
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• Multiple Worksite Report
• Quarter-End Processing for the US
• Quarter-to-Date Archive

Multiple Worksite Report

The Multiple Worksite Report (MWR) collects info about a business establishment's employment and wages, distributed
by industry, location, and state. This report is filed with the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) Electronic Data Interchange
(EDI) Collection Center.

The report data is used to ensure an equitable distribution of federal funds through grant programs that use county
economic indicators as a basis for allocations.

This process produces an output file suitable for electronic submission to the EDI Collection Center.

Frequently Asked Questions

The following table lists frequently asked questions about this report.

Question Answer

How do I find this report? 1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group (LDG).
4. Search for and select Multiple Worksite Report.

Who uses this report? Payroll Administrator

Payroll Manager

When do I use this report? Eligible employers must submit this report on a quarterly basis. Transmit the output file to the EDI
Collection Center on or before the last day of the month following the end of the quarter.

What prompts can I use to narrow the Use the Tax Reporting Unit field to run this report for all worksites in a specific tax reporting unit.
results of this report?

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule an agent to run the report

What tool do I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Related Topics
• Multiple Worksite Report

533
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Multiple Worksite Report

The Multiple Worksite Report (MWR) collects info about a business establishment's employment and wages, distributed
by industry, location, and state.

You file this report with the Bureau of Labor Statistics Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) Collection Center. They use
the report data to ensure an equitable distribution of federal funds through grant programs that use county economic
indicators as a basis for allocations.

This report counts employees based on their work locations as of the pay period that includes the 12th of the month.

You must submit this info to the EDI Center if your organization meets all of the following criteria.
• Reports its employees under one state unemployment insurance (SUI) account number
• Is engaged in multiple economic activities, is operating under more than one worksite, or both
• Has a total of 10 or more workers employed across all worksites
If an organization has an office at only one location within a state, it's not considered a multiple worksite, and
this report isn't necessary.
Note: A worksite is an economic unit, usually represented by a single physical location. It's where the
employer's business is conducted or where it performs services or industrial operations. For this report, a
worksite is represented by the location work structure as defined through the Locations task.

Eligible employers must run the Multiple Worksite Report flow and submit the MWR output on a quarterly basis. The
output file must be transmitted to the EDI Center on or before the last day of the month following the end of the quarter.

For example, data for the first quarter period (January through March) must be submitted by April 30th. Data for the
second quarter period (April through June) must be submitted by July 31st.

Note: You must determine your own employer reporting eligibility. For further information, see the BLS website.

Before You Begin

The employer must have a Payroll license for Oracle Fusion. HR-only and Payroll Interface licenses aren't eligible.

Use the Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task to ensure the following fields are populated for each tax reporting unit
(TRU):

Jurisdiction Field Name Description

United States Federal Tax Registration Number Employer's federal employer identification
number (EIN).

<state> Unemployment Insurance Registration Number Employer's SUI account number.

Note: You must run this report for the Puerto Rico TRUs separately from your US TRUs.

534
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Use United States Multiple Worksite Reporting on the Locations task to set these fields for each location.

Field Name Description

Trade Name Name of the client establishment at this location.

Worksite Description Meaningful, unique description of the client establishment, such as store number or plant name.

Unit Number Worksite Identification Code issued by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Used to uniquely differentiate
and identify the physical location. This code should be a unique alphanumeric code.

Comment Additional information about any recent changes in your company that may have impacted
employment, wages, and locations, such as changes in business activities, acquisitions, mergers, and
sales.

For further info, see the BLS website.

Include for Reporting Select Yes if this location is eligible for MWR reporting. When the report is run, all employees assigned
to this location are included in the report.

Select No to exclude this location from the report.

Employees are included based on their last location in a given state for that reporting quarter.

Work-at-home employees are reported in the same state as their residence tax state. You must ensure you have a
default location for these states and have attached those locations to the employees on their Reporting Information
card. One location per state can be used for all work-at-home employees.

Note: If you don't specify a location, the report flow assigns the employees to location 999999 on the report. The
exception report output includes a warning message, indicating the reporting location state and resident tax state
mismatch.

All Quarter-to-Date Archive flows must be run and completed before starting this flow.

Report Parameters
Year

Four-digit reporting year.

Quarter

Reporting quarter.

Payroll Statutory Unit

Employer's payroll statutory unit (PSU).

Tax Reporting Unit

TRU associated with the employer's federal EIN. If no TRU is selected, all TRUs are reported for the PSU.

If the employer is operating under multiple federal EINs, leave this field blank while specifying a value for the PSU.

535
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

You must run this report for Puerto Rico TRUs separately from your US TRUs.

Type of Employer

Determines the record format. The default is Regular Employer.

Client Contact Phone Number

Overrides the contact person's phone number defined for the legal entity. Used only if the type of employer is identified
as a payroll provider firm.

Client Contact Name

Overrides the contact person's name set for the legal employer. Used only if the type of employer is identified as a
payroll provider firm.

Process Configuration Group

Determines the rules for processing, such as logging and number of threads.

Use to override the contact info. The default is the HR representative's email address as specified on the TRU contact
info.

Report Results
The Multiple Worksite Electronic Report flow creates the following output files:

Report Description

Electronic output file This flow supports the electronic EDI submission method developed by the BLS. Locations are grouped
according to their SUI account numbers under their federal EIN, and their employment data is compiled
into a single ASCII fixed field text file.

The employer is responsible for properly naming, encrypting, and transmitting the output file to the
BLS data collection center in Chicago, where it's then routed to the respective state agencies. This can
be done by FTP, SFTP, or secure web transfer. Refer to the BLS website for further info.

This file is sorted by:

1. State
2. SUI account number

Audit file Provides totals by federal EIN, SUI account number, and worksite description code. Grand totals are
sorted by federal EIN and SUI account number. Employers can review this file to verify that these totals
match the SQWL totals.

Exception report Includes data mismatches, missing archived data, missing locations, and other errors detected by the
flow.

Related Topics
• Troubleshoot the Multiple Worksite Report
• Quarter-End Processing for the US
• Quarter-to-Date Archive

536
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Troubleshoot the Multiple Worksite Report

There are multiple scenarios where data errors would require the reprocessing of the Multiple Worksite Report (MWR).
Many of these are logged as events in the MWR exception report.

In the event of such data errors:

1. Roll back the Multiple Worksite Electronic Report flow.
2. Roll back the Quarter-to-Date Archive flow.
3. Resolve your data errors, as described in the MWR exception report.
4. Run the Quarter-to-Date Archive flow, and ensure all processes have completed.
5. Resubmit the Multiple Worksite Electronic Report flow.
6. Transmit the output file to the EDI Center.
The following are examples of data errors that would require the rerun of the MWR process:

Location Was Incorrectly Excluded from Report

One or more locations are marked as No for the Include for Reporting field despite having active employees assigned
to them.

All active employees must be assigned to a location that's included in the report. During the data error resolution step,
do one of the following.

• Reassign the active employees to an eligible location.

• Change the locations' reporting status from excluded to included:
a. Start the Locations task.
b. In United States Multiple Worksite Reporting, change Include for Reporting to Yes.

Included Location Was Marked as Inactive

One or more inactive locations were included in the report. When the MWR process was run, all employees attached to
these locations were listed in the exception report.

During the data error resolution step, do one of the following for each affected location.

• Reactivate the location.

• Move all employees to an active location, and remove the inactive location from the report.
a. Start the Locations task.
b. In United States Multiple Worksite Reporting, change Include for Reporting to No.

Employee Wages Were Changed After the Report Was Run

This can occur as a result of a late payroll run, balance adjustment, and so on. In this case, no data errors exist. However,
you must roll back the MWR and Quarter-to-Date flows and update the employee's payroll data.

Report Was Run Before All Quarter-to-Date Archive Processes Were Complete
The Multiple Worksite Electronic Report flow was started before all Quarter-to-Date Archive flows have completed. As a
result, the archive provided the report with incomplete data.

537
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

No data correction is required. Roll back the processes and resubmit them, in the proper order, ensuring they complete
processing.

Work-at-Home Employees not Appearing in Report

One or more employees designated as work-at-home are reported in the MWR in location 999999, or they're included in
locations outside their state of residence.

Employers can report employees to any location defined on their Reporting Information card. If this location doesn't
match their residence state, the MWR identifies it as a warning.

For each work-at-home employee, check the following.

• Employees are properly marked for inclusion in this run of the MWR.
• Location representing each of the employees' states exists, and you have selected those locations as the
Reporting Location for Work-at-Home Employees on the employees' reporting cards.

At minimum, one location per state is needed for all designated work-at-home employees.

Related Topics
• Quarter-End Processing for the US
• Quarter-to-Date Archive

New Hire State Report

Baseline the Employee Status for New Hire Reporting
New Hire Status on the Employment Info tasks identifies employees as new hires. If you run the New Hire State
report immediately after migrating from a legacy system, this parameter is blank for all employees, and therefore all
employees are reported as new hires.

To avoid this, set the report's End Date to the date when you last generated this report with the legacy system. This sets
New Hire Status for your employees to that date. Then, discard the output report and proceed with your standard new
hire reporting schedule.

1. Run the New Hire State report, and set its End Date to the date when you last generated the report with the
legacy system.

This sets New Hire Status for your employees to that date.
2. Discard the report output from that process.
3. Proceed with your standard new hire reporting schedule.

Related Topics
• New Hire State Report

538
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Examples of New Hire State Reporting Configurations

You can run the New Hire State Report to support a wide variety of employer configurations.
• Single state employer reporting multiple legal employers
• Single state employer reporting a single legal employer
• Multiple state employer reporting to individual state authorities
• Multiple state employer reporting multiple legal employers
• Multiple state employer reporting a single legal employer
For further info, see the following sections.

Single State Employer Reporting Multiple Legal Employers

For this example, you're an employer operating in a single state (California) who's capturing employee data from all of
your legal employers (or you have only one).

For these fields Enter these values

Multistate Employer No

Legal Employer null

State CA

The report process generates a single file with a separate employer record for each legal employer and includes all
employees in the state with the new hire status of Include in the new hire report.

The default TRUs associated with each of the legal employers determine your employer details.

The process formats the report output file according to California's requirements.

You can verify this data using the audit report.

Single State Employer Reporting a Single Legal Employer

For this example, you're an employer operating in a single state (California) who's capturing employee data from only
one of your legal employers, Fusion-CA.

For these fields Enter these values

Multistate Employer No

Legal Employer Fusion-CA

State CA

539
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

The report process generates a single file with a single employer record for the Fusion-CA legal employer and includes
all employees in the state with the new hire status of Include in the new hire report.

The default TRU associated with Fusion-CA determine your employer details.

The process formats the report output file according to California's requirements.

You can verify this data using the audit report.

Multiple State Employer Reporting to Individual State Authorities

For this example, you're an employer that's:

• Operating in multiple states

• Submitting individual reports to the separate state authorities

In this case, you must run this report as if you're a single state employer.

For each state you're reporting to, use the following configuration.

For these fields Enter these values

Multistate Employer No

Legal Employer <null>

State Select the state of submission

The report process generates a single file with a separate employer record for each legal employer and includes all
employees in the selected state with the new hire status of Include in the new hire report.

The default TRU associated with each of the legal employers determines your employer details.

The report formats the output file according to the selected state's requirements.

You can verify this data using the audit report.

Multiple State Employer Reporting Multiple Legal Employers

For this example, you're an employer operating in multiple states who's capturing employee data from all of its legal
employers (or you have only one) and are reporting it to a single state authority (California).

For these fields Enter these values

Multistate Employer Yes

Legal Employer null

State CA

540
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

The report process generates a single file with a separate employer record for each legal employer and includes all
employees in all states with the new hire status of Include in the new hire report.

The default TRUs associated with each of the legal employers determine your employer details.

The report process formats the output file according to California's requirements.

You can verify this data using the audit report.

Multiple State Employer Reporting a Single Legal Employer

For this example, you're an employer operating in multiple states who's capturing employee data from only one of your
legal employers, Fusion-Industrial, and are reporting it to a single state authority (California).

For these fields Enter these values

Multistate Employer Yes

Legal Employer Fusion-Industrial

State CA

The report process generates a single file with a single employer record for the Fusion-Industrial legal employer and
includes all employees in all states within this legal employer with the new hire status of Include in the new hire report.

The default TRU associated with Fusion-Industrial determines your employer details.

The report process formats the output file according to California's requirements.

You can verify this data using the audit report.

Related Topics
• Baseline the Employee Status for New Hire Reporting
• Examples of Troubleshooting the New Hire State Report
• Single and Multiple Employers for New Hire State Reporting
• New Hire State Report

Examples of Troubleshooting the New Hire State Report

There are several scenarios where running the New Hire State Report flow can produce unexpected results.

No Employees Included in the Report

If the NewHireStateAuditReport.csv audit report shows no employees reported, check for these conditions.

• You have run the report as a single state employer and selected the wrong state.
• No employees were marked for inclusion.

541
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

No TRU Is Associated with the Legal Employer

The audit report contains the following message: Default TRU not associated to LE.

To resolve this:

1. From My Client Groups, click Workforce Structures.

2. Click Manage Legal Entity HCM Information.
3. Select Legal Employer.
4. Click Federal.
5. In New Hire Reporting Rules, select a tax reporting unit in TRU for New Hire Report.

Employees Missing from the Report

If one or more employees are missing from the report:

• Check New Hire Status for each newly hired or rehired employee.
• When running the report, make sure you selected the correct legal employer, employer type, and reporting
state.

Related Topics
• New Hire State Report

How are employer organizations identified in the US?

Use New Hire Reporting Rules section of the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task.

Associate a default tax reporting unit (TRU) to a legal employer.

HR reports such as EEO and VETS then uptake the TRU's registration details, such as employer federal employer
identification number, registered name, and contacts.

How do I configure a legal employer for New Hire reporting?

Use the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task.

1.From My Client Groups, click Workforce Structures.

2.Click Manage Legal Entity HCM Information.
3.Search for and select the legal entity.
4.Click Federal.
5.In New Hire Reporting Rules, select the tax reporting unit (TRU) you want to represent this legal employer in
the report in TRU for New Hire Report.
The New Hire State report uses the TRU's federal employer identification number and contact details.

Related Topics
• New Hire State Report

542
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

How do I include employees in the New Hire State Report?

To include an employee in the New Hire State Report, you select Include in the New Hire Report as their new hire
status.

For new employees, you can find this field by selecting My Client Groups > New Person > Hire an Employee >
Employment Information > Work Relationship Details.

For existing employees, select My Client Groups > Person Management > Search Person > Personal and
Employment > Work Relationship.

Related Topics
• New Hire State Report

How is employee location determined for New Hire State

reporting?
The New Hire State Report includes employees sorted by state.

The report process determines the employee state according to this hierarchy.

1. Checks if the work-at-home status is Yes. If so, it determines the state from their Resident Tax Address.

2. If work-at-home status is No, it checks for an assignment-level override address. If one exists, it determines the state
based on this address.

3. If there is no assignment-level override address, it checks for a location override address. If one exists, it determines
the state based on this address.

4. If there is no location override address, the location's address is used to determine the state.

Related Topics
• New Hire State Report

New Hire State Electronic Report

You use the New Hire State Report to view info about all of an employer's newly hired and rehired employees. You also
need to submit this info to the appropriate state employment authorities.

These agencies use these reports to match against new or existing child support records to.

• Locate parents
• Establish and enforce child and spousal support orders
This process produces an output file suitable for electronic submission to the state employment authority.

543
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Frequently Asked Questions

The following table lists frequently asked questions about this report.

Question Answer

How do I find this report? 1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group (LDG).
4. Search for and select New Hire State Electronic Report.

Who uses this report? Human Resource Analyst

Human Resource Manager

Human Resource Specialist

Human Resources VP

When do I use this report? Eligible employers must report their new hires within a state-mandated number of days after the date
of hire. Most states require the report be submitted within 20 calendar days from an employee's first
day of work. Consult with the appropriate state agency for the reporting requirements.

What prompts can I use to narrow the Use Legal Employer to run this report for all employees within a specific legal employer.
results of this report?

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule an agent to run the report

What tool do I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Related Topics
• How You Create and Edit Reports
• New Hire State Report

New Hire State Report

The New Hire State Report produces info about all of an employer's newly hired and rehired employees for submission
to the appropriate state employment authorities.

Eligible employers are required to report their new hires within a state-mandated number of days after the date of hire.
Most states require the report be submitted within 20 calendar days from an employee's first day of work. Consult with
the appropriate state agency for the reporting requirements.

Run the New Hire State Report process to generate the NewHireStateETextReport in a format suitable for submission.
1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group (LDG).

544
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

4. Search for and select New Hire State Electronic Report.

Before You Start

This report assumes a one-to-one relationship between legal employer and tax reporting unit (TRU), although that TRU
can represent multiple states.

The reporting process supports all 50 states, including DC and Puerto Rico.

Use the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task to specify the following in New Hire Reporting Rules of the
Federal section for the legal employer.

Field name What you enter

TRU for New Hire Report TRU representing the legal employer for New Hire reporting. This TRU's federal EIN and contact details
are used in the report.

For further info, see Define Legal Entities for the US in the Help Center.

Use the Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task to ensure the following fields are populated for each TRU.

Jurisdiction Field name What you enter

United States Federal Tax Registered Address Employer's address.

United States Federal Tax Registered Name Employer's name.

United States Federal Tax EIN or TIN Employer's federal employer identification
number (EIN).

United States Federal Tax Start Date Report process uses start date to select
employer information that's valid for the
current time period. Start date is typically the
same start date as the legal employer.

<state> Income Tax Legal Entity Registration Number Employer's state EIN.

For further info, see Overview of Legal Reporting Unit Configuration for the US in the Help Center.

Use Contacts on the Legal Reporting Unit task to ensure the following are populated for each TRU.

Field name What you enter

First Name First name of authorized contact person.

Last Name Last name of authorized contact person.

Job Title Code Job title of authorized contact person.

545
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What you enter

From Date Date the employee became the contact.

Area Code Authorized contact person's area code.

Phone Number Authorized contact person's phone number.

Extension Authorized contact person's phone extension.

Email Authorized contact person's email address.

Legal Role Authorized contact person's legal role. The person selected as contact must have the HR
representative role.

To be included in this report, each employee must have:

• Person type of "Employee"

• Employee name, address, date of hire, date of birth and social security number recorded on their person record
• Work relationship with the legal employer running the report
• Have had an assignment during the reporting period start and end dates, including terminated employees,
even if active for only 1 day

Note: In the case of multiple assignments, the report uses the HR primary assignment.

• Non-null values for the following.

◦ New Hire Status

◦ Medical Insurance Available
◦ Medical Insurance Availability Date

Note: You can set these values for existing employees through the Employment task.

Each record may also require the following, depending on the individual state requirements.

• Job, salary, normal weekly work hours, and exempt or nonexempt employment status
• Employer-provided health care insurance plan availability to employees and dependents

The New Hire report includes preexisting employees if they experience a change in their legal entity.

Report Parameters
Multistate Employer

If you're a multistate employer and want to report all employees to a single reporting authority, select Yes. Otherwise,
select No.

546
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Legal Employer

Report includes all eligible employees that have had a work relationship with this legal employer during the reporting
period. If not specified, the report process selects all US legal employers.

Start Date

Start date of the reporting date range. If you leave this blank, the report collects data on all eligible employees as of the
specified end date.

End Date

End date of the reporting period. The report process includes all employees that are eligible as of this date. Their New
Hire Status has been set to Include in the New Hire report.

Note: If you run this report immediately after migrating from a legacy system, New Hire Status is blank for all the
employees and all the employees are reported as new hires. To avoid this, set End Date to the date when you last
generated this report with the legacy system. This sets New Hire Status for your employees to that date. Then,
discard the output report and proceed with your standard new hire reporting schedule.

Reporting State

State receiving the report. Determines the format of the report.

In cases where a multiple state employer is reporting to individual state authorities, this parameter also determines
which employees are being included in the report.

Reporting Mode

Select Draft to create a draft of this report for data verification purposes.

Select Final to generate output files for submission to the state authorities. The report process automatically updates all
included employees to Already reported status.

New Hire Contact

Use this field to override the contact person for this report. All contact persons with HR Representative role are included
in the list.

New Hire State Report Output

The report process generates the following output files under separate report job name numbers.

Report Description

New Hire State Electronic Report The NewHireStateETextReport.txt output file contains the following records.

• Employer Record, sorted by legal employer

• Employee Record, sorted by employee last name
• Trailer Record, including summaries of the employer record details

New Hire State Audit Report Open the NewHireStateAuditReport.csv spreadsheet file and verify the newly hired and rehired
employee info.

547
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

To view these files:

1. From the Navigator, under Tools, select Reports and Analytics.

2. In the tree structure, expand Shared Folders, then Human Capital Management, then Workforce
Management, then Person Management, then US, and then expand New Hire.
3. Select New Hire Electronic Report.
4. In the resulting window, click History.
5. Clear the default value in Owner, and click Search.
6. In Report Job Histories, select the link for the report version you want to view.

◦ New Hire State Electronic Report

◦ New Hire State Audit Report
7. Double-click Output Name.
8. In Output and Delivery, open or save the report file.

Related Topics
• Baseline the Employee Status for New Hire Reporting
• Examples of New Hire State Reporting Configurations
• Examples of Troubleshooting the New Hire State Report
• Single and Multiple Employers for New Hire State Reporting
• Define Legal Entities for the US
• Overview of Legal Reporting Unit Configuration for the US

Single and Multiple Employers for New Hire State Reporting

The New Hire State Report process assumes there is a one-to-one relationship between your legal employer and tax
reporting unit (TRU), although the TRU can represent multiple states.

The report process may not function properly if you associate multiple TRUs to the legal employer.

If you're this kind of employer Do this

Single state employer If your organization hires and employs people in only one state, then it's a single state employer.
You must to report all new hire information to the employment authority of the state where all your
employees work.

Multistate employer Multistate employers hire and employ people in two or more states. Your organizations have the option
of reporting their newly hired employees to:

• All working states

• One state
If you're a multistate employer and choose to report to a single state authority, you must register with
the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS). For further information, see the DHHS website.

548
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• Baseline the Employee Status for New Hire Reporting
• Examples of New Hire State Reporting Configurations
• Examples of Troubleshooting the New Hire State Report
• Define Legal Entities for the US
• New Hire State Report

Pay Data Reporting

Load Hours and Earnings Data for Reporting for the US
Use this flow to load payroll hours and earnings data to the storage table. This process captures all active employees in
the year selected.

When you run the Regional Pay Data Report, it includes only the employees identified by the Load Hours and Earnings
Data for Reporting process.

You can run this process as often as needed. If it detects changes to data in the storage table, it performs an update. If it
detects new data, it adds it to the table.

To run this flow:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group (LDG).
4. Search for and select Load Hours and Earnings Data for Reporting.

Before You Start

You must establish balance feeds for the earnings and hours balances.

For additional info, see Overview of California Pay Data Reporting in the Help Center.

Flow Parameters
Set the following.

Field name How you use it

Payroll Statutory Unit Select the payroll statutory unit (PSU) of the employees whose payroll data you want to upload. If you
leave this blank, the flow processes all PSUs.

Tax Reporting Unit Select the tax reporting unit (TRU) of the employees whose payroll data you want to upload. If you
leave this blank, the flow processes all TRUs.

Submission Year Select the year of the payroll data you are uploading.

549
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name How you use it

Payroll Name If you select a specific payroll process, the flow uploads data for only those employees processed by
that run.

Reporting Mode Select Draft to generate the output reports for review but not make any changes to your data.
Select Final to apply the changes and generate the output files.

Process Configuration Group Use this field to load pay data for persons belonging to a specific payroll relationship group.

Output Files
This process generates two output files.
• Text file that info on all changes performed by the process
• An exception report that provides info on any issues the process detects, such as employees with missing info

This file is suitable for viewing in a spreadsheet application, such as Microsoft Excel.

Related Topics
• Overview of California Pay Data Reporting
• Regional Pay Data Report for the US

Overview of California Pay Data Reporting

The California Department of Fair Employment and Housing (DFEH) requires that private employers with 100 or more
employees and at least one California employee report pay data, including hours worked, for the reporting period.
st
You generate and submit this report yearly to the DFEH by March 31 .

Report Reporting Period

California Pay Data report October 1 through December 31

Pay data reporting through Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management involves multiple steps.

Performing these steps requires multiple roles. You must either coordinate with admins in other areas or assign these
roles to yourself. For further info, see Oracle Cloud HCM Security Role Mappings (1556500.1) on My Oracle Support.

Here's a summary of the steps.

What needs to be done Who does it What roles they require

Confirm you're running the correct software All customers Application Implementation Consultant
version

550
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

What needs to be done Who does it What roles they require

Check your EEO-1 Component 1 reporting All customers HR Analyst

configuration
HR Specialist

Extract your hours and earnings info • Oracle Fusion Global HR-only customers N/A
• Oracle Fusion Global Payroll customers
who do not have full-year balances for the
reporting year

Configure your tax reporting units (TRUs) All customers Application Implementation Consultant

Feed the predefined balances Oracle Fusion Global Payroll customers EOY Payroll Administrator

Payroll Coordinator

Payroll Manager

Use HCM Data Loader (HDL) to load the data • Oracle Fusion Global HR-only customers EOY Payroll Administrator
into the storage table • Oracle Fusion Global Payroll customers
who do not have full-year balances for the Payroll Coordinator
reporting year
Payroll Manager

Load data into the storage table Oracle Fusion Global Payroll customers with EOY Payroll Administrator
complete hours and pay data for the reporting
year Payroll Coordinator

Payroll Manager

Generate the Regional Pay Data Report All customers EOY Payroll Administrator

Payroll Coordinator

Payroll Manager

Submit the CSV upload file to the DFEH All customers EOY Payroll Administrator

Payroll Coordinator

Payroll Manager

For further info, see the following sections.

551
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Configure Your EEO-1 Reporting and Regional Pay Data

Do the following before running the pay data report.

1. Properly configure your organization for EEO-1 Establishment Electronic reporting.

For further info, see EEO-1 Establishment Electronic Report in the Help Center.
2. Set your regional pay data reporting info.
a. From My Client Groups, click Workforce Structures.
b. Click Manage Legal Entity HCM Information.
c. Click Edit > Update.
d. Click Federal.
e. Under Regional Pay Data Reporting Information, enter all appropriate values as required by the
regional tax authority.
f. Click Submit.

Extract Your Hours and Earnings Info

You must make your payroll data available for extraction to the report if:
• You aren't an Oracle Cloud Global Payroll customer
• You don't yet have payroll balances for the full calendar year

Otherwise, you can skip these steps.

1. Extract the hours and earnings info from your third-party or legacy payroll system.

Refer to the California Pay Data Reporting Portal User Guide for guidelines on what hours and earnings must be
reported.

For further info, see the DFEH website.

Be sure to sum by person to their primary assignment (or the legacy system's equivelant).
2. Perform any necessary configuration of these files to make them suitable for upload to the storage tables.

For further info, see Loading US Data Using HCM Data Loader (2558276.1) on My Oracle Support. This document
includes a sample upload file to help you get started.

Feed the Predefined Balances

Skip this step if you're not an Oracle Fusion Global Payroll customer.

Pay data reporting uses two balances for tracking employee earnings and hours. Before you can load their data to the
storage table, configure their balance feeds.

Note: If you perform a balance initialization that includes these balances, consider providing the Calculation
Breakdown ID and Tax Reporting Unit (TRU) contexts for them.

1. From My Client Groups, click Show More.

2. Under Payroll, click Balance Definitions.

552
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

3. Search for and select the following balances. Configure the feeds appropriately.

Balance name What you need to do

Regional Pay Data Employee Hours For each earnings element:

a. Under Regional Pay Data, click Balance Feeds.

b. Under Balance Feeds by Element, click Create.
c. Select the element's Results indirect element.
d. Select Hours Calculated as the input value.
e. Select Add.
f. Click Save, and repeat for the next Earnings element.
g. Click Submit.
If you don't complete these steps, the storage table records the employees' hours as 0.

Regional Pay Data Employee Earnings For each earnings element:

a. Under Regional Pay Data, click Balance Feeds.

b. Under Balance Feeds by Element, click Create.
c. Select the element's Results indirect element.
d. Select Earnings Calculated as the input value.
e. Select Add.
f. Click Save, and repeat for the next Earnings element.
g. Click Submit.
If you don't complete these steps, the storage table records the employees' earnings as $0.

In this case, the Load Hours and Earnings Data for Reporting flow uses the
US_MEDICARE_REDUCED_SUBJECT_WITHHOLDABLE balance for the employee earnings in
W-2 Box-5.

Load Your Regional Pay Data to the Storage Table

You can skip this step if you are an Oracle Fusion Global Payroll customer who went live on the reporting year.

How you load your hours and earnings info to the storage table depends on your Oracle Fusion implementation.

What you can do Who can do it How you do it

Create a PayrollInterfaceInbound.dat • Oracle Fusion Global HR-only customers To load your earnings and hours data
file, and load it using HDL. • Oracle Fusion Global Payroll customers with HDL, you must first build the
who have incomplete hours or earnings PayrollInterfaceInbound.dat file. Include
info for the reporting year columns for Person, Total Wages, and Total
• Oracle Fusion Global Payroll customers Hours. You can also use the HDL process to
who went live in the middle of the change select data.
reporting year
For further info, see Loading US Data Using
HCM Data loader (2558276.1) on My Oracle
Support. This document includes a sample
upload file to help you get started.

553
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

What you can do Who can do it How you do it

Note:
The Load Hours and Earnings Data for
Reporting process overrides the data in the
storage table. If there is no data in table, it
adds it.

The process captures all active employees

in the year you select. When you run the
Regional Pay Data Report, it selects only
those employees from this snapshot period.

Run the Load Hours and Earnings Data for Oracle Fusion Global Payroll customers who To load your earnings and hours data with the
Reporting flow. went live as of the first payroll run of the Load Hours and Earnings Data for Reporting
reporting year flow:
To load the balances for the current year, set
the submission year appropriately. 1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group
(LDG).
4. Search for and run Load Hours and
Earnings Data for Reporting.
For further info, see Load Hours and Earnings
Data for Reporting for the US in the Help
Center.

Update Your Regional Pay Data

Once the regional pay data is in the storage tables, you can edit it directly through the Payroll Interface Inbound Records
task.

1. In My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Payroll Interface Inbound Records.
3. Perform a search for the person's name.
4. Select your US LDG, and enter your batch name.

Generate the California Pay Data Report

Use the Regional Pay Data Report to extract the California pay data from the storage table and consolidate it with the HR
EEO-1 data for delivery to the DFEH.

Run this flow each year according to California's reporting requirements.

For further info, see Regional Pay Data Report for the US in the Help Center.

This flow creates the following reports for the California Pay Data Report.

554
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Output report How you use it

CSV upload file This is the file you submit to the DFEH.

Audit report This CSV file contains diagnostic info in pages organized by:

• Number of Employees
• Number of Hours
Use this file to reconcile employee counts by their race, ethnicity, sex, job category, pay band, and
hours.

Exception report This PDF file contains any errors captured during the flow run, such as missing ethnicity info, missing
gender, and so on.

Employee detail report This CSV file contains the regional pay data info, sorted by employee.

Use this file to confirm each employee’s pay data, including their total for hours and earnings.

Submit the Report to the DFEH

Submit the pay data report on the California Pay Data Reporting Portal.
1. Upload the .CSV file with the required data to the portal by selecting Submit New Report.
2. Edit the report as needed, and correct any errors identified by the portal validation process.
3. Certify and submit the validated report.

Related Topics
• Load Hours and Earnings Data for Reporting for the US
• Regional Pay Data Report for the US
• Loading US Data Using HCM Data Loader
• Oracle Cloud HCM Security Role Mappings

Regional Pay Data Report for the US

This flow captures employee payroll earnings and hours data from the storage table and formats it into an output file
suitable for submission to the appropriate state authority.

Run this flow each year according to the state's reporting schedule.

Note: This process supports only California's Pay Data report.

555
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

To run this flow:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group (LDG).
4. Search for and select Regional Pay Data Report.

Before You Begin

Ensure you have configured the employee payroll data, defined balance feeds, and loaded the pay data to the storage
tables.

For additional info, see Overview of California Pay Data Reporting in the Help Center.

Flow Parameters
Set the following.

Field name How you use it

Legal Employer Select a parent legal employer to report all employees attached to it and any child legal employers.

Establishment Employer Type Select Multiple if you have multiple establishments. Otherwise, select Single.

Reporting Period Start Date Specify the start of the reporting period.

Reporting Period End Date Specify the end of the reporting period.

Contact Title Use to override the contact information. The default is the HR Representative title specified on the TRU
contact info.

Contact Name Use to override the contact information. The default is the HR Representative name as specified on the
TRU contact info.

Contact Phone Number Use to override the contact info. The default is the HR Representative phone number as specified on
the TRU contact info.

Contact Address Line 1 Use to override the contact info. The default is the HR Representative address as specified on the TRU
contact info.

Contact City Use to override the contact info. The default is the HR Representative city as specified on the TRU
contact info.

Contact State Use to override the contact info. The default is the HR Representative state as specified on the TRU
contact info.

Contact Country Use to override the contact info. The default is the HR Representative as specified on the TRU contact
info.

ZIP Postal Code Use to override the contact info. The default is the HR Representative as specified on the TRU contact
info.

Contact Email Use to override the contact info. The default is the HR Representative email address as specified on the
TRU contact info.

Process Configuration Group Use this field to process payroll data for persons belonging to a specific payroll relationship group.

556
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Flow Results
This process creates the following output files.

Output report What it's for

CSV Upload File This is the file you submit to the California Department of Fair Employment and Housing (DFEH).

Audit Report This CSV file contains diagnostic info in pages organized by:
• Number of Employees
• Number of Hours
Use this file to reconcile by locations.

Exception Report This PDF file contains any errors captured during the flow run. It lists the employees excluded from the
report and the errors that caused this.

Employee Detail Report This CSV file contains the regional pay data info, sorted by employee.

Related Topics
• Overview of California Pay Data Reporting
• Load Hours and Earnings Data for Reporting for the US

Retirees
Make Employees Eligible for Retirement Plans
Typically, once a person's retirement account has a value greater than $0, their calculation card automatically identifies
them as eligible.

For employees who aren't contributing to a plan, sometimes you must manually identify them as eligible. This ensures
proper reporting on Form W-2. In these cases, use Eligible for Retirement Plan on their Reporting Information
Calculation Card.
1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
2. Click Calculation Cards.
3. Search for and select the employee.
4. Open their Reporting Information calculation card for editing.
5. In Calculation Card Overview, select Federal.
6. In Calculation Components, click Reporting Information.
7. In Calculation Component Details, expand Reporting Information.
8. Set Eligible for Retirement Plan to Yes.

Tip: In cases where there are multiple eligible employees not contributing, but as the employer, you're contributing, it
may be difficult and time consuming to update the Reporting Information card for every employee. Instead, if you're
not already using the W2 Pension Plan balance, feed your employer match element to the balance. This results in
the automatic selection of the W-2 Box 13 Retirement Plan box, and no Reporting Information card configuration is
required.

557
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• Reporting Information Card for the US

Tax Withholding Info

Derived Values for State Tax Card Components
This table lists all State component values on the Tax Withholding Card that are derived from other values. You can't
update them directly.

Note: For numeric values, null is the same as 0. This table doesn't include 0 in its list of values. When you're building
the HCM Data Loader (HDL) spreadsheet, you must populate each derived field with a value of: -999999999 (minus
sign and nine 9s) This informs the loader that the field is derived from other values, and it doesn't attempt to populate
the field itself.

Derived Fields for State Tax Components

State Derived field Determining fields Allowed values Notes

AR Allowances Personal Allowance or 0, 1 You can enter a value here

only if you selected the
Single filing status.

Allowances for self and 0, 2 You can enter a value here

spouse or only if you selected the
Married, filing jointly
filing status.

Allowances of head of 0, 2 You can enter a value here

household and only if you selected the
Head of Household filing
status.

Number of Complete Any number

Exemption Dependents

CA Total Number of Number of Regular Any number

Allowances Withholding Allowances
and

Number of Allowances Any number

from Estimated
Deductions

DC Allowances Withholding Allowances Any number

and

558
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Derived field Determining fields Allowed values Notes

Additional Withholding Any number

Allowances

Nonresident Domicile state other than Yes, No

the District of Columbia

GA Letter used Marital Status Single Derived letter = A

Married filing jointly, both Derived letter = B

spouses employed

Married filing jointly, one Derived letter = C

spouse employed

Married filing separately Derived letter = D

Head of household Derived letter = E

Secondary Allowance Dependent Allowances Any number

and

Additional Allowances Any number

Total Allowances Allowances and 0, 1, 2

Secondary Allowance Derived

IA Allowances Personal Allowance and 1

Number of Complete Any number Use Number of Complete

Exemption Dependents Exemption Dependents to
and enter additional personal
allowances.

Allowances for itemized Any number

deduction and

Allowance for Any number

adjustments to income
and

Allowance for child and 3, 4, 5

dependent care credit

IN Allowances Personal Allowance and 1

559
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Derived field Determining fields Allowed values Notes

Allowances for self and 1

spouse and

Number of Complete Any number

Exemption Dependents
and

Self age above 65 and Yes, No

Self blind and Yes, No

Spouse age above 65 and Yes, No

Spouse Blind Yes, No

KY Exempt from State Kentucky Income Tax Yes, No

Income Tax Liability isn't expected
this year or

Qualify for the Fort Yes, No

Campbell Exemption
Certificate or

Exemption for Military Yes, No

Spouse

Nonresident Work in Kentucky and Yes, No

Reside in a Reciprocal
State

MA Allowances Personal Allowance and 1, 2

Allowances for self and 4, 5

spouse and

Number of Complete Any number

Exemption Dependents

Secondary Allowance Self blind and Yes, No

Spouse Blind Yes, No

MD Exempt from State Exempt Last Year and Yes, No When both fields are Yes,
Income Tax they derive Yes for Exempt
from State Income Tax.

560
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Derived field Determining fields Allowed values Notes

Exempt Current Year Yes, No

Exempt Year This is a hidden field,

derived by the effective
date. It appears on the state
PDF tax form.

Don't add this field to HDL.

It's not required.

ME Exempt from State Federal form W-4 Yes, No

Income Tax exemption or

Federal form W-4P Yes, No

exemption or

Exempt Resident Yes, No

employee with no Maine
tax liability in prior or
current year or

Exempt from State Yes, No

tax due to retirement
payments

MO Exempt from State Exempt Status • All income tax

Income Tax refunded last year, no
tax liability
• Meets the conditions
under Service
Member Civil Relief
Act
• Member of an active
duty component of
the US Armed Forces

MS Exemption Amount Single Exemption Amount 6000

and

Spouse Not Employed 12000

Exemption Amount and

Spouse Exemption Multiples of 500 up to

Amount and 12000

Head of Family Exemption 9500

Amount and

Dependents Exemption Multiples of 1500

Amount and

561
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Derived field Determining fields Allowed values Notes

Age and Blindness Multiples of 1500 up to

Exemption Amount 9000

MT Allowances Personal Allowance and 1

Only one job and 1

Allowances for self and 1

spouse and

Number of Complete Any number

Exemption Dependents
and

Allowances of head of 1
household and

Allowances for itemized 1

deduction

Exempt from State Enrolled member of a Yes, No

Income Tax registered tribe or

Member of the Reserve or Yes, No

National Guard or

Resident of North Dakota Yes, No

or

Resident of another state Yes, No

living in Montana solely
to be with spouse

OH Allowances Personal Allowance and 1

Allowances for self and 1

spouse and

Number of Complete Any number

Exemption Dependents

OK Allowances Personal Allowance and 1

Number of Complete Any number

Exemption Dependents
and

562
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Derived field Determining fields Allowed values Notes

Additional Allowance and Any number

Allowances for self and If you select Yes for

spouse Spouse working, then the
allowance defaults to 0.

If you select No, then the

allowance defaults to 1.

Allowances for self and Spouse working Yes, No Helps derive Allowances
spouse for self and spouse above.

OR Exempt from State Exemption Code • Air carrier employee

Income Tax
• American Indian
• Amtrak Act worker
• Casual laborer
• Domestic service
worker
• Hydroelectric dam
worker
• Military
• Minister
• No tax liability
• Nonresident alien
• Real estate
salesperson
• Waterway worker

PR Optional Tax Computation Filing Status For Optional Tax

Computation to be
Yes, select one of these
statuses.

• Married Optional
• Married Optional
None
For No, select any other.

Optional Calculation Filing Status The filing status you select

Method derives these calculation
methods.

• Individual Full

Single or married,
not living with
spouse, claiming full
exemption

563
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Derived field Determining fields Allowed values Notes

• Individual or Married
None

Single, married
filing jointly or head
of household, no
personal exemption
• Married Full

Married and filing

jointly, or head of
household, claiming
full exemption
• Married Half

Married and filing

jointly, half exemption
• Married Optional

Married and filing

jointly, half exemption,
optional
• Married Optional
None

Married and filing

jointly, no exemption,
optional

VA Total Allowances Allowances and Any number

Secondary Allowance 1, 2, 3, 4

VT Allowances Personal Allowance and 1

Allowances for self and 1

spouse and

Number of Complete Any number

Exemption Dependents
and

Allowances of head of 1
household

WI Allowances Personal Allowance and 1

Allowances for self and 1

spouse and

Number of Complete Any number

Exemption Dependents

564
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Derived field Determining fields Allowed values Notes

WV Allowances Personal Allowance or 1 You can enter a value for

only one of these fields.

Allowances for self and 1, 2

spouse and

Number of Complete Any number

Dependent Exemptions

Filing Status Personal Allowance or 0, 1 A value here identifies the

person as single.

Allowances for self and 0, 1, 2 A value here identifies the

spouse or person as married.

Withheld at a Lower Rate Yes, No If you set Withheld at

a Lower Rate to Yes,
Personal Allowance and
Allowances for self and
spouse must be blank.

Related Topics
• Federal Tax Filing Status Codes
• State and Territory-Specific Tax Filing Status Codes
• States and Territories that Use Federal Tax Filing Status Codes

Federal Tax Filing Status Codes

These tables list all federal tax Filing Status codes for employees and retirees. They appear on the Federal tax
component of their tax card.

Use them to help you:

• Migrate data using the HCM Data Loader (HDL)

• Interpret and reports you have configured that use them

Employee Filing Status Codes

Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

1 Single 2019 or prior

2 Married 2019 or prior

565
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

3 Married and withholding at higher single rate 2019 or prior

4 Single or married filing separately 2020 or later

5 Married filing jointly or qualifying widow(er) 2020 or later

6 Head of household 2020 or later

Retiree Filing Status Codes

Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

1 Single Any

2 Married Any

3 Married and withholding at higher single rate Any

Related Topics
• Derived Values For State Tax Card Components
• State and Territory-Specific Tax Filing Status Codes
• States and Territories that Use Federal Tax Filing Status Codes

Puerto Rico Form 499 R-4.1 Fields

Puerto Rico Form 499 R-4.1 contains info that is derived from multiple sources in Oracle Cloud and is used by Vertex to
help calculate taxes.

The following table describes:

• How the values selected on the Puerto Rico form impact the person's settings on their Tax Withholding
calculation card
• What info is passed to Vertex when calculating taxes

566
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Employee Filing Status Codes

Form 499 R-4.1 field What gets set on the tax card Notes What Vertex uses for tax
calculation

Check here if you choose the Optional Tax Computation This value is derived based on If Yes, uses the optional tax
optional computation of tax in the filing status. computation.
case of married individuals living
together and filing a joint return • Yes: If their filing status is If No, uses the default tax
Married Optional or Married computation.
Optional None
• No: Any other filing status

Optional Calculation Method This value is derived based on If Optional Tax Computation is
filing status. Yes, uses the optional calculation
method.

If No, uses the default calculation

method.

Check here if you choose the Exemption for Military Spouse The field on the Tax Card is Not used.
provisions of the Military Spouses informational only. Selecting Yes
Residency Relief Act doesn't cause the payroll process
to exempt deductions.

For further info, see Tax

Withholding Card on the Help
Center.

Indicate your date of birth N/A This value is populated on the PDF Not used.
file if the person's age is between
16 and 26 as of December 31st. This
value is used on the PDF output
only.

Check here if you choose that your Young Individuals do NOT consider Selecting Yes populates the field If Yes, Vertex calculates taxes
employer does NOT consider the the exemption on the PDF output. normally with no exemption.
exemption
If No, Vertex applies the exemption
when calculating taxes.

1. Individual Taxpayer Selects the Individual Full filing Mapped using the filing status
status. value.
• Complete

• None Selects the Individual or Married Mapped using the filing status
None filing status. value.

2. Married Person Selects the Married Full filing Mapped using the filing status
status. value.
• Complete

• Half Selects the Married Half filing Mapped using the filing status
status. value.

567
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Form 499 R-4.1 field What gets set on the tax card Notes What Vertex uses for tax
calculation

• None Selects the Individual or Married Mapped using the filing status
None filing status. value.

3. Additional veteran's personal Additional Veterans Personal Yes, if the person selects
exemption Exemption Complete.

Complete Exemption Number of Complete Exemption Maps Complete to Primary

Dependents Allowances.

Joint Custody Number of Joint Custody Maps Joint Custody to Joint

Dependents Custody.

1. ALLOWANCE BASED ON Mortgage Interest Not used.

DEDUCTIONS

Home mortgage interests

Charitable contributions Charitable Contributions Not used.

Medical expenses Medical Expenses Not used.

Interests paid on student loans at Interest paid on student loans at Not used.
university level university level

Contributions to governmental Contributions to governmental Not used.

pension or retirement systems pension or retirement systems

Contributions to individual Contributions to Individual Not used.

retirement accounts Retirement Accounts

Educational contributions account Educational Contributions Account Not used.

Contributions to health savings Contributions to health savings Not used.

accounts accounts

Casualty loss on your principal Casualty loss on your principal Not used.
residence residence

Loss of personal property as a Loss of personal property as a Not used.

result of certain casualties result of certain casualties

Total deductions Total Deductions This is a derived field. Not used.

Number of allowances based on Number of allowances based on This is a derived field. Not used.
deductions deductions

568
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Form 499 R-4.1 field What gets set on the tax card Notes What Vertex uses for tax
calculation

Allowances that you want to claim Allowances that you want to claim Prior to the 21B June Statutory Passed as Secondary Allowances.
Maintenance Pack, this field
was Allowances. As part of the
update, all values in Allowances
were migrated to Number of
Allowances Based on Deductions.
It was also changed to map to the
Vertex Secondary Allowances
value. It appears on the employee
payslip as Allowances.

Check here if you're a Government employee in a Not used.

governmental employee who Pension or Retirement System
participates in a Pension or
Retirement System

I authorize to withhold in each Additional Tax Amount This value is added to the tax
payroll period the amount of $ calculated by Vertex.

or % Additional Tax Percentage This value is added to the tax

calculated by Vertex.

Related Topics
• Tax Withholding Card

State and Territory-Specific Tax Filing Status Codes

This table lists the Filing Status codes for states and territories that don't follow the Federal tax component. They appear
on the appropriate state or territory components of their tax card.

Use them to help you:

• Migrate data using the HCM Data Loader (HDL)

• Interpret and reports you have configured that use them

Employee and Retiree Filing Status Codes

State Person type Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

AL Employee 1 S - Single

2 M - Married

3 MS - Married and
withholding at higher single
rate

569
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Person type Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

4 H - Head of household

5 0 - Claiming no personal
exemptions

Retiree 1 S - Single Any year

2 M - Married Any year

3 MS - Married and Any year

withholding at higher single
rate

4 H - Head of household Any year

5 0 - Claiming no personal Any year

exemptions

AR Employee 1 Single

2 Married, filing jointly

3 Head of household

Retiree 1 Single Any year

2 Married, filing jointly Any year

3 Head of household Any year

CA Employee 1 Single or married with two

or more incomes

2 Married with one income

3 Head of household

Retiree 1 Single or married with two Any year

or more incomes

2 Married with one income Any year

3 Head of household Any year

570
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Person type Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

CT Employee 1 F - Single

2 C - Married filing jointly,

spouse not employed

3 D - Married filing jointly,

combined income greater
than $100,500

4 A - Married filing jointly,

combined income less than
$100,500

5 B - Head of household

6 E - Exempt

7 No state W-4, low threshold

8 No state W-4, high

threshold

Retiree 1 F - Single Any year

2 C - Married filing jointly, Any year

spouse not employed

3 D - Married filing jointly, Any year

combined income greater
than $100,500

4 A - Married filing jointly, Any year

combined income less than
$100,500

5 B - Head of household Any year

6 E - Exempt Any year

7 No state W-4, low threshold Any year

8 No state W-4, high Any year

threshold

DC Employee 1 Single

571
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Person type Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

2 Married and filing

separately

3 Married or domestic
partners, filing jointly

4 Head of household

5 Married or domestic
partners filing separately
on same return

Retiree 1 Single Any year

2 Married and filing Any year

separately

3 Married or domestic Any year

partners, filing jointly

4 Head of household Any year

5 Married or domestic Any year

partners filing separately
on same return

DE Employee 1 Single 2020 or later

2 Married 2020 or later

GA Employee 1 Single

2 Married and filing

separately

3 Married and filing jointly,

one spouse employed

4 Married and filing jointly,

both spouses employed

5 Head of household

Retiree 1 Single Any year

572
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Person type Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

2 Married and filing Any year

separately

3 Married and filing jointly, Any year

one spouse employed

4 Married and filing jointly, Any year

both spouses employed

5 Head of household Any year

HI Employee 1 Single

2 Married

3 Married and withholding at

higher single rate

4 Certified disabled

Retiree 1 Single Any year

2 Married Any year

3 Married and withholding at Any year

higher single rate

4 Certified disabled Any year

IA Employee 1 Single

2 Married

ID Employee 1 Single

2 Married

3 Married and withholding at

higher single rate

Retiree 1 Single Any year

2 Married Any year

573
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Person type Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

3 Married and withholding at Any year

higher single rate

KS Employee 1 Single

2 Joint

Retiree 1 Single Any year

2 Joint Any year

MA Employee 1 Other than head of

household

2 Head of household

Retiree 1 Other than head of Any year

household

2 Head of household Any year

MD Employee 1 Single

2 Married

3 Married and withholding at

higher single rate

ME Employee 1 Single

2 Married

3 Married and withholding at

higher single rate

Retiree 1 Single Any year

2 Married Any year

3 Married and withholding at Any year

higher single rate

MN Employee 2 Married

574
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Person type Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

3 Married and withholding at

higher single rate

61 Single, married but legally

separated, or spouse is a
nonresident alien

MO Employee 1 Single, or married spouse

works, or married filing
separate

3 Married and spouse not

employed

4 Head of household

MS Employee, retiree 1 Single Any year

2 Married Any year

3 Married and withholding at Any year

higher single rate

4 Head of household Any year

NC Employee 1 Single or married filing

separately

2 Married filing jointly, or

surviving spouse

3 Head of household

Retiree 1 Single or married filing Any year

separately
NC-4P

2 Married filing jointly, or Any year

surviving spouse

3 Head of household Any year

NE Employee 1 Single

2 Married

575
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Person type Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

NJ Employee 1 Single

2 Married or civil union

couple, filing jointly

3 Married or civil union

couple, filing separately

4 Head of household

5 Qualifying widow or
widower, or surviving civil
union partner

NY Employee 1 Single, or head of

household

2 Married

3 Married, but withhold at a

higher single rate

OK Employee 1 Single, or head of

household

2 Married

3 Married and withholding at

higher single rate

OR Employee 1 Single

2 Married

3 Married and withholding at

higher single rate

Retiree 1 Single Any year

W-4P-OSTWC

2 Married Any year

3 Married and withholding at Any year

higher single rate

576
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Person type Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

PR Employee 1 Individual full

2 Individual, or married none

3 Married full

4 Married half

5 Married optional

6 Married optional none

Retiree 1 Individual full Any year

2 Individual, or married none Any year

3 Married full Any year

4 Married half Any year

5 Married optional Any year

6 Married optional none Any year

SC Employee 1 Single Any year

2 Married Any year

3 Married and withholding at Any year

higher single rate

Retiree 1 Single Any year

2 Married Any year

3 Married and withholding at Any year

higher single rate

VT Employee 1 Single Any year

3 Married and withholding at Any year

higher single rate

577
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Person type Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

6 Married/Civil union filing Any year

jointly

7 Married/Civil union filing Any year

separately

Retiree 1 Single Any year

3 Married and withholding at Any year

higher single rate

6 Married/Civil union filing Any year

jointly

7 Married/Civil union filing Any year

separately

WI Employee 1 Single Any year

2 Married Any year

3 Married and withholding at Any year

higher single rate

Retiree 1 Single Any year

2 Married Any year

3 Married and withholding at Any year

higher single rate

WV Employee 1 Single (derived field) Any year

2 Married (derived field) Any year

3 Single or married with two Any year

or more incomes (derived
field)

4 Optional one earner, one Any year

job (derived field)

Retiree 1 Single (derived field) Any year

578
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Person type Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

2 Married (derived field) Any year

3 Single or married with two Any year

or more incomes (derived
field)

4 Optional one earner, one Any year

job (derived field)

Related Topics
• Derived Values For State Tax Card Components
• Federal Tax Filing Status Codes
• States and Territories that Use Federal Tax Filing Status Codes

States and Territories that Use Federal Tax Filing Status Codes
This table lists all Filing Status codes for states and territories that follow the Federal tax component. They appear on
the appropriate state or territory components of their tax card.

Use them to help you:

• Migrate data using the HCM Data Loader (HDL)

• Interpret and reports you have configured that use them

Follows Federal Form W-4

States Person type Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

CO, DE, GU, MP, ND, NM, Employee 1 Single 2019 or prior
UT, VI

Note:
As of 2020, DE no longer
follows the Federal W-4.
For further info, see All
Other State Tax Filing
Status Codes in the Help
Center.

2 Married 2019 or prior

3 Married and withholding at 2019 or prior

higher single rate

579
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

States Person type Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

4 Single or married filing 2020 or later

separately

5 Married filing jointly or 2020 or later

qualifying widow(er)

6 Head of household 2020 or later

ND Retiree 1 Single 2019 or prior

2 Married 2019 or prior

3 Married and withholding at 2019 or prior

higher single rate

4 Single or married filing 2020 or later

separately

5 Married filing jointly or 2020 or later

qualifying widow(er)

6 Head of household 2020 or later

Follows Federal Form W-4P

States Person type Lookup code Lookup meaning Year

CO, DE, GU, MN, MP, NE, Retiree 1 Single Any year
OK, VI

2 Married Any year

3 Married and withholding at Any year

higher single rate

Related Topics
• Derived Values For State Tax Card Components
• Federal Tax Filing Status Codes
• State and Territory-Specific Tax Filing Status Codes

580
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface

Run the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface
You use the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface to outsource third-party payments processing to an external
application, such as ADP Money Movement.

When you run this process, by default, it captures the garnishment information for all employees processed by payroll in
your legislative data group.

Process Involuntary Payments

In this example, you're processing your involuntary payments through a third party.

1. Perform your payroll run.

2. Calculate your prepayments, either as part of the payroll cycle flow or by running the standalone Calculate
Prepayments task.
3. Run the periodic archive.

The periodic archive process captures gross earnings, net earnings, and deduction information calculated by
the payroll process.

Balance amounts are archived for employees that have had involuntary deductions processed in the payroll.
4. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
5. Click Submit a Flow.
6. Specify your US legislative data group.
7. Search for and select Third-Party Involuntary Payment Extract.
8. Enter the following parameters.

Field label What this does

Payroll Payroll definition name.

This field is optional. If specified, the process captures the involuntary payment information for
all employees associated with this payroll definition.

If left blank, this process captures all active payrolls in the legislative data group.

Start Date Start date of the payroll period you're reporting.

End Date End date of the payroll period you're reporting.

9. Complete and run the process.

10. Submit the output XML file to the third-party payroll provider.

581
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface
• Set Up the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface
• Troubleshoot the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface

Run Third-Party Involuntary Payment Extract

Use the involuntary payment interface when using a third-party provider to process your involuntary deductions.

The Third-Party Involuntary Payment Extract flow extracts an employee's relevant garnishment data into an output file
appropriate for the provider, so the employer can submit it for processing.

To run this flow:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group (LDG).
4. Search for and select Third-Party Involuntary Payment Extract.

Before You Begin

You must have successfully completed your payroll processing for the period, including prepayments calculation.

You must have successfully run the periodic archive.

Process Parameters
Payroll

Payroll definition name.

This field is optional. If specified, the process captures the involuntary payment information for all employees
associated with this payroll definition.

If left blank, this process captures all active payrolls in the LDG.

Start Date

Start date of the payroll period you're reporting.

End Date

End date of the payroll period you're reporting.

Process Configuration Group

Process configuration group for logging and performance purposes.

Process Output
This process produces the following output.

582
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Output Description

Output File Includes all relevant employee garnishment data. This

USThirdPartyInvoluntaryPaymentsExtract.xml output file is accessible through View Results.
The employer submits this file through the third-party provider's processes.

Audit Report Lists all garnishments included in the extract. Review this file for accuracy and completeness before
submitting the output file to your third-party provider.

Exceptions Report Logs any errors detected during the extraction process. Review this file and resolve any issues
detected.

To download and view these reports:

1. After you have successfully run the payment extraction, select Checklists from the Navigator.
2. Use the search criteria to determine the flow name, and copy it.
3. Select Reports and Analytics from the Navigator.
4. In Contents pane, expand Shared Folders > Human Capital Management > Payroll > Payment Distribution
> US.
5. Select Third-Party Involuntary Payments Extract, and click View.
6. In flowInstanceName, enter the flow name you queried on the Checklists page, and click Apply.

The XML output, exception report, and audit report appear as separate tabs.
7. Select Export from Actions to save these reports as CSV files, suitable for viewing in a spreadsheet application.

Related Topics
• Set Up the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface
• Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface
• Troubleshoot the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface

Set Up the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface

Before you can use the Third-Party Involuntary Payments Interface, you need to perform set up in the following areas.

• Enterprise and Organizations

• Interface Administrator
• Employees
• Third-Party Payees
• Involuntary Deductions Elements
• Involuntary Deductions Calculation Card
• ADP Money Movement
For further info, see the following sections.

583
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Note: For further info, see the following.

• Human Resources Cloud Administering US Involuntary Deductions on the Help Center
• Human Resources Cloud Implementing Payroll for the United States on the Help Center
• Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management for the United States: HR Implementation and Use technical brief
(1676530.1) on My Oracle Support

Enterprise and Organizations

You can configure the following areas of the Third-Party Involuntary Payments Interface.

• Country Extension
• Tax Reporting Units

Country Extension
You must have the full payroll license enabled for Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management for the US. When enabling
your United States country extension through the Manage Features by Country or Territory task, you must select
Payroll.

Tax Reporting Units

When setting up your organizations, use these tasks to set the required values on your tax reporting units (TRUs).

• Manage Legal Reporting Unit task

Your TRUs must have these values.

◦ Name
◦ Full address, including ZIP Code

• Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task

For each TRU:

a. From My Client Groups, click Workforce Structures.

b. Click Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information.
c. Select Tax Reporting Unit.
d. In Third-Party Interfaces at the Federal level, set these values.

Field label What you enter

Client Identifier Employer client ID as provided by ADP.

Branch Identifier Appropriate value as defined by ADP.

584
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field label What you enter

- ST
- S1 - S5
- S7

e. Save your work.

Interface Administrator
Confirm that the Payroll Manager job role is assigned to the Payroll Administrator responsible for running the Third-
Party Involuntary Payments Interface.

Employees
All employees must have a first and last name and social security number.

Third-Party Payees
To configure the payees of the involuntary deductions for use with the interface, you must first configure the user
interface to enable fields required by ADP.

1. Start the Manage Trading Community Common Profile Options task.

2. Edit the HZ_GENERATE_PARTY_NUMBER profile option.
3. In Profile Values, select Site.
4. As the Profile Value, select Auto numbering update allowed.
5. Save your work.
This enables Registry ID in the Manage Third Parties task.
When finished, configure the involuntary deduction payees to be third-party payees and assign them the ADP payee
code.

1. From My Client Groups, click Show More.

2. Under Payroll, click Third Parties.
3. For each payee, edit an existing payee or create a new one.

Note: The payee's name can't exceed 45 characters.

4. Assign the payee the External Payee usage code.

5. In Registry ID, specify a unique 5-character payee code.
6. Assign each payee a full address, including ZIP Code.
7. Save your work.

Involuntary Deductions Elements

For each employee involuntary payment, you must define an Involuntary Deductions element using the Elements task.
When you process payroll, the interface uses the results of these elements' calculations as the basis for the payments.

Involuntary Deductions Calculation Card

For the employee receiving the garnishments, use the Calculation Cards task to update their Involuntary Deductions
card. Make sure to include the appropriate calculation component for each deduction.

585
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Perform the following updates for each calculation component.

1. In Calculation Component Details, select the US Involuntary Deduction Data row and set the following fields.

Field label What you enter

Third-Party Involuntary Deduction ADP lien number. A unique 2-digit number representing the deduction.
Number
Your must maintain these numbers, entering a new one whenever the employee incurs a new
deduction, such as 01, 02, 03, and so on.

If you were already using ADP Money Movement prior to your Oracle Fusion implementation,
enter the deduction's lien number as it was recorded in your legacy system.

CSE Agency Case Identifier Case identifier from the withholding order.

FIPS Code Required for support orders.

Eligible for Medical Support Required for support orders.

2. Select the Involuntary Deduction Rules row and specify the following fields.

Field label What you enter

Start Date Date the involuntary deduction takes effect and deductions begin. If left blank, the Received
Date is used.

Description For state tax levies, include STL as a prefix of the description.

Frequency Frequency of the deduction.

When you create your payroll definition, you can select from a wide range of frequency types. However, ADP
recognizes only a subset.

◦ Daily
◦ Weekly
◦ Biweekly

586
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

◦ Monthly
Because of this, the interface maps the payroll definition values to the ADP values in the following way.

Payroll definition frequency ADP frequency

Bimonthly Monthly

Biweekly Biweekly

Monthly Calendar Monthly

Monthly Lunar Monthly

Quarterly Monthly

Semimonthly Monthly

Semiannually Monthly

Weekly Weekly

Annually Annually

ADP Money Movement

Prior to running your first extract, establish a feed with ADP Money Movement.

1. Ensure you have completed the configuration steps described in the previous sections.
2. Start the Third-Party Involuntary Deductions Initial Extract process.
3. Set the following parameters.

Field label What you enter

Site ID Site identifier as provided by ADP.

Payroll Payroll definition name.

This field is optional. If specified, the process captures the payroll information for all employees
associated with this payroll definition.

If left blank, this process captures all active payrolls in the legislative data group.

587
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field label What you enter

Effective Date Establishes the baseline for the historical file. Payroll data created prior to this date is
disregarded.

This field is optional. If left blank, this process captures all payroll data in the legislative data
group.

4. Run the process.

5. Submit the historical output file to ADP.

Related Topics
• Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface
• Troubleshoot the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface
• Run the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface

Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface

Business outsourcing solutions providers such as ADP can perform garnishment and third-party payment processing
for their customers. If you're using such a third-party, you can use the provided involuntary payment interface.

This interface uses the US Third Party Involuntary Payment Extract to capture your employee's relevant garnishment
data into an XML output file appropriate for the provider. You can then submit the output for processing.

View the Extract

To view the extract:

1. From My Client Groups, click Data Exchange.

2. Click Extract Definitions.
3. Select a US legislative data group (LDG) and the Archive Retrieval type.
4. Click Search.
5. Select US Third Party Involuntary Payment Extract.

Run the Interface

To run the interface and extract your garnishment data:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US LDG.
4. Search for and select Third-Party Involuntary Payment Extract.

Validate the Payment Information

Before submitting the disbursement file to ADP:

• Review the exception report, and resolve any errors logged.

588
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

For further information, see Troubleshoot the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface in the Help Center.
• Review the audit report to validate your payment information.

Don't open the disbursement file in any third-party viewer, as that could affect the integrity of your data. If you
choose to open the file in an external view, don't save any changes.

Related Topics
• Set Up the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface
• Troubleshoot the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface
• Run the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface

Troubleshoot the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface

When running this interface, you may encounter errors in your data.

In these cases, you may find the following helpful.

• Finding errors in the exception report

• Fixing errors after you processed the periodic archive
• Fixing errors before you upload the disbursement file
• Correcting data after you uploaded the disbursement file
• Resolving missing data in the disbursement file
• Resolving rejected disbursement files
For further info, see the following sections.

CAUTION: The Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface keeps no records of the files you send to your involuntary
deductions processing provider or when you send them. You must ensure the accuracy of the data you capture
and submit. Regardless of what changes you make to resolve errors, the data in Oracle Fusion Human Capital
Management must remain your source of truth.

How You Resolve Errors Detected by the Exception Report

After you complete running the extract process, check the exceptions report. The process logs any errors it detects in
this file.

In case of error:

1. Use the Roll Back Process flow to roll back the interface process.

This extract applies locks to the deductions transactions it processes to ensure they aren't processed again in
subsequent runs. If an error occurs on a transaction, you must roll back the process before you can rerun the
transaction.

589
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

2. If the error pertains to the periodic archive, or to the data archived, roll back the archive.
Note: In addition to the extract, there are other processes that consume the archive's data, such as the
payslip and tax filing. If you have run these processes as well, you must resolve their data locks before you
can roll back the archive.

3. Resolve any data errors, as listed in the exception report.

4. Rerun the Third-Party Involuntary Payments Extract process.
5. Ensure all processes have completed without additional errors.

Fixing Errors After Processing the Archive

If you find an error in your deduction data after you have run the periodic archive, but before you have run the third-
party involuntary deductions extract process:

1. Roll back the periodic archive.

Note: In addition to the extract, there are other processes that consume the archive's data, such as the
payslip and tax filing. If you have run these processes as well, you must resolve their data locks before you
can roll back the archive.

2. Correct your info.

3. Rerun the archive process.
4. Run the third-party involuntary deductions extract process.

Fixing Errors Before Uploading the Disbursement File

In this case, you must make corrections to your deductions data, but you have already generated the extract file.

If you haven't yet uploaded the file to your provider, you must:

1. Roll back the third-party involuntary deductions extract process and then the periodic archive.
Note: In addition to the extract, there are other processes that consume the archive's data, such as the
payslip and tax filing. If you have run these processes as well, you must resolve their data locks before you
can roll back the archive.

2. Correct your info.

3. Rerun the periodic archive process.
4. Run the third-party involuntary deductions extract process.

Correcting Data After Uploading the Disbursement File

Once you have uploaded your tax-filing extract to your provider, you must work with them to resolve issues and correct
any errors. You must also ensure all corrections are reflected in the data maintained in Oracle Fusion Global Payroll.

Resolving Missing Data in the Disbursement File

After running the extract process and checking the audit report, you discover it's missing expected deduction data.

Both the periodic archive and third-party involuntary deduction extract applies locks to the data when you run them.
When you make changes that impact an extract you have already run, if you rerun the extract, the process captures only
the new data.

To create an output file consisting of all changes, rather than submitting multiple files, you must roll back the extract
and periodic archive processes and then rerun them.

590
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Resolving Rejected Disbursement Files

ADP may reject the file you submit to them for a number of reasons. They are primarily due to configuration or data
corruption issues that result in malformed extract files. Some things you can check:

• Fields required by ADP are undefined or incorrect, such as:

Field label Where you can find it under My Client Groups

Client Identifier Workforce Structures > Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information

Branch Identifier Workforce Structures > Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information

Registry ID Payroll > Third-Party Payees

Third-Party Involuntary Deduction Payroll > Calculation Cards

Number

For further info, see Set Up the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface in the Help Center.
• The fields provided in the file exceed ADP's character limits.
• Your historical or disbursement XML extract files include special characters in the start of the text stream
ADP can't process these characters. Some third-party XML editors insert a byte order mark into the file, and this
renders the file unusable to ADP.
If you view your extract files with such an editor, ensure you do one of the following:
◦ Do not save any changes
◦ Select an encoding option that saves the file without the byte order mark

Related Topics
• Set Up the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface
• Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface
• Run the Third-Party Involuntary Payment Interface

Third-Party Tax Filing Interface

Configuration Requirements for Third-Party Tax Filing
If you're a new user of your third-party tax filing application, you must establish a feed with your supplier before you can
run your first extract.

591
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Refer to their documentation for the kind of info they require to process and submit your tax data. Make sure your
extract passes all required info.

Note: The tax files generated by the extracts don't include your employer info, such as contact info, addresses,
tax collection district codes, and tax identification numbers. You must enter this info in your third-party supplier
application.

In addition, you may need to perform some configuration in the following areas.

• What tax reporting unit info is needed

• What work structure info is needed
• How to include any local taxes you manually configured
• What additional balance and element info is needed
• What worker info is needed
• What calculation card info is needed
• What other configuration you may require
• What info does the extract automatically derive

For further info, see How the Third-Party Tax Filing Extract Derives Employee Worked Values on the Help
Center.
For further info, see the following sections.

What Tax Reporting Info Is Needed

Your tax-filing supplier expects your extract to include tax reporting unit (TRU) info to help establish context for your
payroll data.

For employees, each TRU is a separate company and assigned a client identifier by the third-party supplier. The extract
output file can include multiple batches, each representing a TRU.

For retirees, each TRU within a given payroll statutory unit (PSU) represents one or more distribution codes. The third-
party supplier assigns one client identifier per PSU. Use this client identifier for all TRUs within that PSU. The extract
output file can include multiple batches, but each batch is represented by a PSU, not a TRU.

Note: For periodic tax filing, ADP can't process retirees and employees in the same batch. You must submit their
payroll data either in separate files or in separate batches in the same file, reporting under different TRUs. For
quarterly tax filing, employees and retirees can't be in the same file. For further info, see Oracle Cloud Human Capital
Management for the United States: Retiree Implementation and Use Guide (2461709.1) on My Oracle Support.

For further info, see Define Tax Reporting Units for the US in the Help Center.

What you need to configure How you do it

All TRUs For each TRU:

1. From My Client Groups, click Workforce Structures.

2. Click Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information.
3. Select Federal.

592
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

What you need to configure How you do it

4. In Third-Party Interfaces, enter either the Client Identifier or 1099-R Client Identifier number
provided by your supplier.

The maximum length for ADP is 14 characters. MasterTax doesn't issue a client ID, so you may
enter any value up to 14 characters.

The process interprets a blank value as instructions to exclude the TRU.

5. Use the Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task to define the United States Federal Tax
jurisdiction. Some payroll processes, such as Archive Periodic Payroll Results, won't function
properly if the United States Federal Tax registration isn't present at the TRU level.

TRUs with no payroll data By default, the extract captures data for all TRUs, including those with no active payroll data for the
year. Reporting these TRUs in the quarterly tax file may generate errors from ADP.

• To exclude a TRU, enter EXCLUDE for Client Identifier.

• As of the 21C September Statutory Maintenance Pack, to exclude a retiree TRU, enter EXCLUDE
for Form 1099-R Client Identifier.

Note:
Excluded TRUs aren't reported on the audit report or output file. If you mark a TRU for exclusion, it
won't be included on the quarterly tax file, even if it has payroll activity for the reporting period.

TRUs for retirees A single periodic file can include tax info from both employee and retiree TRUs. However, they must be
in separate batches.

Note:
If your payroll includes retirees, you must perform special configuration for organizations.
For further info, see Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for the United States: Retiree
Implementation and Use Guide (2461709.1) on My Oracle Support.

TRUs for US territories For TRUs belonging to US territories, use Territory Identifier in the Territory Rules section. Leave this
field blank for continental US TRUs.

California employees If you have employees in California, provide your Wage Plan Code:

• At the PSU level, use the Legal Entity HCM Information task
• At the TRU level, use the Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task
Enter the value in Wage Plan Code at the Regional level.

Entering a value at TRU level overrides the value for the PSU. You can override both on an individual
employee's reporting card.

For further info, see California Wage Plan Code in the Help Center.

New Jersey employees If you have employees in New Jersey, provide your family leave insurance plan and disability plan
types.

If you're opting for private plans, provide the plan numbers as well. Use the Legal Reporting Unit HCM
Information task to enter these values at the Regional level. If you're using private plans, the plan
numbers are displayed on the employee W-2.

For further info, see the following in the Help Center.

593
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

What you need to configure How you do it

• New Jersey Family Leave Insurance

• New Jersey Disability Insurance

Combined-filer status for Pennsylvania If you're registered as a combined filer for Pennsylvania Act 32 taxes, provide your Tax Collection
District (TCD) combined-filing proxy.

• At the PSU level, use the Legal Entity Calculation Cards task
• At the TRU level, use the Legal Reporting Unit Calculation Cards task
Enter the value in TCD Combined Proxy Filing for your Pennsylvania State Income Tax calculation
component. If you're opting to become a combined filer after your initial implementation, set this field
only after completing all your payroll runs for the current year. For new implementations, set this field
prior to running your first payrolls.

Note:
Pennsylvania Act 32 tax collectors require you have combined filing designation for a full calendar
year to the same tax collector. Don't change this designation mid-year, as it would cause the tax-
filing extract to report multiple rows incorrectly on your tax files.

Once set, the payroll process populates this value in run results for the Tax Collection District Code on
the City Tax elements and the Local Wages and Taxes elements.

If you're not a combined filer, there's no configuration required. The payroll process populates the Tax
Collection District Code in run results according to Pennsylvania Act 32 requirements.

What Work Structure Info Is Needed

Your tax-filing supplier expects your extract to include the appropriate work structure-related info for accurate
reporting.

Note: These requirements don't apply to retirees and 1099-R reporting.

Work structure What you need to configure How you do it

Location Employer Unit Number Some states require an Employer Unit Number.
For locations in those states, use the Locations
task to enter your Employer Unit Number
under the United States Unemployment
Reporting Information section.

This value is a 3, 4, or 5-digit number,

depending on the state.

This is required for New Mexico, Massachusetts,

Minnesota, Iowa, and Michigan.

Indiana requires the 3-digit code if:

• You're assigned a single enterprise filing

status by the Indiana Department of
Workforce Security

594
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Work structure What you need to configure How you do it

• You elected to report multiple locations

with the Department of Workforce
Security

Job Standard Occupational Classification When setting up your jobs, some states
require they have a Standard Occupational
Classification. For jobs in those states, use the
Jobs task to enter their Standard Occupational
Classification under the United States Job
Information section. Enter this value as
99-9999 or 99-9999.99, depending on the
state.

CAUTION:
There's no validation on this field, so make
sure you use the correct format.

Although this is required only for Alaska,

Indiana and Louisiana, consider adding it to
all jobs. For further info on SOC codes, see the
Bureau of Labor Statistics website. Search for
the Standard Occupational Classification page.

For employees in Alaska, you can override this

value on their Reporting card. This is passed on
the quarterly file. See the Reporting Information
Card section.

Name Indiana requires either the standard

occupational classification or the job title.
This field is passed on the quarterly file for all
employees.

How to Include Local Taxes

Local taxes represent categories of taxes that exist in some states and are generally at the county or city level. You
can process most of these taxes using the predefined settings. However, some local employer taxes require manual
configuration.

To pass these taxes on the tax files, make sure you have configured either the taxable or withheld balances with an
appropriate Quarter-to-Date or Year-to-Date dimension.

Note: You can configure other balances as well, but you must include at least one of these to pass the data.

Local taxes aren't supported for retirees and pension payments.

For further info, see Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for the United States: State and Local Tax Configuration
(2056960.1) on My Oracle Support.

What Additional Balance and Element Info You Need

When setting up balances, consider the following.

595
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Balance issue What you need to know

1099-R balances You have to feed some balances if you want to include their info on the quarterly file for the 1099-R
form.

• Form 1099R Taxable Distribution

• Form 1099R Capital Gain
• Form 1099R Employee Contributions or Insurance Premiums
• Form 1099R Net Unrealized Appreciation
• Form 1099R Other
• Form 1099R Total Employee Contributions
• Form 1099R In Plan Roth Rollover

Balance feeds When defining and managing balances, you must establish feeds for any balance you want to pass on
the file.

Dismissal Payments balance For elements using the Dismissal Payments secondary classification, the extract uses the Dismissal
Payments balance to pass severance payments on the file.

Any elements using this secondary classification automatically feed this balance. ADP subtracts
this amount from the employee's state unemployment insurance subject wages for New York and
Michigan.

Non-W-2 balances You can pass these non-W-2 balances on the file.

• Employer-Subsidized Meals
• Moving Expenses Paid to Third-Parties
• Qualified Transportation
• Sick Pay Wages
For Philadelphia, Pennsylvania reporting, pass these balances.

• City Uncollected Tax Tip Wages Resident

• City Uncollected Tax Tip Wages Nonresident

Note:
Populate these city-level balances with the total uncollected tax wages for tipped employees for
which no city tax was withheld. If you have employees meeting this condition, you must perform
balance adjustments on these balances.

For further info, see the Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for the United States: Balance
Adjustments (1600728.1) on My Oracle Support.

For Louisville, Kentucky reporting, pass these balances.

• City Uncollected Tax Tip Withheld Resident

596
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Balance issue What you need to know

• City Uncollected Tax Tip Withheld Nonresident

Note:
Populate these city-level balances with the total uncollected tax wages for tipped employees for
which no city tax was withheld. If you have employees meeting this condition, you must perform
balance adjustments on these balances.

For further info, see the Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for the United States: Balance
Adjustments (1600728.1) on My Oracle Support.

State Worked Hours balance Passed on the quarterly extract for SUI reporting.

For quarterly files run prior to Q1 2023, the Quarterly Tax Filing extract:

1. Checks if the SUI Employer Reduced Subject Wages are greater than $0 for the quarter and given
state.
2. Checks if the State Worked Hours balance has a value greater than 0.
3. If not, it derives the hours using the run result method.
For quarterly files run Q1 2023 and later, the Quarterly Tax Filing extract:

1. Checks if the SUI Employer Reduced Subject Wages are greater than $0 for the quarter and given
state.
2. Derives the hours from the State Worked Hours balance.
For further info on the necessary configurations, see the Hours Worked for State Unemployment
Insurance Reporting technical brief (2729519.1) on My Oracle Support.

State Worked Weeks balance By default, the quarterly extract calculates weeks worked based on the hours worked divided by 40 and
rounded. However, you can override this value by feeding the State Worked Weeks balance.

If this balance has a non-zero value, the quarterly tax filing extract passes it on the quarterly file for the
appropriate state.

The extract caps the weeks worked at 13. If the hours worked is less than 40, it defaults the weeks
worked to 1.

Note:
When defining an Information element to feed this balance:

1. Create a State input value on the element, and set its display sequence to 1.
2. For Reference, select State. This ensures the validation source uses the correct PVO.

W-2 balances For a list of W-2 balances required for end-of-year reporting, see Form W-2 Box Info in the Help Center.

W-2 balances for quarterly reporting Define feeds for the following balances prior to running your first quarterly tax extract.

• W2 Social Security Tips

• W2 Uncollected Medicare Group Term Life
• W2 Uncollected Medicare Tips
• W2 Uncollected Social Security Group Term Life
• W2 Uncollected Social Security Tax Tips

597
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Balance issue What you need to know

W-2 balances for Puerto Rico For a list of W-2 balances required for end-of-year reporting for Puerto Rico, see Form W-2PR Box Info
in the Help Center.

The following Puerto Rico balances have special considerations.

• W2 Territory 401k
• W2 Territory Charitable Contributions
• W2 Territory Government Retirement Fund
• W2 Territory Government Employee Savings Plan
For the user-defined results elements feeding these balances, set the State input value to 72. This
identifies them as belonging to Puerto Rico.

Note:
The quarterly tax filing extract performs a balance call with a State context of Puerto Rico. If the
call returns no value, the extract then makes a second balance call with no State context. It passes
this value on the file. If you're already processing user-defined elements in payroll without the State
context, this ensures the correct balance value is passed on the file.

Washington Family Leave Hours balance The Washington Family Leave Hours balance is populated from the same value as the Washington
State Worked Hours balance. The quarter-to-date and year-to-date values are the same because the
extract doesn't derive a year-to-date value.

What Worker Info You Need

These extracts include employee and retiree data. It doesn't pass data for person types that don't support payroll
processing.

In addition to the fields required for HR and payroll processing, there are some fields that may be required for accurate
reporting. See the following for details.

For these fields Consider the following

Birth Date Any Puerto Rico employee must provide their birth date when reporting Code E in Box 16 or 16A of
their Form W-2PR. Use Date of Birth either in the Person task or through the New Hire flow.

Employee ID The employee ID is passed on the E record for the monthly and quarterly files. This 12-digit code is
derived for both employees and retirees by the following.

• First two characters of the first name

If the first name is missing, uses literal FF.

• First two characters of the last name

598
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

For these fields Consider the following

• 8 digits from the National Identifier

It uses the following matrix to determine which digits to use.

For example, John Smith 123-45-6789 would become JOSM32769854.

You can use this value to search for employees in MasterTax. It isn't used by ADP.

Social Security Number The employee's primary national identifier is passed on the E record. This can be either their Social
Security Number (SSN) or Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN), whichever is most recent.
Individual Taxpayer Identification Number
If you update this identifier during the year, confirm the extract passes the correct number to the
provider. You may need to send corrected quarter files with the proper identifier. For further info, see
your provider's documentation.

Taxpayer Identification Number This is for retirees only. The Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) is used when retiree payments and
Form 1099-R is issued to a nonperson entity, such as an estate. This number is passed on the E record
in the quarterly file.

Part Time Status For part-time employees in Indiana, Vermont, and Puerto Rico, use the Employment task to specify the
correct setting on either Assignment Category or Full Time or Part Time.

Hourly Paid or Salaried Use the Employment task to specify the correct setting for this field.

This is required only for Vermont. However, if you are using the run results method for hours worked
calculation, the extract also uses it to derive the total hours worked for the quarter. For further info,
see the Hours Worked for State Unemployment Insurance Reporting technical brief (2729519.1) on My
Oracle Support.

Home Address The quarterly tax file always passes the home address in the US. If the worker has multiple home
addresses for different countries, quarterly tax file passes the US address only.

As of the 21C September Statutory Maintenance Pack, the monthly tax file always passes the home
address in the US. If the worker has multiple home addresses for different countries, monthly tax file
passes the US address only.

Mailing Address If you have provided a mailing address for the person, the quarterly tax file passes it in addition to their
home address.

599
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

For these fields Consider the following

International mailing addresses have special considerations. You must include the complete
international address in the Address Line 1, Address Line 2, and City fields. The extract doesn't
pass the state code and postal code on the quarterly tax file for these addresses. It concatenates the
country name to the City field and passes the value on the tax file. For further info, see your third-
party supplier documentation.

Year-End Form Print Preferences You can deliver your year-end forms to employees in either paper format or digitally.

As an employer operating in the US and its territories, you can change the default preferences at the
enterprise and employee levels.

The Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract passes these preferences to your third-party provider.

• For terminated employees, the extract overrides the print preference value and enforces print
delivery.
• For retirees, the default is to not pass an indicator. This automatically defaults to print.
• For employees in US territories, this field uses the W_2 document type to derive the print
preferences.
For further info, see Configure the Form W-2 in the Help Center.

What Calculation Card Info You Need

For each employee or retiree, make sure you have correctly configured their calculation cards. There are some special
values that may be required for accurate reporting.

Reporting Information Card

For employees, if you enter values for the appropriate fields in the Reporting Information calculation component,
they're passed on the quarterly tax file. Use the Retiree Reporting Information calculation component for retirees.

For each state or territory where the person is employed, create a Regional calculation component with the proper
regional association. Under the Reporting Information calculation component details, set the appropriate fields for
these states.

For further info, see Reporting Information Calculation Card for the US in the Help Center.

Component group Calculation component Calculation component Field name What this does
detail

Federal Reporting Information Third-Party Interfaces ADP Special Processing Indicates whether the
Required employee's W-2 is excluded
from main population
printing.

Note:
The quarterly extract
passes this in a separate
field than the employee
print preferences.

600
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Component group Calculation component Calculation component Field name What this does
detail

ADP Special Sort Code Provides additional data

for sort options G and E in
the ADP client maintenance
system.

For further info, see

your ADP product
documentation.

Not used by MasterTax.

Reporting Information Corporate Officer Identifies employees who

are corporate officers of the
employer.

As this is required by
multiple states, specify it at
the federal level.

Note:
Most states require
Corporate Officer or
Not a Corporate Officer;
however, Washington
DC allows others. If you
select a value other than
Corporate Officer or
Not a Corporate Officer
for any state other than
Washington DC, ADP
interprets the value as N.

Eligible for Retirement Plan An employee is

automatically marked as
eligible for the retirement
plan on Box 13 of their W-2
when any of these balances
has a value greater than 0.

• W2 401k
• W2 403b
• W2 408k
• W2 501c
• W2 Pension Plan
• W2 Roth 401k
• W2 Roth 403b
Use this field to manually
identify employee eligibility
if they don't contribute to
any plan.

For further info, see

Configure Calculation Card

601
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Component group Calculation component Calculation component Field name What this does
detail

Configuration for Year-

End Tax Forms in the Help
Center.

Family Member with Designates if the employee

Majority Interest or a family member owns
majority interest of this
business.

Probationary Code Identifies employees hired

on a trial basis.

Retiree Reporting Reporting Information Account Number Form 1099-R account,

Information policy, or other identifying
number. Required when
you have multiple accounts
for a recipient that has
multiple 1099-Rs.

This populates field code

H1 of the C record and the
Account Number box on
the 1099-R.

Annuity Percentage Use this field when an

annuity contract is part of
a multiple recipient lump-
sum distribution. Enter
the percentage of the total
annuity represented.

The annuity percentage

is field code YL of the C
record and is fed to the %
next to Box 8 on the 1099-
R.

Use whole numbers only.

For example, enter 5% as
5, 10% as 10, and 100% as
100.

Distribution date for section Use this date for

6050Y death benefits distribution codes C and
CD. This date indicates
when the death benefit was
paid under section 6050Y.

This date is passed as an

E record and is fed to the
Date of Payment box 13 on
the 1099-R.

FATCA Filing Requirements This field is for your info

tracking only. The quarterly
tax file doesn't include it.

602
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Component group Calculation component Calculation component Field name What this does
detail

First Year of Designated Identifies the year when

Roth Contribution this person made a first-
year designated Roth
contribution.

Use four digits for the year,

such as 2019.

This value populates field

code R1 of the C record and
is fed to Box 11 on the 1099-
R.

Taxable Amount not Use this field when

Determined the taxable amount of
the payments can't be
reasonably obtained.

If you select Yes, then a Y

value is fed to field code
YD of the C record. It enters
an X in Box 2b of the 1099-
R, Taxable amount not
determined.

Total Distribution Used to indicate if the

payment was a total
distribution.

For further info, see

How the Quarterly
Tax-Filing Extract for
Retirees Identifies Total
Distributions in the Help
Center.

Total Distribution For use if a total

Percentage distribution is made to
more than one recipient.
Enter the distribution
percentage you're
allocating for this recipient.

Use whole numbers only.

For example, enter 5% as 5,
10% as 10, and 90% as 90.

The total distribution

percentage is field code YM
of the C record and is fed to
box 9a on the 1099-R.

Traditional, SEP, or SIMPLE Identifies the person is

IRA receiving a traditional IRA,
SEP, or SIMPLE distribution.

603
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Component group Calculation component Calculation component Field name What this does
detail

If you select Yes, it enters

an X in the IRA/SEP/
SIMPLE box on the 1099-R.

Regional State Reporting Information Alaska Reporting Geographic Code Two-digit code that
Information identifies the employee's
primary place of work.

Occupational Code Identifies the employee's

occupation category.
The value you enter here
overrides the value you
specified on the job.

Note:
For further info, see the
Alaska Department of
Labor and Workforce
Development website.
Search for the Alaska
Occupation and
Geographic Coding
Resources page.

California Reporting Wage Plan Code Used to override the value

Information specified at the payroll
statutory unit and tax
reporting unit levels.

For further info, see the

California Employment
Development Department
website. Search for the
Electronic Filing Guide for
the Quarterly Wage and
Withholding Program.

Choices include:

• SUI only
• State disability
insurance
(SDI) without
unemployment
insurance
• Voluntary disability
insurance
• No voluntary, SUI, or
SDI
• SUI and SDI
• SUI with religious
exemption

604
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Component group Calculation component Calculation component Field name What this does
detail

• Voluntary disability
insurance and SUI

Indiana Reporting Seasonal Worker Identifies the person as a

Information seasonal worker.

Maine Reporting Seasonal Worker Identifies the person as a

Information seasonal worker.

North Carolina Reporting Seasonal Worker Identifies the person as a

Information seasonal worker.

Puerto Rico Reporting W-2 Control Number When populated, the

Information third-party quarterly tax
extract passes this field on
the W record for Puerto
Rico state tax codes in
positions 299-314. This
data is ignored by ADP but
is accepted by MasterTax.

For further info, see Oracle

Cloud Human Capital
Management for the
United States: End-of-Year
Processing (1944400.1) on
My Oracle Support.

Qualified physician under Designates if the employee

Act 14-2017 had wages for services
rendered by a qualified
physician who has a valid
decree under Act 14-2017.

For further info, see

Human Resources Cloud
Administering US End-of-
Year Processing on the Help
Center.

Domestic Services Designates if the employee

had wages for domestic
services in a private home,
local college club, or
local chapter of a college
fraternity or sorority.

For further info, see

Human Resources Cloud
Administering US End-of-
Year Processing on the Help
Center.

Agricultural work Designates if the employee

had wages for services

605
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Component group Calculation component Calculation component Field name What this does
detail

rendered in agricultural
labor.

For further info, see

Human Resources Cloud
Administering US End-of-
Year Processing on the Help
Center.

Minister of a church or Designates if the employee

member of a religious order had wages for services
rendered by a minister of a
church or by a member of a
religious order.

For further info, see

Human Resources Cloud
Administering US End-of-
Year Processing on the Help
Center.

Health professionals under Designates if the employee

CC 20-01 had wages for services by
health professionals under
CC 20-01.

For further info, see

Human Resources Cloud
Administering US End-of-
Year Processing on the Help
Center.

Others Designates the type of

other wages the employee
received.

• 1 - Services rendered
outside the course of
the employee's trade
or business.
• 2 - Compensation
or indemnification
received by an
employee due to
dismissal.
• 3 - Any other service
required by the
Department through
regulations.

Note:
ADP doesn't support this
value.

For further info, see

Human Resources Cloud

606
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Component group Calculation component Calculation component Field name What this does
detail

Administering US End-of-
Year Processing on the Help
Center.

Any other service required This value is not passed on

by the Department through the third-party quarterly
regulations tax extract. It is included in
the XML file under STATE_
WAGE_INFO_REC using
the OTHERS_PAYMENT_
DESCRIPTION tag name.

Vermont Reporting Health Care Status Designates if the employee

Information is considered covered or
not covered. Used in the
calculation of Vermont
health care deduction
reporting.

Regional Tax Information New York Part Year Resident Designates if the employee
is a part-year resident
of New York City in the
calculation value.

If you select Yes, the city

resident wages are passed
in the quarterly extract.
Otherwise, it passes the FIT
wages.

Tax Withholding Card

If you enter values in the following fields on the employee tax card, they're included in the appropriate extracts.

Associations

Section Federal Income Tax field name What it does

Federal Primary Work Address The extract derives the work location's ZIP Code
from this field. For each state context processed
for an employee, the ZIP Code from the last
primary work address in that state is passed.

Although required for Indiana, the extract

passes the work location ZIP Code for all states.

Statutory Employee Identifies an independent contractor as an

employee by statute.

Withholding Details

607
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Calculation component Field name

Federal Filing Status

Federal Allowances

Note:
As of 2020, Form W-4 no longer uses this value. However, the extract continues to pass this data
until the employee updates their W-4.

Regional Allowances

Note:
For states that follow the federal W-4, as of 2020, the form no longer uses this value. However, the
extract continues to pass this data until the employee updates their W-4.

Regional Exempt from State Unemployment

Regional Exempt from State Disability

Residency Certificate Resident PSD Code

Identifies the resident political subdivision (PSD) code for Pennsylvania Act 32 jurisdictions.

Tax Withholding for Pension and Annuity Payments Card

If you enter values in the following fields on the retiree tax card, they're included in the appropriate extracts.

Withholding Details Section

Calculation component Field name

Federal Filing Status

Regional Exempt from State Unemployment

Regional Exempt from State Disability

Organization Calculation Cards

The quarterly tax extract includes Massachusetts Paid Family Insurance (FLI) and Medical Leave Insurance (MLI)
employee contribution percentages. If you override these default percentages, you must enter them as whole numbers,
and their sum must equal 100%.

For further info, see Massachusetts Paid Family and Medical Leave in the Help Center.

608
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

What Other Configurations You May Require

The following settings may be necessary, depending on your individual reporting requirements.

• You can configure Box 14 of the employee W-2 to display federal or state-specific deductions, such as:

◦ Families First Coronavirus Response Act (FFCRA) Qualified Family Leave Wages
◦ FFCRA Qualified Sick Leave Wages
◦ California Voluntary Plan for Disability Insurance
◦ Maine Public Employees Retirement System contribution
◦ Maryland state retirement pickup amount
◦ New York Family Leave Insurance

Note: The Archive End-of-Year Payroll Results flow automatically includes employee contributions
in Box 14 with a label of NYFLI_EE. However, if you're generating W-2s using ADP, they recommend
passing the employee deduction data for a configured W-2 Box 14 balance with a label of NY PFL. If
you're generating W-2s using Oracle Cloud HCM, no additional action is needed.

To populate Box 14 for quarterly and year-end reporting:

a. Feed the appropriate W2 Box 14 balance.

b. Update the meaning of the corresponding lookup code of the ORA_HRX_US_W2_BOX_14_USER_DFND
lookup type.

The text you type becomes the label text appearing on the W-2 Box 14.

Note: This box has a 15-character limit. If you're exporting your payroll data to ADP, they enforce a 10-
character limit.

c. If the balance you're using is shared by multiple states, some additional configuration is required, such as
for Family Leave Insurance. This makes sure you capture info only for the correct state.

For further info, see Configure Form W-2 Box 14 for State-Specific Info in the Help Center.

The following table lists the predefined state-specific entries for Box 14, but your third-party supplier may have
its own defaults. Perform whatever configuration is needed to make the user-defined Box 14 entries meet your
third-party supplier's requirements. No additional action is required if you're using the Run W-2 Employee
Report to generate your W-2s.

State Description Box 14 Label

Alaska State Unemployment Insurance AK SUI

California State Disability Insurance CA SDI

Colorado Colorado Occupational Tax CO_OPT_EE

609
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

State Description Box 14 Label

Connecticut Family Leave Insurance CTFLI_EE

Hawaii State Disability Insurance HI SDI

Kentucky Boone County Mental Health Tax BOONMH

Massachusetts Family and Medical Leave MA_PFML

New Jersey Family Leave Insurance FLI

New Jersey State Disability Insurance DI

New Jersey State Disability Insurance Private Plan DI P.P #

Number

New Jersey Unemployment Insurance, Workforce UI/WF/SWF

Development Partnership Fund,
Supplemental Workforce Fund

New York Family Leave Insurance NYFLI_EE

New York State Disability Insurance NY SDI

Oregon Oregon Transit Tax ORSTT W/H

Pennsylvania Employee State Unemployment Tax PA_SUI_EE

Pennsylvania Local Services Tax PA LST

Rhode Island State Disability Insurance RI SDI

Washington Family Leave Insurance WA FLI

• Depending on the transmission method you have chosen, you may have to change the name of the output file
prior to transmission to ADP. For further info, see your ADP documentation.

610
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• Troubleshoot the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface
• End-of-Year Processing for the US
• Form 1099-R Box Info
• Form W-2 Box Info
• Form W-2PR Box Info

Form 1099-R Box Info

The following describes each of the balances assigned to various Form 1099-R boxes.

These balances are required for reporting on the quarterly tax file for your end-of-year data. Use the Balance Definitions
task to manually configure the feeds for those balances that begin with "Form 1099R". The remaining balances are fed
automatically.

For further info, see Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for United States: Balance Initialization (1912298.1) on My
Oracle Support.

Form 1099-R Box Info

Box 1

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Gross distribution FIT Gross

Box 2A

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Taxable amount Form 1099R Taxable Distribution

Box 2B

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Taxable amount not determined N/A Defined by Taxable amount not determined
on the Retiree Reporting Information card. If
marked Yes, the flow selects the box on the
1099-R.

Total distribution N/A Defined by Total Distribution on the Retiree

Reporting Information card. If marked Yes, the
flow selects the box on the 1099-R.

611
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Box Label Balance Additional Info

For further info, see How the Quarterly Tax-

Filing Extract for Retirees Identifies Total
Distributions in the Help Center.

Box 3

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Capital gain Form 1099R Capital Gain

Box 4

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Federal income tax withheld FIT Withheld

Box 5

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Employee contributions/Designated Roth Form 1099R Employee Contributions or

contributions or insurance premiums Insurance Premiums

Box 6

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Net unrealized appreciation in employer's Form 1099R Net Unrealized Appreciation

securities

Box 7

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Distribution code(s) N/A Defined by the distribution code set on the tax
reporting unit. For further info, see the Define
Tax Reporting Units for the US topic in the Help
Center.

Box 8

612
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Other Form 1099R Other

Box 9A

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Your percentage of total distribution N/A Defined by Total Distribution Percentage on

the Reporting Information card.

Box 9B

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Total employee contributions Form 1099R Total Employee Contributions

Box 10

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Amount allocable to IRR within 5 years Form 1099R In Plan Roth Rollover

Box 11

Box Label Balance Additional Info

1st year of desig. Roth contrib. N/A Defined by First Year of Designated Roth
Contribution on the Reporting Information
card.

Box 12

Box Label Balance Additional Information

FATCA Filing Requirement N/A Defined by FATCA Filing Requirement on the

Reporting Information card.

Note:
This field is for your info tracking only. The
quarterly tax file does not support it.

613
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Box 13

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Date of payment N/A Defined by Death Benefit Distribution Date

for Section 6050Y Benefits on the Reporting
Information card.

Box 14

Box Label Balance Additional Info

State tax withheld SIT Withheld

Box 15

Box Label Balance Additional Info

State/Payer’s state no. N/A Derived from each state’s registration info.

For further info, see Overview of Legal

Reporting Unit Configuration for the US in the
Help Center.

Box 16

Box Label Balance Additional Info

State distribution SIT Reduced Subject Withholdable + SIT Subject

Not Withholdable

Box 17

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Local tax withheld N/A Not supported.

Box 18

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Name of locality N/A Not supported.

614
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Box 19

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Local distribution N/A Not supported.

Box Account Number

Box Label Balance Additional Info

Account number N/A Defined by Account Number on the Reporting

Information card.

Box IRA/SEP/SIMPLE

Box Label Balance Additional Info

IRA/SEP/SIMPLE N/A Defined by Traditional, SEP, or Simple IRA on

the Reporting Information card.

Box %

Box Label Balance Additional Info

% N/A Defined by Annuity Percentage on the

Reporting Information card.

Related Topics
• Configuration Requirements for Third-Party Tax Filing

How the Quarterly Tax-Filing Extract for Retirees Identifies Total

Distributions
You use the Third-Party Tax-Filing Interface to pass Form 1099-R data for your retirees to your third-party tax filing
provider.

Here's how the Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract for Retirees flow determines if a payment is a total distribution.

615
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

How You Enable Total Distributions

You enable total distribution checking at the tax reporting unit (TRU) level.

1. From My Client Groups, click Workforce Structures.

2. Click Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information.
3. Select Tax Reporting Unit.
4. Click Federal.
5. Under Form 1099-R Distribution Code, select Yes for Total Distribution.
You enable total distribution checking for individual retirees on their Reporting Information calculation card.

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Calculation Cards.
3. Search for and select the person.
4. Open their Reporting Information card for editing.
5. Select Retiree Reporting Information.
6. Select Enterable Calculation Values on Calculation Cards.
7. Click Create.
8. Select Total Distribution, and choose Yes as the value.

How Total Distributions Are Identified

When you generate the extract, this is what the flow does.

1. It checks the person's Reporting Information card.

◦ If you chose Yes for Total Distribution, the extract passes the YE record to ADP and selects the Total
Distribution box on the 1099-R..
◦ If you chose No, the extract doesn't pass the YE record to ADP and doesn't select the Total Distribution
box on the 1099-R.
2. If neither value exists on the reporting card, the flow checks your TRU configuration.

For retirees, the TRU represents a particular distribution code or codes.

◦ If you chose Yes for Total Distribution, the extract passes the YE record to ADP and selects the Total
Distribution box on the 1099-R.
◦ If you chose No, the extract doesn't pass the YE record to ADP and doesn't select the Total Distribution
box on the 1099-R.
◦ If you didn't select a value, the extract doesn't pass the YE record to ADP and doesn't select the box on
the 1099-R for those retirees.

Related Topics
• Configuration Requirements for Third-Party Tax Filing
• Configure Tax Reporting Units for the US
• Form 1099-R Box Info
• Reporting Information Card for the US
• Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract for Retirees

616
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

How the Third-Party Tax Filing Extract Derives Employee Worked

Values
Monthly employee counts are required for:
• Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return reporting
• Eugene, Oregon Safety Tax reporting
• State Unemployment Insurance (SUI) reporting
The Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing extract passes these values on the quarterly extract for the FIT,
OR0390180MSC_EE, and SUI_ER tax codes respectively.

How It Derives These Values

Here's how the extract derives this data.

Tax code Here's where it comes from

FIT The extract populates only the Month-3 employee-worked value.

It identifies the employee as eligible for the count if:

1. They were paid in the pay period that:

a. Includes the 12th of the third month of the quarter, such as March 12 for Q1.
b. As of the 21C September Statutory Maintenance Pack, the pay date falls within the current quarter
or within 1 month beyond the quarter end date.
2. Their FIT subject wages are greater than 0 USD for that period.

Note:
This value is ignored by ADP but is used by MasterTax. By default, the extract sets all other federal
tax codes to N.

OR0390180MSC_EE The extract populates the Employee Working Per Month Indicator values. The values are derived for
Q4 files only. Support for this derivation will be delivered in an upcoming release. For all other quarters,
the values for all months default to N.

It identifies the employee as eligible for the count if their City miscellaneous employee reduced subject
wages is non-zero as of the end of each month for Eugene, Oregon.

The indicator values for tax code OR0390180MSC_ER default to N for all quarters.

SUI_ER The extract populates the Month-1, Month-2, and Month-3 employee-worked values.

It identifies the employee as eligible for the count if:

1. They were paid in the pay period that:

a. Includes the 12th of the month.

b. As of the 21C September Statutory Maintenance Pack, the pay date falls within the current quarter
or within 1 month beyond the quarter end date.
2. Their SUI employer reduced subject wages are greater than $0 for the SUI state.

617
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Tax code Here's where it comes from

Note:
All other state tax codes use the same Month-1, Month-2, Month-3 values as the SUI_ER tax code.
Your third-party supplier ignores these values.

Related Topics
• Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US
• Troubleshoot the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface

Payment Date Options for Tax Liabilities

When you process tax info through the Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract, the payment date determines when tax
liability payments are due to the various agencies. By default, this date is derived automatically based on the payroll
data captured by the periodic archive.

You can view the date on the payroll definition Payroll Calendar as the Date Paid. You can override it when you run the
Run Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract flow.

You have the following options.

• Retain the default payment date for the payroll data.
• Override the payment date for all payroll data.
• Override the payment date for selected payroll data.

Retain the Default Payment Date

In this case, you don't need to do anything special.

1. Run your normal payroll processes.

2. Run the Archive Periodic Payroll Results flow.
3. Run the periodic tax-filing extract flow, and submit the output file to your third-party tax filing provider.

Override the Payment Date for All Payroll Data

To override the check date for all payroll data:

1. Run your normal payroll processes.

2. Run the Archive Periodic Payroll Results flow.
3. Run the periodic tax-filing extract flow, providing the new date in Check Date.
4. Submit the output file to your third-party tax filing provider.

Override the Payment Date for Selected Payroll Data

To set a new check date for a subset of your payroll data within the same payroll period:

1. Run your standard payrolls and prepayments.

2. Run the Archive Periodic Payroll Results flow.
3. Run the periodic tax-filing extract flow, and submit the output file to your third-party tax filing provider.

618
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

4. Run the payroll operations that require a different check date, such as quick pays, in the same payroll period.
5. Run the periodic archive again.
6. Run the periodic tax-filing extract flow, providing the new date in Check Date.
7. Submit the output file to your third-party tax filing provider.
These steps may not apply to all situations. Alter them to meet your specific business needs.

Related Topics
• Archive Periodic Payroll Results for the US
• Run the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US

Run the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US

The Third-Party Tax Filing Interface assists you in out sourcing your tax filing through a third party, such as ADP,
MasterTax, and Ceridian.

This third-party interface supports the following scenarios for tax filing.

• Quarterly tax reporting for employees

• Quarterly tax reporting for retirees
• Monthly tax reporting
• Periodic tax reporting
• Generating the detailed audit report
• Separate liability payment reporting on the periodic extract

Note: You must have properly configured the Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management application for tax interface
reporting prior to running any extract.

Quarterly Tax Reporting for Employees

This extract uses payroll data to file quarterly and annual returns and, optionally, to print employee W-2s. For further
info, see Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract in the Help Center.

Use the Run Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract flow to extract the payroll data to an output file. This flow includes
employees with any action for the entire year. It always includes year-to-date balances, even if no transaction occurred
in the quarter being reported; however, you can manually exclude tax reporting units (TRUs) from processing. For
further info, see Configuration Requirements for Third-Party Tax Filing on the Help Center.

To run this extract:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group (LDG).
4. Search for and select Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract.

619
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

5. Enter the following.

Field name How you use it

Extract Tax Quarter The quarter you're reporting on. For example, enter 3 for the third quarter.

Extract Tax Year The 4-digit year you're reporting upon. For example enter 2021.

Payroll Statutory Unit The payroll statutory unit (PSU) you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs
against all PSUs.

Tax Reporting Unit The TRU you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all TRUs.

Process Configuration Group Process configuration group for logging and performance purposes.

Submission Type Select Original.

For late current quarterly filings, select Exception Late Original File.

For closed-quarter amended files, select Amendment File. For these filings, you must also
specify:

◦ Issue Identification Date

◦ Appropriate reason codes

◦ Special Instructions Needed

For changes to employee W-2s, select W-2 Management File. Specifying the additional fields
isn't required but is recommended.

Issue Identification Date The date you identified the error.

Required for Amendment File submission types. Recommended for W-2 Management File
submission types.

Reason Code 1 through 10 The amendment reason codes. Some amendment reason codes also require additional reason
codes.

620
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name How you use it

Note:
In responsive UIs, the list of values returns a maximum of 25 values. Enter an appropriate
value to filter the list or enter the desired reason code directly.

For example, to use the 1A code, enter 1A directly. To find the Administrative error code,
enter Admin in the description. The more complete your search value, the more useful the
results will be.

Required for Amendment File submission types. Recommended for W-2 Management File
submission types.

For further info, see your third-party supplier documentation.

Special Instructions Needed Enter Yes if the amendment requires any special instructions for the third-party provider.

Required for Amendment File submission types. Recommended for W-2 Management File
submission types.

Note: Submission type, issue identification date, the reason codes, and the special instructions are specific
to ADP. For further info about these fields, see their documentation. Based on what you enter, ADP performs
additional validations. You may have to resubmit your file if the appropriate parameters aren't correctly
populated. These fields aren't used by MasterTax.

6. Submit the flow. Upon successful completion, it creates two output files.

Output file How you use it

ADPQuarterlyTaxExtractEtext Extract text file supporting your third-party tax filing supplier.

ThirdPartyQuarterlyTaxExtractAudit PDF file summarizing wage and tax data by tax code. This audit report has no employee-level
detail.

7. Review the audit report for totals sent on the file.

8. Upload the tax file to your third-party tax filing provider.

Quarterly Tax Reporting for Retirees

This extract uses your retiree payment data to file quarterly and annual returns and, optionally, to enable your third-
party provider to print retiree 1099-R forms. Use the Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract for Retirees flow to extract
the retiree payment data to an output file. This flow includes retirees with any action for the entire year. It always
includes year-to-date balances, even if no transaction occurred in the quarter being reported.

For further info, see Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract for Retirees in the Help Center.

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

621
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

2. Click Submit a Flow.

3. Select your US LDG.
4. Search for and select Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract for Retirees.
5. Enter the following.

Field name How you use it

Extract Tax Quarter The quarter you're reporting on. For example, enter 3 for the third quarter.

Extract Tax Year The 4-digit year you're reporting upon. For example enter 2011.

Payroll Statutory Unit The PSU you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all PSUs.

Tax Reporting Unit The TRU you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all TRUs.

Note:
For retirees, a TRU represents a distribution code. Don't run this extract by individual TRU.

Process Configuration Group Process configuration group for logging and performance purposes.

Submission Type Select Original.

For late current quarterly filings, select Exception Late Original File.

For closed-quarter amended files, select Amendment File. For these filings, you must also
specify:

◦ Issue Identification Date

◦ Appropriate reason codes

◦ Special Instructions Needed

Issue Identification Date The date you identified the error.

Required for Amendment File submission types.

Reason Code 1 through 10 The amendment reason codes. Some amendment reason codes also require additional reason
codes.

622
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name How you use it

Note:
In responsive UIs, the list of values returns a maximum of 25 values. Enter an appropriate
value to filter the list or enter the desired reason code directly.

For example, to use the F1 code, enter F1 directly. To find the FFCRA code, enter FF in the
description. The more complete your search value, the more useful the results will be.

Required for Amendment File submission types.

For further info, see your third-party supplier documentation.

Special Instructions Needed Enter Yes if the amendment requires any special instructions for the third-party provider.

Required for Amendment File submission types.

Note: Submission type, issue identification date, the reason codes, and the special instructions are specific
to ADP. For further info about these fields, see their documentation. Based on what you enter, ADP performs
additional validations. You may have to resubmit your file if the appropriate parameters aren't correctly
populated. These fields aren't used by MasterTax.

6. Submit the flow. Upon successful completion, it creates two output files.

Output file How you use it

ADPQuarterlyTaxExtractEtext Extract text file supporting your third-party tax filing supplier.

ThirdPartyQuarterlyTaxExtractAudit PDF file summarizing wage and tax data by tax code. This audit report has no retiree-level
detail.

7. Review the audit report for totals sent on the file.

8. Upload the tax file to your third-party tax filing provider.

Monthly Tax Reporting

Use the Third-Party Monthly Tax Filing Extract flow to extract monthly payroll data to an output file. This tax extract isn't
applicable for retirees.

Use this extract for What it does

State unemployment wage and tax This extract uses payroll data to report state unemployment wages and taxes on a monthly basis.
reporting
Currently, Illinois is the only state requiring this reporting.

623
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Use this extract for What it does

Pennsylvania Act 32 combined filing This extract passes Pennsylvania Act 32 earned income tax (EIT) data to support combined filing.

Note:
Not all third-party tax filing providers support combined filing. Confirm with your provider that they
support filing to your chosen tax collector.

Note: If you opt to include Pennsylvania Act 32 data, the output file includes both Illinois and Pennsylvania data.

For further info, see Third-Party Monthly Tax Filing Extract in the Help Center.

Before you start, consider the following.

• If you're a Pennsylvania Act 32 combined filer only, you run this extract monthly.
• If you're an Illinois filer only, don't run this extract on the months you run the quarterly extract.
• If you're a Pennsylvania Act 32 combined filer and an Illinois filer, run this extract monthly.

The third-party tax provider ignores the Illinois data for months 3, 6, 9, and 12. The quarterly tax file processes
your Illinois data for those months.
• The monthly tax file doesn't include:

◦ Philadelphia jurisdictions
◦ Pennsylvania Local Service Taxes

Neither is part of combined filing.

• The monthly tax file doesn't include any year-to-date totals for Pennsylvania Act 32 EIT data for an employee if
there was no activity for that jurisdiction in the current month. The third-party tax filing provider uses data in
the 4th quarterly file for your annual tax filings.
• Configure your designated tax collector for Pennsylvania Act 32 combined filing through your third-party tax
provider. The monthly file doesn't include it.
• If you're registered as a combined filer for Pennsylvania Act 32 taxes, provide your Tax Collection District (TCD)
combined-filing proxy.

For further info, see Configuration Requirements for Third-Party Tax filing in the Help Center.
• The monthly tax file passes the employee's resident address.

To run this extract:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US LDG.
4. Search for and select Third-Party Monthly Tax Filing Extract.

624
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

5. Enter the following.

Field name How you use it

Month The month you want to report upon. For example, January, February, March, and so on.

Year The 4-digit year you're reporting upon. For example, enter 2011.

Payroll Statutory Unit The PSU you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all PSUs.

Tax Reporting Unit The TRU you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all TRUs.

Include Pennsylvania Data for Select Yes to include Pennsylvania Act 32 data in the extract.
Combined Filing

Process Configuration Group Process configuration group for logging and performance purposes.

6. Submit the flow. Upon successful completion, it creates two output files.

Output file name How you use it

ADPMonthlyTaxExtractEtext Extract text file supporting your third-party tax filing supplier.

ThirdPartyMonthlyTaxExtractAudit PDF file summarizing wage and tax data by tax code. This audit report has employee level
detail.

7. Review the audit report for totals sent on the file.

8. Upload the tax file to your third-party tax filing provider.
9. The monthly tax file passes the employee's resident address.

Periodic Tax Reporting

This extract uses payroll data captured by the Archive Periodic Payroll Results flow to report tax liabilities on an as-
needed basis. Payroll data captured by an extract run isn't recaptured in subsequent runs, even if you attempt to extract
the same time period.

This extract reports the tax data by:

• TRU
Note: You can process employee and retiree TRUs in the same periodic file.

• Liability date
• Payroll frequency

625
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

• Tax code

The extract file contains columns for both male and female employees. This extract doesn't use the Male count, so
values in this column are always 0. The Female column represents the total count of all employees with wages subject to
each tax type and payroll frequency, with each row representing a different tax type and payroll frequency combination.

Use the Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract flow to extract the payroll data to an output file. For further info, see
Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract in the Help Center.

1. Run the necessary prerequisites for the Archive Periodic Payroll Results flow, such as payroll and prepayment.
2. Run the Archive Periodic Payroll Results flow.
3. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
4. Click Submit a Flow.
5. Select your US LDG.
6. Search for and select Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract.
7. Enter the following.

Field Name How you use it

Periodic Extract Start Date The start date of the reporting period. For example, enter 3/1/2021.

Periodic Extract End Date The end date of the reporting period. For example, enter 3/15/2021.

Payroll Statutory Unit The PSU you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all PSUs.

Tax Reporting Unit The TRU you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all TRUs.

Check Date The override for the liability date of all data you're sending on the periodic tax file.

Create Employee Detail Report Select Yes to create a detailed audit report with employee-level info. Select No if you plan to
generate the report independently. For further info, see Generating the Detailed Audit Report
below.

Process Configuration Group Process configuration group for logging and performance purposes.

When selecting data for extraction, use overlapping dates to ensure all appropriate periodic archives are
captured.
8. Submit the flow. Upon successful completion, depending on your parameter selection, it creates up to three
output files.

Output file How you use it

ADPPeriodicTaxExtractEtext Extract text file supporting your third-party tax filing supplier.

626
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Output file How you use it

ThirdPartyPeriodicTaxExtractAudit PDF file listing wage and tax data, organized by payroll frequency and tax code. This audit
report has no employee level detail.

ThirdPartyPeriodicTaxExtractAuditDetail Pipe-delimited text file listing wage and tax data, organized by employee name, tax code, and
payroll frequency. Use this report to reconcile to the audit report.

This file is created only if you selected Yes for Create Employee Detail Report.

9. Review the Audit and Audit Detail reports for totals sent on the file.
10. Upload the tax file to your third-party tax filing provider.
11. For employers in Missouri, you must apply for your tax credit directly from the Missouri tax authority.
The periodic extract file doesn't pass any year-to-date withheld amounts.

Generate the Detailed Audit Report

You can generate the detailed audit report as part of the Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract flow. To generate this
report independently:
1. Run the necessary prerequisites for the detailed audit report, such as the Archive Periodic Payroll Results flow
and the Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract.
2. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
3. Click Submit a Flow.
4. Select your US LDG.
5. Search for and select Third-Party Tax Filing Audit Report Detail.
6. Enter the following.

Field name How you use it

Periodic Extract Start Date Start date of the reporting period. For example, enter 3/1/2021.

Periodic Extract End Date End date of the reporting period. For example, enter 3/15/2021.

Flow Name Name of a particular periodic tax filing flow to report upon.

Tax Reporting Unit TRU you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all TRUs.

Employee Name Name of a particular employee to report upon.

Note:
You can't select a retiree in this field. However, if you leave this field blank, the flow runs for
all retirees.

627
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name How you use it

Process Configuration Group Process configuration group for logging and performance purposes.

7. Submit the flow. Upon successful completion, it creates one output file.

Output file How you use it

ThirdPartyTaxFilingAuditRepotDetail Pipe-delimited text file listing wage and tax data by employee and tax code. Use this report to
reconcile to the audit report generated by the Periodic Tax Filing Extract.

8. Review the Audit and Audit Detail reports for totals sent on the file.

Separate Liability Payment Reporting on the Periodic Extract

For periodic tax reporting, you may want to capture the individual payments made toward a liability and the dates they
were paid. To report these payments separately on the periodic extract:

1. Run the necessary prerequisites for the Archive Periodic Payroll Results flow, such as payroll and prepayments.
2. Run the Archive Periodic Payroll Results flow date effective for each payment made toward the liability.
3. Run the extract, and submit the tax info as per standard periodic reporting.
4. If required, use Check Date to specify an override liability date.
This applies a single liability date to all data on the extract, regardless of when you archived it.
For further info, see Payment Date Options for Tax Liabilities in the Help Center.

Related Topics
• Troubleshoot the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface
• Quarter-End Processing for the US
• Third-Party Monthly Tax Filing Extract
• Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract
• Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract

Third-Party Monthly Tax Filing Extract

The Third-Party Tax Filing Interface assists you in out-sourcing your tax filing through a third party. It provides extracts
for quarterly, monthly, and periodic reporting.

The monthly extract produces:

• Output file suitable for submission to your tax-filing supplier
• Audit report
To run this flow:
1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

628
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

2. Click Submit a Flow.

3. Select your US legislative data group.
4. Search for and select Third-Party Monthly Tax Filing Extract.

Before You Begin

Complete all payroll processing for the month.

This extract supports Illinois unemployment and Pennsylvania Act 32 combined filing. Whether you run this extract in
conjunction with the quarterly extract depends on your business needs.

If you're Then you

Pennsylvania Act 32 combined filer only Run this extract monthly.

Illinois filer only Do not run this extract on the months you run the quarterly extract.

Both Pennsylvania Act 32 combined filer Run this extract monthly. Your third-party tax provider ignores the Illinois data for months 3, 6, 9, and
and Illinois filer 12. The quarterly tax file processes your Illinois data for those months.

Report Parameters
Month

The month you want to report upon. For example, enter 2 for February.

Year

The 4-digit year you're reporting upon. For example, enter 2018.

Payroll Statutory Unit

The payroll statutory unit (PSU) you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all PSUs.

Tax Reporting Unit

The tax reporting unit (TRU) you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all TRUs.

Include Pennsylvania Data for Combined Filing

Select Yes to include Pennsylvania earned income tax data.

Process Configuration Group

Process configuration group for logging and performance purposes.

Extract Output
The monthly extract produces two output files.

Output file How you use it

ADPMonthlyTaxExtractEtext Extract text file supporting your third-party tax filing supplier.

629
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Output file How you use it

ThirdPartyMonthlyTaxExtractAudit PDF file summarizing wage and tax data by tax code. This audit report does have employee-level
detail.

Report Parameters
The Report Parameters section of the report contains the following.

Value What this is

Year Year you're reporting on

Month Month you're reporting on

Include Pennsylvania Data for Combined Yes or No to indicate whether to include this data
Filing

LDG Your US legislative data group

Report Category Name US_THIRD_PARTY_MONTHLY_TAX_EXTRACT

Summary Tables
This section includes monthly, quarterly, and yearly tables with the following.

Value What this is

Tax Reporting Unit TRU you're reporting on

Gross Combined Gross balance for all employees

Subject Combined Reduced Subject Withholdable balance plus any applicable Subject not Withholdable for all
employees

Taxable Combined Taxable balance for all employees

Liability Combined Liability or Withheld balance for all employees

Note: If you elected to include Pennsylvania data, this data is included in these totals.

Detail MTD
This section includes tables with the following columns, sorted by:

1. Client identifier
2. TRU

630
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

3. State tax code

4. Full name

Value What this is

State Tax Code Oracle Fusion Global Payroll tax code

Full Name Name of the person

Employee Number Employee number of the person

Gross Illinois SUI Employer Gross balance

Note:
The monthly extract output file doesn't include gross balances.

Subject Illinois SUI Employer Reduced Subject Withholdable balance

Taxable Illinois SUI Employer Taxable balance

Liability Illinois SUI Employer Liability balance

If you elected to include Pennsylvania data, it appears in a separate section with the following, sorted by:

1. Client identifier
2. TRU
3. Local tax code
4. Full name

Value What this is

Local Tax Code Oracle Fusion Global Payroll tax code

Full Name Name of the person

Employee Number Employee number of the person

Gross Local Gross balance

Note:
The monthly extract output file doesn't include gross balances.

Subject Local Reduced Subject Withholdable balance plus Local Subject not Withholdable balance

631
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Value What this is

Taxable Local Reduced Subject Withholdable balance plus Local Subject not Withholdable balance

Liability Local Withheld balance

Related Topics
• Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US
• Troubleshoot the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface
• Run the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US

Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract

The Third-Party Tax Filing Interface assists you in out-sourcing your tax filing through a third party. It provides extracts
for quarterly, monthly, and periodic reporting.

The periodic extract produces:

• Output file suitable for submission to your tax-filing supplier
• Audit report
• Detailed audit report
To run this flow:
1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group.
4. Search for and select Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract.

Before You Begin

Prior to generating the periodic extract:

1. Run the necessary prerequisites for the Archive Periodic Payroll Results flow, such as payroll and prepayments.
2. Successfully run the Archive Periodic Payroll Results flow.

Report Parameters
Periodic Extract Start Date

The start date of the reporting period. For example, enter 3/1/2018.

Note: When selecting data for extraction, use overlapping dates to ensure all appropriate periodic archives are
captured.

Periodic Extract End Date

The end date of the reporting period. For example, enter 3/15/2018.

632
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Payroll Statutory Unit

The payroll statutory unit (PSU) you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all PSUs.

Tax Reporting Unit

The tax reporting unit (TRU) you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all TRUs.

Check Date

The override for the liability date of all data you're sending on the periodic tax file.

Create Employee Detail Report

Select Yes to create a detailed audit report with employee-level info. Select No if you plan to generate the report
independently.

For further info, see Audit Output Files below.

Process Configuration Group

Process configuration group for logging and performance purposes.

Extract Output
Depending on your parameter selections, the periodic extract can produce three output files.

Output file What this is

ADPPeriodicTaxExtractEtext Extract text file supporting your third-party tax filing supplier.

ThirdPartyPeriodicTaxExtractAudit PDF file listing wage and tax data, organized by payroll frequency and tax code. This audit report has
no employee level detail.

ThirdPartyPeriodicTaxExtractAuditDetail Pipe-delimited text file listing wage and tax data, organized by employee name, tax code, and payroll
frequency. Use this report to reconcile to the audit report.

This file is created only if you selected Yes for Create Employee Detail Report.

Note:
You can also generate this report stand-alone by running the Third-Party Tax Filing Audit Report
Detail flow. For further info, see Third-Party Tax Filing Audit Report Detail in the Help Center.

Report Parameters
The Report Parameters section of the report contains the following.

Value What this is

Legislative Data Group Your US legislative data group

Process Start Date Start date of the reporting period

633
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Value What this is

Process End Date End date of the reporting period

Override Payment Date Override as specified at extract time with the Check Date parameter

Create Employee Detail Report Identifies if you opted to generate the detail report during extract submission

Report Category Name US Third Party Periodic Tax Extract

Flow Name Flow name as specified when you ran the extract

Summary by Tax Code

This section includes the following.

Value What this is

Tax Level Values can be:

• Federal
• State
• County
• City
• School

Tax Code Oracle Fusion Global Payroll tax code

State Applicable state of the tax

County/City/School Applicable locality of the tax

Gross Combined Gross tax balance for all employees and retirees

Subject Sum of the following balances for all employees and retirees:

• Reduced Subject Withholdable

• Subject Not Withholdable

Taxable Combined Taxable balance for all employees and retirees

Withheld Combined Total Withheld balance for all employees and retirees

Summary by Tax Reporting Unit and Payroll Frequency

634
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

This section includes the following, sorted by:

1. TRU
2. Payroll frequency
3. Process date

Value What this is

Tax Reporting Unit/Payroll Frequency TRU and pay frequency

1099-R Code For retiree TRUs, the Form 1099-R Distribution Code you have assigned

Process Date Date the payroll data was processed

Gross Combined Gross tax balance for all employees and retirees

Subject Sum of the following balances for all employees and retirees:

• Reduced Subject Withholdable

• Subject Not Withholdable

Taxable Combined Taxable balance for all employees and retirees

Deposit Withheld Total amount withheld and due for deposit to the third-party tax filing supplier

Details by Tax Reporting Unit by Payroll Frequency

This section includes the following, sorted by:
1. Process date
2. TRU
3. Payroll frequency
4. Tax code

Value What this is

Process Date Date the payroll data was processed

Client Identifier Client identifier as issued by your third-party tax filing supplier

Tax Reporting Unit/Payroll Frequency TRU and pay frequency

Tax Code Oracle Fusion Global Payroll tax code

State Applicable state of the tax

County/City/School Applicable locality of the tax

635
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Value What this is

Gross Combined Gross tax balance for all employees and retirees

Subject Sum of the following applicable tax balances for all employees and retirees:

• Reduced Subject Withholdable

• Subject Not Withholdable

Taxable Combined Taxable balance for all employees and retirees

Withheld Combined Total Withheld balance for all employees and retirees

This pipe-delimited audit detail report is suitable for viewing through a spreadsheet application, such as Microsoft Excel.
For further info, see Third-Party Tax Filing Audit Report Detail in the Help Center.

Related Topics
• Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US
• Troubleshoot the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface
• Run the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US
• Third-Party Tax Filing Audit Report Detail

Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract

The Third-Party Tax Filing Interface assists you in out-sourcing your employee tax filing through a third party.

It provides extracts for quarterly, monthly, and periodic reporting.

The quarterly extract produces:

• Output file suitable for submission to your tax-filing supplier

• Audit report
To run this flow:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group.
4. Search for and select Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract.

Note: To generate pay data for retirees, use the Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract for Retirees flow. For further
info, see Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract for Retirees in the Help Center.

Before You Begin

Complete all payroll processing for the quarter. For further info, see Quarter-End Processing for the US in the Help
Center.

636
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Report Parameters
Extract Tax Quarter

The quarter you're reporting on. For example, enter 3 for the third quarter.

Extract Tax Year

The 4-digit year you're reporting upon. For example, enter 2018.

Payroll Statutory Unit

The payroll statutory unit (PSU) you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all PSUs.
Tax Reporting Unit
The tax reporting unit (TRU) you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all TRUs.

Process Configuration Group

Process configuration group for logging and performance purposes.

Submission Type

• Select Exception Late Original File for late current quarterly filings.
• Select Amendment File for closed-quarter amended files. For this type, you must also specify an issue
identification date, the appropriate reason codes, and any special instructions needed.
• Select W-2 Management File for changes to employee W-2s. Specifying the additional fields isn't required but
is recommended.
• For all others, select Original.

Issue Identification Date

The date when you had enough knowledge to correct the discovered error.

Required for Amendment File submission types. Recommended for W-2 Management File submission types.

Reason Code 1 through 10

The amendment reason codes. Some amendment reason codes also require additional reason codes.

Required for Amendment File submission types. Recommended for W-2 Management File submission types.

For further info, see your third-party supplier documentation.

Special Instructions Needed

Enter Yes if the amendment requires any special instructions for the third-party provider.

Required for Amendment File submission types. Recommended for W-2 Management File submission types.

Extract Output
The quarterly extract produces two output files.

637
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Output file What this is

ADPQuarterlyTaxExtractEtext Extract text file supporting your third-party tax filing supplier.

ThirdPartyQuarterlyTaxExtractAudit PDF file summarizing wage and tax data by tax code. This audit report has no employee-level detail.

Report Parameters
The Report Parameters section of the report contains the following.

Value What this is

Year Year you're reporting on

Quarter Quarter you're reporting on

Submission Type Submission type you selected

Issue Identification Date Issue identification date for Amendment File and W-2 Management File submissions

Reason Code 1 - 10 Reason codes for Amendment File and W-2 Management File submissions

Special Instructions Needed Special instructions needed for Amendment File and W-2 Management File submissions

LDG Your US legislative data group

Report Category Name US_THIRD_PARTY_QUARTERLY_TAX_EXTRACT

Flow Name Flow name you provided when you ran the extract

Summary Tables
This section includes quarterly and yearly tables with the following.

Value What this is

Tax Reporting Unit TRU you're reporting on

Gross Combined quarterly or yearly gross tax balance of all employees for this TRU, applicable to all tax codes

Subject Combined quarterly or yearly subject wages of all employees for this TRU, applicable to all tax codes

Taxable Combined quarterly or yearly taxable wages of all employees for this TRU, applicable to all tax codes

Withheld Combined quarterly or yearly taxes withheld for this TRU, applicable to all tax codes

638
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Value What this is

Detail Tables
This section includes quarterly and yearly tables with the following, sorted by:

1. Client identifier
2. TRU

Value What this is

Tax Code Oracle Fusion Global Payroll tax code

ST Applicable state of the tax

City/County Applicable locality of the tax

School or PSD One of the following:

• School district name

• Political subdivision code (PSD) of Pennsylvania Act 32 subject work location

Gross Combined quarterly or yearly gross tax balance for all employees

Subject Quarter-to-date or year-to-date sum of the following applicable tax balances for all employees:

• Reduced Subject Withholdable

• Subject Not Withholdable balances

Taxable Combined quarterly or yearly taxable balances for all employees

Withheld Combined quarterly or yearly withheld balances for all employees

Related Topics
• Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US
• Troubleshoot the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface
• Quarter-End Processing for the US
• Run the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US

Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract for Retirees

The Third-Party Tax Filing Interface assists you in out-sourcing your retiree tax filing through a third party. It provides
extracts for quarterly and periodic reporting.

639
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

The quarterly extract produces:

• Output file suitable for submission to your tax-filing supplier
• Audit report
To run this flow:
1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group.
4. Search for and select Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract for Retirees.

Note: To generate pay data for employees, use the Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract flow. For further info, see
Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract in the Help Center.

Before You Begin

Complete all payroll processing for the quarter. For further info, see Quarter-End Processing for the US in the Help
Center.

Report Parameters
Extract Tax Quarter

The quarter you're reporting on. For example, enter 3 for the third quarter.

Extract Tax Year

The 4-digit year you're reporting upon. For example, enter 2018.

Payroll Statutory Unit

The payroll statutory unit (PSU) you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all PSUs.

Tax Reporting Unit

The tax reporting unit (TRU) you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all TRUs.

CAUTION: Do not run this extract for an individual TRU. For retirees, the TRU represents the distribution code and
not the company. If you select a TRU , the flow generates incomplete data.

Process Configuration Group

Process configuration group for logging and performance purposes.

Submission Type

• Select Exception Late Original File for late current quarterly filings.
• Select Amendment File for closed-quarter amended files. For this type, you must also specify an issue
identification date, the appropriate reason codes, and any special instructions needed.
• For all others, select Original.

Issue Identification Date

The date when you had enough knowledge to correct the discovered error.

640
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Required for Amendment File submission types.

Reason Code 1 through 10
The amendment reason codes. Some amendment reason codes also require additional reason codes.

Required for Amendment File submission types.

For further info, see your third-party supplier documentation.

Special Instructions Needed

Enter Yes if the amendment requires any special instructions for the third-party provider.

Required for Amendment File submission types.

Extract Output
The quarterly extract produces two output files.

Output file What this is

ADPQuarterlyTaxExtractEtext Extract text file supporting your third-party tax filing supplier.

ThirdPartyQuarterlyTaxExtractAudit PDF file summarizing wage and tax data by tax code. This audit report has no retiree-level detail.

Report Parameters
The Report Parameters section of the report contains the following.

Value What this is

Year Year you're reporting on

Quarter Quarter you're reporting on

Submission Type Submission type you selected

Issue Identification Date Issue identification date for Amendment File

Reason Code 1 - 10 Reason codes for Amendment File submissions

Special Instructions Needed Special instructions needed for Amendment File submissions

LDG Your US legislative data group

Report Category Name US_THIRD_PARTY_QUARTERLY_RETIREE_TAX_EXTRACT

Flow Name Flow name you provided when you ran the extract

641
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Summary Tables
This section includes quarterly and yearly tables with the following.

Value What this is

Payroll Statutory Unit PSU you're reporting on

Tax Reporting Unit TRU for the distribution code you're reporting on, within the selected PSU

Gross Combined quarterly or yearly gross tax balance of all retirees for this PSU, with details for each
distribution code, applicable to all tax codes

Subject Combined quarterly or yearly subject wages of all retirees for this TRU, applicable to all tax codes

Taxable Combined quarterly or yearly taxable wages of all retirees for this TRU, applicable to all tax codes

Withheld Combined quarterly or yearly taxes withheld for this TRU, applicable to all tax codes

Detail Tables
This section includes quarterly and yearly tables with the following, sorted by:

1. PSU
2. Form 1099-R client identifier
3. Distribution code TRU

Value What this is

Tax Code Oracle Fusion Global Payroll tax code

ST Applicable state of the tax

Gross Combined quarterly or yearly gross tax balance for all retirees

Subject Quarter-to-date or year-to-date sum of the following applicable tax balances for all retirees:

• Reduced Subject Withholdable

• Subject Not Withholdable balances

Taxable Combined quarterly or yearly taxable balances for all retirees

Withheld Combined quarterly or yearly withheld balances for all retirees

642
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US
• Troubleshoot the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface
• Quarter-End Processing for the US
• Run the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US

Third-Party Tax Filing Audit Report Detail

The Third-Party Tax Filing Audit Report Detail is a pipe-delimited text file that lists wage and tax data generated by the
Third-Party Periodic Tax Extract.

This report is organized by employee name, tax code, and payroll frequency. Use it to validate your payroll data prior to
submitting the extract file to your third-party tax filing supplier.

Note: You can also generate this report when you run the Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract flow. For further info,
see Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract in the Help Center.

To generate this report:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group.
4. Search for and select Third-Party Tax Filing Audit Report Detail.

Before You Begin

Prior to generating this report:

1. Run the necessary prerequisites for the Archive Periodic Payroll Results flow, such as payroll and prepayments.
2. Successfully run the Archive Periodic Payroll Results flow.
3. Successfully run the Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract flow.

Report Parameters
Periodic Extract Start Date

The start date of the reporting period. For example, enter 3/1/2018.

Note: The dates you select must coincide with at least one successful payroll extract process.

Periodic Extract End Date

The end date of the reporting period. For example, enter 3/15/2018.

Flow Name

If the extract dates you selected represent multiple extract flows, select the specific flow you want to report on.

Leave blank to generate results for all flows in the date period.

Tax Reporting Unit

643
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

The tax reporting unit (TRU) you want to report upon. If you leave it blank, the flow runs against all TRUs.

Employee Name

Select an employee you want to report on.

Leave blank to run for all employees.

Process Configuration Group

Process configuration group for logging and performance purposes.

Report Output
This pipe-delimited report is suitable for viewing in a spreadsheet application, such as Microsoft Excel. It includes the
following.

Column What this is

Flow Name Flow name as specified when you ran the extract.

Tax Reporting Unit TRU as specified when you ran the extract.

Form 1099-R Distribution Code For retiree TRUs, the Form 1099-R Distribution Code you have assigned.

Effective Date Effective date of the archived data. Unless you specify otherwise when you run the extract, this is the
liability date.

Payroll Frequency Frequency as set on the payroll definition.

Employee Number Employee number of the person.

Employee Name Name of the person.

Payroll Relationship Number Person's payroll relationship number.

Gender Person's gender.

Note:
The actual extract doesn't use the Male count, so values in that file are always 0. The extract uses
the Female column to report each tax type and the number of employees with wages subject to
them. Each row represents a different tax and payroll frequency. For further info, see Troubleshoot
the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface in the Help Center.

Balance Category Order Level of the tax, to assist you with data filtering.

Tax Code Oracle Fusion Global Payroll tax code.

644
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Column What this is

State Applicable state of the tax.

County Applicable county of the tax.

City Applicable city of the tax.

School District Applicable school district of the tax. Not populated for jurisdictions subject to Pennsylvania Act 32.

Work PSD Political subdivision (PSD) code for persons working in jurisdictions subject to Pennsylvania Act 32.

Residence PSD PSD code for persons living in jurisdictions subject to Pennsylvania Act 32.

Tax Collection District Code Tax Collection District Code of the person's work PSD.

Residence Geocode Geocode of residence for people working or living in a jurisdiction subject to Pennsylvania Act 32.

Residence County County of residence for people working or living in a jurisdiction subject to Pennsylvania Act 32.

Residence City City of residence for people working or living in a jurisdiction subject to Pennsylvania Act 32.

Withheld Amount withheld for this tax and jurisdiction.

Gross Wages Person's gross wages for this jurisdiction and tax.

Subject Wages Person's subject wages for this jurisdiction and tax.

Taxable Wages Person's taxable wages for this jurisdiction and tax.

Related Topics
• Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US
• Troubleshoot the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface
• Archive Periodic Payroll Results for the US
• Run the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US
• Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract

Third-Party Tax Filing Extract Tax Codes

The wage and tax data captured by the third-party tax filing extracts is identified by a tax code. The Third-Party Tax
Filing Interface uses these codes to communicate the necessary info to your third-party tax filing supplier.

645
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

A tax code is unique to Oracle Cloud and is a concatenation of:

• Tax name, such as FIT, FLI, SIT, or SS

• State abbreviation, such as IN or OH
• Vertex geocode county data, such as 059 for Orange County, Indiana or 043 for Erie County, Ohio
• Vertex geocode city data, such as 2200 for Sandusky, Ohio
• Regional identifier, such as CNTY, CITY, SCH, HT, or MH
• Tax type, such as EE for "employee tax" or ER for "employer tax"
• Other identifiers, such as R for "resident tax"
The third-party tax filing supplier uses these codes to map to their internal tax identifiers for reporting.

Here are some examples.

Tax code Jurisdiction What it represents

FIT Federal Federal income tax

FUTA Federal Federal unemployment tax

GAFUTA State Georgia federal unemployment taxable wages

Note:
Used for FUTA credit reduction states. Only
taxable wages are passed. Used by ADP for
state credit reduction calculations. Refer to
ADP documentation for further details.

GASIT State Georgia state income tax

GASUI State Georgia state unemployment tax

IN117CNTY County Orange county, Indiana nonresident tax

IN117CNTYR County Orange county, Indiana resident tax

KY00005SCH School Fayette county, Kentucky school district tax

Note:
In this case, 00005 represents the geocode
for the Fayette county school district.

KY015CNTYMH County Other Boone County, Kentucky Mental Health

nonresident tax

646
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Tax code Jurisdiction What it represents

Note:
Prior to January 01, 2019, this tax was
included with the Boone County local tax (tax
code KY015CNTY).

MEDICARE_EE Federal Employee Medicare tax

MEDICARE_EE_SUR Federal Employee Medicare surcharge tax

Note:
ADP requires you pass this tax code on the
quarterly tax file only.

MEDICARE_ER Federal Employer Medicare tax

NJFLI_EE State Family Leave New Jersey Family Leave Insurance employee
tax

NY0052010CITYR City New York City, New York resident taxes

NY0472010CITYR
Note:
NY0612010CITYR For full-year residents in these tax codes, the
extract always passes federal wage balances
NY0812010CITYR from FIT tax code for quarterly and yearly
wage balances. For part-year residents, the
NY0852010CITYR city wage balances are passed.

NY1193230CITY City Yonkers, New York nonresident tax

Note:
For Yonkers, the extract always passes
federal wage balances from the FIT tax code
for quarterly and yearly wage balances.

NY1193230CITYR City Yonkers, New York resident tax

Note:
For Yonkers, the extract always passes
federal wage balances from the FIT tax code
for quarterly and yearly wage balances.

NYFLI_EE State Family Leave New York Family Leave Insurance employee tax

647
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Tax code Jurisdiction What it represents

Note:
Not all third-party suppliers support the
filing of this tax.

OH0432200CITY City Sandusky, Ohio nonresident tax

Note:
In this case, 043 represents the geocode
for Erie county, and 2200 is the geocode
for Sandusky. Nonresident tax codes apply
to cities and counties only, excluding
Pennsylvania Act 32 jurisdictions.

OH0432200CITYR City Sandusky, Ohio resident tax

Note:
In this case, 043 represents the geocode for
Erie county, and 2200 is the geocode for
Sandusky. Resident tax codes apply to cities
and counties only, excluding Pennsylvania
Act 32 jurisdictions.

OR0390180MSC_EE City Other Eugene, Oregon Safety Tax for employee and
employer
OR0390180MSC_ER

Note:
In this case, 039 represents the geocode
for Lane county, and 0180 represents the
geocode for Eugene.

ORMETRO_EE State Other Portland Oregon Metro Supportive Housing

Services employee tax

ORTRANSIT_EE State Other Oregon Transportation employee tax

PA0193435HT Local Services Tax Butler county, Middlesex township,

Pennsylvania LST tax

Note:
In this case, 019 represents the geocode
for Butler county, and 3435 represents the
geocode for Middlesex township.

PA0655656CITY Pennsylvania Act 32 Locals Jefferson county, Washington township, city

and school district tax

648
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Tax code Jurisdiction What it represents

Note:
Pennsylvania Act 32 tax codes represent
the worked jurisdiction of where the wages
and taxes are remitted. The city and school
info is combined and reported to the worked
jurisdiction tax code.

SS_EE Federal Employee Social Security tax

SS_ER Federal Employer Social Security tax

STATE Name Missing State For scenarios where incorrect data prevents the
state name from being derived, the audit report
displays this as the tax code.

Note:
The output file truncates this to STATE
Name Miss.

You must correct the data prior to submitting

your final file to your tax-filing supplier. For
further info, see Troubleshoot the Third-Party
Tax Filing Interface in the Help Center.

WAFLI_EE State Family Leave Washington Family Leave Insurance employee

tax

Note:
This tax code includes both family leave and
medical leave employee contributions.

WAMLI_ER State Medical Leave Washington Medical Leave Insurance employer

tax

Related Topics
• Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US
• Troubleshoot the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface

Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US

You can use business outsourcing solutions providers such as ADP to help you with a variety of functions.
• Form W-2 and 1099-R printing

649
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

• Filing of federal, state, and local taxes

• Performing quarter-end and year-end reporting for the US and its territories (Puerto Rico, Guam, and the US
Virgin Islands)
If you're using such a third-party provider, use the Third-Party Tax Filing Interfaces. They extract all your relevant payroll
data into an output file suitable for submission to your provider.

The interface helps you with This includes

Payroll actions Reporting of these payroll actions:

• Payroll runs
• QuickPay processes
• Balance adjustments

For further info, see Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for the United States: Balance
Adjustments technical brief (1600728.1) on My Oracle Support.
• Balance initializations

For further info, see Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for the United States: Balance
Initialization technical brief (1912298.1) on My Oracle Support.
• Reversals

Note:
When you perform balance initializations and adjustments for cities and counties, make sure you
also adjust the applicable resident and nonresident balances. These balances aren't applicable to
Pennsylvania Act 32 jurisdictions.

For employees working or living in a Pennsylvania Act 32 jurisdiction, you must also adjust or
initialize additional local-level balances.

Employee tax filing These reporting intervals:

• Monthly
• Periodic
• Quarterly

Retiree tax filing These reporting intervals:

• Periodic
• Quarterly

Run these flows by clicking Payroll from My Client Groups and then clicking Submit a Flow. For further info, see the
following in the Help Center.

• Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract

• Third-Party Monthly Tax Filing Extract
• Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract

650
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Quarterly Reporting
This extract uses payroll data to file quarter-end and year-end returns and, optionally, to print employee W-2s. It also
provides content that assists your provider in printing your retiree 1099-Rs.

What you want to do How you do it

Extract employee payroll data Use the Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract task to extract the payroll data to an output file.

Extract retiree payroll data Use the Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract for Retirees task to extract the pension payroll data to
an output file.

These tasks include people with any payroll action for the entire year. Therefore, it always includes year-to-date
balances, even if no transaction occurred in the quarter being reported. If you have tax reporting units (TRUs) with no
active payroll data, you can exclude them from the extract. For further info, see Configuration Requirements for Third-
Party Tax Filing on the Help Center.

Note: Before you perform any payroll runs effective for Q2 2022, you must have completed the necessary
configurations as documented in the Hours Worked for State Unemployment Insurance technical brief. If you don't
complete the configurations before the deadline, the quarterly tax filing extract reports the hours worked as zero. If
you perform these configurations after the start of the quarter, they apply to the hours worked on the subsequent
payroll runs only. You must perform balance adjustments to the State Worked Hours balance to resolve this shortfall.
For further info on the necessary configurations, see the Hours Worked for State Unemployment Insurance Reporting
technical brief (2729519.1) on My Oracle Support.

To view the quarterly HCM extract definition:

1. From My Client Groups, click Data Exchange.

2. Click Extract Definitions.
3. Click Show Filters.
4. Select your US legislative data group (LDG).
5. Search for, and select an extract.

◦ US Third Party Quarterly Tax Extract

◦ US Third Party Quarterly Retiree Tax Extract

Monthly Reporting
This extract uses payroll data to file monthly state unemployment wages and taxes, including Pennsylvania Act 32
earned income tax data to support combined filing. Run the Third-Party Monthly Tax Filing Extract flow to extract the
payroll data to an output file.

This form of reporting supports Illinois unemployment and Pennsylvania Act 32 combined filing.

To view the monthly HCM extract definition:

1. From My Client Groups, click Data Exchange.

2. Click Extract Definitions.
3. Click Show Filters.
4. Select your US LDG.

651
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

5. Search for and select US Third Party Monthly Tax Extract.

Periodic Reporting
This extract uses payroll data captured by the Archive Periodic Payroll Results flow to report tax liabilities on an as-
needed basis.

Note: The payroll data captured by an extract run isn't recaptured in subsequent runs, even if you attempt to extract
the same time period. This is due to locks on the data imposed by the archive and the periodic tax extract. If you must
recapture processed data, you must first perform a rollback. For further info, see Troubleshoot the Third-Party Tax
Filing Interface in the Help Center.

This extract reports the tax data by:

• Tax reporting unit

• Liability date
• Payroll frequency
• Tax code

Note: The file it generates includes wage data for all taxes even if no liabilities exist for them.

Run the Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract task to extract the payroll data to an output file. Use its audit reports to
validate these results. You can also generate the Audit Report Detail standalone.

To view the periodic HCM extract definition:

1. From My Client Groups, click Data Exchange.

2. Click Extract Definitions.
3. Click Show Filters.
4. Select your US LDG.
5. Search for and select US Third Party Periodic Tax Extract.

Related Topics
• Configuration Requirements for Third-Party Tax Filing
• Third-Party Tax Filing for Pennsylvania Act 32
• Troubleshoot the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface
• Run the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US

Third-Party Tax Filing for Pennsylvania Act 32

The periodic and quarterly tax filing extracts support the unique requirements related to Pennsylvania Act 32. The
monthly tax filing extract supports Pennsylvania Act 32 combined filing requirements.

652
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

When running these extracts, consider the following.

• If you're registered as a combined filer for Pennsylvania Act 32 taxes, provide your Tax Collection District (TCD)
combined-filing proxy.
Before providing a value for this field, review the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface technical brief on how to
configure the TCD Combined Proxy Filing field.
For further info, see Configuration Requirements for Third-Party Tax Filing in the Help Center.
• The tax code identifier uses the work location's tax code, regardless of the jurisdiction where the taxes were
withheld.
For courtesy tax withholding, if the employee lives in a Pennsylvania Act 32 jurisdiction and works out-of-state
with a work political subdivision (PSD) code of 880000, the extract derives the tax code identifier from the
resident PSD code. The quarterly and monthly extracts populate the resident PSD code in the PSD Code field.
• When the employee works or lives in Pennsylvania Act 32 jurisdictions, the quarterly and monthly extracts pass
the resident PSD code in the PSD Code field. When the employee works in a Pennsylvania Act 32 jurisdiction
but lives out of state, the quarterly and monthly extracts populate 880000 in the PSD Code field.
• Resident and nonresident tax codes don't apply to Pennsylvania Act 32 jurisdictions.
• The extracts combine the school district tax balances with the city tax balances and report them under the city
tax code.
• The extracts use different balances specifically for reporting Pennsylvania Act 32 jurisdiction data.
◦ Local Gross
◦ Local Reduced Subject Withholdable
◦ Local Subject Not Withholdable
◦ Local Withheld
• The monthly extract passes the employee's resident address.

Note: Philadelphia jurisdictions aren't subject to Pennsylvania Act 32 and don't follow these considerations.

Related Topics
• Configuration Requirements for Third-Party Tax Filing
• Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US
• Troubleshoot the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface
• Run the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US

Troubleshoot the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface

You may encounter issues generating extracts in the following areas.
• Common scenarios
• Periodic tax filing scenarios
• Monthly tax filing scenarios
• Quarterly tax filing scenarios

653
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Common Scenarios
The Third-Party Tax-Filing Interface keeps no records of what files you send to your business outsourcing solutions
provider or when you send them. You must ensure the accuracy of the data you capture before uploading it to your
provider. You must ensure that your HR and payroll data remains your source of truth.

You may encounter the following issues, regardless of what extract you're running.

• Making changes to payroll data after you generated the extract file
• Correcting payroll data after you upload
• Performing balance adjustments
• Troubleshooting a rejected extract output file
• Extract output is truncated
• Extract returns a STATE Name Miss tax code for a state

Changes to Payroll Data After Extract Generation

In this case, you must make corrections to your payroll data, but you have already generated the extract file. If you
haven't yet uploaded the file to your provider, you must:

1. For monthly or quarterly tax filing, roll back the tax-filing extract flow.
For periodic tax filing, roll back the tax-filing extract and Archive Periodic Payroll Results flows.
Note: This assumes you haven't run any post processes that are dependent on the periodic archive, such as
the payslip.

2. Correct your info.

3. For periodic tax filing, rerun the periodic archive flow.
4. Run the tax-filing extract flow.

Changes to Payroll Data After You Upload

Once you have uploaded your tax-filing extract to your provider, you may have to work with them to resolve issues and
correct any errors. You must also ensure all corrections are reflected in the HR and payroll data you're maintaining.

To do this:

1. Contact your provider to determine if any special actions are required.

2. Make whatever corrections to your data are required to resolve the errors.
To preserve your audit trail, do not roll back the flows.
3. For periodic tax filing, rerun the Archive Periodic Payroll Results flow for the appropriate dates.
4. Run the tax-filing extract flow.
When running the quarterly extract, use the amendment parameters to help identify the kind of changes you're
making.
5. Submit the updated output file.

Perform Balance Adjustments

When performing balance adjustments for cities and counties, you must use the resident and nonresident elements for
the adjustments to be included on the tax extracts.

654
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Note: These balances aren't applicable to Pennsylvania Act 32 jurisdictions. You must adjust additional balances
specifically for Pennsylvania Act 32 jurisdictions.

For further info, see Oracle Cloud Human Capital Management for the United States: Balance Adjustments (1600728.1)
on My Oracle Support.

When performing balance adjustments for US territories, you must set a state context on the adjustment elements.

Troubleshoot a Rejected Extract Output File

If your supplier rejects the output file due to invalid formatting, check the file for blank rows. If blank rows exist,
download and save the extract using a browser other than Internet Explorer 9.0.

Extract Is Unable to Derive a State Name

The Audit report displays STATE Name Missing for a state's entry, and the extract file displays STATE Name Miss.

Incorrect data is preventing the tax filing extract from deriving the proper state name. Make the necessary adjustments
to correct the data.

Extract Output Is Truncated

The extract has a maximum output of 10000 KB.

If you find your output is being truncated, you can set a process configuration parameter to allow for larger file sizes:

1. Add the BI_OUTPUT_SIZE lookup code to the PAY_ACTION_PARAMETER_TYPE lookup type.

2. Start the Payroll Process Configuration task, and add this parameter to the Default Group.

Set its value as the file size in bytes, such as 999999999.

3. When you submit the quarterly extract, select a process configuration group that includes this parameter.
For further info, see Payroll Process Configuration Parameters in the Help Center.

Periodic Tax Filing Scenarios

When running the periodic extract, you may encounter the following issues.

• Incorrect values reported in Employee Count columns

• Year-to-date withheld amounts missing from the extract
• Inconsistent Values Between Detail Audit Report and Periodic Audit Report

Incorrect Values Reported in Employee Count Columns

The values of the Male and Female employee count columns in the Periodic extract file may appear incorrect.

This is because thee extract doesn't use the Male count, so values in this column are always 0.

The extract uses the Female column to report each tax type and the number of employees with wages subject to them.
Each row represents a different tax and payroll frequency.

In the likely event of an employee being subject to multiple taxes, that employee would be counted multiple times in this
column, once for each subject tax. Therefore, you should expect the sum of all values in this column to exceed your total
number of employees.

655
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Note: ADP automatically disregards any tax counts that aren't needed for your tax filings.

Year-to-Date Withheld Amounts Missing from the Extract

The periodic extract file doesn't pass any year-to-date withheld amounts. In cases where they're needed, such as
applications for Missouri tax credit, you must submit them directly to the appropriate tax authority.

Inconsistent Values Between Detail Audit Report and Periodic Audit Report
The Periodic Audit Report and Detail Audit Report capture values for taxable wages differently.

The Detail Audit Report doesn't include taxable wage values for taxes that aren't subject to a limit. This is because this
report uses data from the Archive Periodic Payroll Results flow. Because there are no taxable balances for taxes that
aren't subject to a limit, so the flow can't archive them.

However, the Periodic Audit Report does include taxable wage values for taxes that aren't subject to a limit. The extract
process defaults the taxable wages from the subject wages for taxes that aren't subject to a limit.

For further info, see Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract on the Help Center.

Monthly Tax Filing Scenario

When running the monthly extract, you may encounter the following scenario.

Year-to-Date Withheld Amounts Missing from the Extract

The monthly tax file doesn't include any year-to-date totals for Pennsylvania Act 32 EIT data for an employee if there
was no activity for that jurisdiction in the current month.

Quarterly Tax Filing Scenarios

When running the quarterly extract, you may encounter the following scenarios.

• Audit Report returns zero values for taxable wages

• Extract excludes New Mexico Workers' Compensation assessment
• Extract excludes Workers' Compensation class code and rate
• Extract excludes data for terminated employees
• Extract excludes payroll data for contingent workers
• Extract excludes sole proprietor identification
• Extract reports incorrect hours for the State Worked Hours balance

Audit Report Returns Zero Values for Taxable Wages

The Audit Report doesn't include taxable wage values for taxes that aren't subject to a limit. If there are no taxable
wages, the quarterly tax filing extract handles the passing of subject wages in the taxable wages field. For further info,
see Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract on the Help Center.

Extract Excludes New Mexico Workers' Compensation Assessment

The quarterly extract file passes a value of N for the Workers' Compensation assessment indicator. In cases where a
Workers' Compensation assessment is due, you must submit it directly to the appropriate tax authority.

656
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Extract Excludes Workers' Compensation Class Code and Rate

The quarterly extract doesn't support the passing of this data for any state or territory.

Extract Excludes Data for Terminated Employees

The quarterly extract doesn't include a terminated employee's data when the final close date on their payroll
relationship record is before their last pay date.

Before you run the extract, make sure you have set the final close date for the terminated employee to be after their last
pay date.

Extract Excludes Payroll Data for Contingent Workers

You can't process payroll for contingent workers, such as independent contractors. The Third-Party Tax Filing Interface
doesn't pass their payroll data in the extract.

In cases where ADP requires a value to be passed, such as Independent Contractor Indicator, the extract defaults the
field to N.

Extract Excludes Sole Proprietor Identification

You can't identify a person as a sole proprietor. The Third-Party Tax Filing Interface doesn't include this identification in
the extract.

In cases where ADP requires a value to be passed for sole proprietors, the extract defaults the field to N.

Extract Reports Incorrect Hours for the State Worked Hours Balance
As of Q1 2023, the only method for reporting state worked hours is to use balances.

Calculation method Here's what you can do For further info, check here in the Help
Center

Balances Perform the necessary configurations using Calculate Hours Worked from Balances for the
balances prior to your first payroll runs for Q1 US
2023.

For further info, see the Hours Worked for State

Unemployment Insurance Reporting technical
brief (2729519.1) on My Oracle Support.

Run results for salaried employees Use a SQL query to assist with reconciliation Calculate Hours Worked from Run Results for
prior to the adjustment. Depending on how you the US
configured your elements, the hours could be
calculated based on either the Hours Worked
or Hours Calculated input values. You need to
determine which before doing the adjustment.

There's a sample SQL script to help you. For

further info, see Cloud US Payroll: What Is the
Logic of Reporting Hours Worked of a Salaried
Employee in the Quarterly Extract (2727786.1)
on My Oracle Support.

Run results for hourly employees Submit a service request with Oracle Support Calculate Hours Worked from Run Results for
for assistance. the US

657
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Calculation method Here's what you can do For further info, check here in the Help
Center

Related Topics
• Third-Party Tax Filing for Pennsylvania Act 32
• Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US
• Run the Third-Party Tax Filing Interface for the US
• Third-Party Periodic Tax Filing Extract
• Third-Party Quarterly Tax Filing Extract

VETS Report
Examples of Employer Configuration for VETS Reporting
Here's how to set up the different types of reporting location and proxy structures and which settings you would use.

These examples cover:

• Configuring Multiple Locations to Report as a Single Entity

• Defining Different Headquarters Establishments
• Defining Different Names for Reports
• Configuring Multiple Employers to Consolidate their Headcounts
• Generating a Single VETS-4212 File for a Single Establishment Employer
• Generating a Single VETS-4212 File for Multiple Establishment Employers
• Generating Multiple VETS-4212 Files for Multiple Establishment Employers

Configure Multiple Locations to Report as a Single Entity

Your organization includes a campus of four separate buildings (A, B, C, and D) with a fifth building (E) some blocks
away. Despite having different addresses, you consider all five locations to be part of the same entity. You want them to
appear on your VETS-4212 report together.

658
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

This figure shows the main campus and a nearby building that's also part of the same campus.

To do this, you must configure an HR reporting proxy.

1. In the Locations task for the primary location, set HR Reporting Location to Yes.
2. For the other four locations on campus, set that value to No and select the primary location from the HR
Reporting Proxy list.
This creates a report with a single record for the campus that summarizes the details of all five locations in one record.

Note: This configuration also affects EEO reporting.

659
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Define Different Headquarters Establishments

Your organization has separate headquarters in Salt Lake City and San Francisco, and you want to create a report for
each location. In Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management, you can define only one location as the headquarters for
each legal employer.
This figure shows the different headquarters.

To create a report for each location, you must define each headquarters as a legal employer and identify them as parent
companies:

1. Using the Legal Entities task, create separate legal employers for your San Francisco and Salt Lake City
organizations.
2. Use the Locations task to identify the location of each organization as a reporting location.
3. In the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task for each legal employer.

660
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

a. Set Establishment Employer Type to Multiple.

b. Identify each as a Parent Legal Employer. This setting means the legal employers aren't grouped for
reporting purposes.
c. Use Parent Company to specify the location of each legal employer's headquarters. The MHQ
(headquarters) record in the report is populated with data for the reporting location that has been
marked as a headquarters establishment.
4. Optionally, use Reporting Name in the Locations task to identify the name to be used in this report for the
reporting location.
You must run the VETS 4212 Report process separately for each legal employer.

Note: This configuration also affects EEO reporting.

Define Different Names for Reports

Here's several methods you can use to define the names of companies and locations used in US HR reports:

• To identify the parent company of the legal employer, use the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task. This
value automatically applies to all subordinate TRUs and identifies the headquarters.
• To identify the parent company of the tax reporting unit (TRU), use the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM
Information task. This value overrides any value set at the legal employer level. If there isn't a value in this field,
then the TRU FEIN name is used as the parent company name.
• To identify the headquarters for a TRU separately from the parent company value, use Headquarters
Establishment. Set this value in EEO and VETS Reporting Rules on the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM
Information task. It displays the list of locations you have identified as HR reporting locations.
• To set an HR reporting location, use the Locations task.
• To identify a hiring location for a TRU, use Reporting Name. Use VETS Reporting Rules on the Manage Legal
Entity HCM Information task.

Configure Multiple Employers to Consolidate Their Headcounts

Your organization has three legal employers, California, Texas, and New York. You want to group them such that the
VETS 4212 report consolidates their headcounts into a single report. In this example, the California legal employer is the
parent and the other two locations are children.

661
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

This figure shows three legal employer locations.

To group legal employers you must configure one legal employer as the parent legal employer first and configure the
other legal employers as children:

1. Define each location as a separate legal employer using the Legal Entities task.
2. Use the Locations task to identify the location of each establishment as a reporting location.
3. Identify California as the headquarters establishment in EEO and VETS Reporting Rules on the Manage Legal
Reporting Unit HCM Information task.

662
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

4. In the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task for each legal employer:

a. Set Establishment Employer Type to Multiple.

b. Identify California as a Parent Legal Employer by choosing Yes.
c. For Texas and New York, set Parent Legal Employer to No and use Proxy Legal Employer to identify
California as their parent.

Note: This configuration also affects EEO reporting.

Generate a Single VETS-4212 File for a Single Establishment Employer

To configure a business for single establishment VETS reporting:

1. Use the Locations task to identify the location of the establishment as a reporting location.
2. Set up this reporting location as a separate legal employer using the Legal Entities task.
3. In the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task, set Establishment Employer Type to Single.
4. Set the location to be a Parent Legal Employer by choosing Yes.
Running the VETS-4212 report generates a report that has a single entry.

Generate a Single VETS-4212 File for Multiple Establishment Employers

Your organization has a presence in three states, California, Texas, and New York. You want them combined into a single
report with New York as the headquarters. Your organization has one legal employer, and each location is a TRU.

To configure the New York headquarters:

1. Define New York as a legal employer using the Legal Entities task.
2. Set up New York as a reporting location using United States EEO and Veteran Reporting Information on the
Locations task.
3. Identify New York as the headquarters establishment in EEO and VETS Reporting Rules of the Manage Legal
Reporting Unit HCM Information task.
4. In the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task:

a. Set Establishment Employer Type to Multiple.

b. Set New York as a Parent Legal Employer by choosing Yes.
c. Select New York as the Headquarters Establishment.
To configure the California and Texas TRUs:

1. Set up California and Texas as reporting locations using United States EEO and Veteran Reporting
Information on the Locations task.
2. Set up California and Texas using the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task.

a. Set the Establishment Employer Type to Multiple.

b. Select New York as the Headquarters Establishment.
When you run the VETS-4212 report, it lists New York first. New York is followed by separate records for locations
employing 50 or more persons, and then separate records for locations employing fewer than 50 persons.

Note: This configuration also affects EEO reporting.

663
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Generate Multiple VETS-4212 Files for Multiple Establishment Employers

To configure a business with more than one location to create a separate VETS report for each location:

1. Set up each location as a reporting location using United States EEO and Veteran Reporting Information on
the Locations task.
2. Define each location as a separate legal employer using the Legal Entities task.
3. Identify one location as the headquarters establishment in EEO and VETS Reporting Rules on the Manage
Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task.
4. In the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task for each legal employer.

a. Set Establishment Employer Type to Multiple.

b. Set each as a Parent Legal Employer by choosing Yes.

Note: This configuration also affects EEO reporting.

Related Topics
• How can I identify my headquarters for VETS and EEO reporting?
• How can I report multiple VETS establishments when they have the same unit number?
• How can I set my organization's establishment type for VETS reporting?
• Veterans' Employment and Training Service Reporting
• Run VETS-4212 Establishment Electronic Report

How can I identify my hiring location for VETS reporting?

To identify the hiring location for a legal employer, use Reporting Name in the Federal section on the Legal Employer
tab of the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task.

The value you enter appears as the Name of Hiring Location on Field 16 of the VETS-4212 report.

Related Topics
• Employer Configuration for VETS Reporting: Examples
• How can I report multiple VETS establishments when they have the same unit number
• How can I set my organization's establishment type for VETS reporting
• Veterans' Employment and Training Service Reporting

How can I report multiple VETS establishments when they have

the same unit number?
Use the Locations task from your implementation project to establish an HR reporting relationship between the
locations.

664
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Define locations as an HR reporting establishment or associated with an HR reporting establishment using the fields in
United States EEO and Veteran Reporting Information.

How can I set my organization's establishment type for VETS

reporting?
Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management for the US provides support for both single and multiple establishment
VETS-4212 reporting.

Use the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task to set the establishment type for your legal employers. In the Legal
Employer tab, click Federal. In the EEO and VETS Reporting Information region, set Establishment Employer Type.

How can I set the location of work at home employees for VETS
reporting?
Oracle Fusion Human Capital Management for the US uses the location set at the assignment level for work-at-home
employees.

Use the Locations task to set the location.

Veterans' Employment and Training Service Reporting

The US Department of Labor's Veterans' Employment and Training Service (VETS) requires federal contractors and
subcontractors to report on the veterans in their employment.

The flow creates an output file suitable for electronic filing. To generate this report:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Select your US legislative data group (LDG).
3. Search for and select VETS-4212 Establishment Electronic Report.

Eligibility and Schedule

If you're a nonexempt federal contractor or subcontractor, with contracts of $100,000 or more, you must generate and
submit this report. The report is due annually between August 1 and September 30.

Reporting Locations and Reporting Proxies

HR reports such as VETS-4212 and EEO-1 use HR Reporting Location to group HR locations. Each location represents
the physical plant, office, job site, or work center that the employees are assigned to. You identify each location by the
location address.

Use a proxy to group reporting locations if you want the headcount of multiple physical locations to be included in a
single report entry.

In the Locations task, set the following values in the United States EEO and Veteran Reporting Information section.

665
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What this is for

HR Reporting Location Set to Yes to use this location as a reporting location for US HR reporting.

HR Reporting Proxy If you set HR Reporting Location to No, use this field to select the locations' reporting proxy. The list
provides the HR reporting location names. The location's headcount is included in the selected proxy
location's report.

Headquarters Establishment, Reporting Name, and Parent Company Name

You can define of a variety of HR-related identifiers to aid you in properly configuring your organization for US HR
reporting.

Field name What this is for

Headquarters Establishment Identifies the headquarters location of your tax reporting unit (TRU). Select the headquarters from the
list of HR reporting locations.

You set this value in EEO and VETS Reporting Rules on the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM
Information task.

Reporting Name Identifies a TRU's reporting location for VETS-4212 reporting. The value you enter appears as the
Name of Hiring Location on Field 16 of the VETS-4212 report.

Set this value in VETS Reporting Rules on the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task.

Parent Company The EEO and VETS reports use this field to identify the legal employer of the parent company. A
company may be owned by a parent company.

To identify the legal employer of the parent company, use the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information
task. This value automatically applies to all subordinate TRUs.

To identify the parent company of the TRU, use the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information
task. This value overrides any value you set at the legal employer level. If there isn't a value in this field,
then the report uses the TRU's federal EIN name as the parent company name.

Single and Multiple Establishments

The VETS-4212 Report categorizes your organization's employment info based on the number of reporting locations
you have.

Field name What this is for

Single Establishment An organization that has employees working at only one location is considered a single establishment
and is required to file as a single establishment employer.

You can configure your organization so that multiple physical locations in close proximity to each other
can be considered a single establishment. For example, when you have multiple buildings on a single
campus. To do this, use the Locations task to configure an HR reporting proxy.

666
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Field name What this is for

Multiple Establishment If an organization has employees working in multiple reporting locations, you must file as a multiple
establishment.

Define a legal employer as a single or multiple establishment through Establishment Employer Type. Use the Manage
Legal Entity HCM Information task to set this at the legal employer level. The value you set applies to all subordinate
TRUs. You can override this value for individual TRUs through the same field on the Manage Legal Reporting Unit HCM
Information task.

Parent and Child Legal Employers

Parent legal employers represent themselves and all assigned child legal employers in the US HR reports. The EEO-1
and VETS-4212 report processes use Parent Legal Employer and Proxy Legal Employer to group legal employers
for reporting. Group legal employers if you want to include the child legal employer's headcount in the parent legal
employer's report.

Field name What this is for

Parent Legal Employer Set to Yes to designate the legal employer is a parent. When set to No, the legal employer is a child and
must be assigned a parent proxy.

Proxy Legal Employer If you set Parent Legal Employer to No, this field automatically populates with a list of parent legal
employers. Select a parent legal employer from the list. The legal employer's headcount is included in
the selected parent legal employer's report.

Define a legal employer as a parent or child through the Manage Legal Entity HCM Information task. If you identify more
than one legal employer as a parent legal employer, you must generate a separate VETS-4212 and EEO-1 report for each
one.

Related Topics
• Examples of Employer Configuration for VETS Reporting
• Define Legal Entities for the US
• Configure Tax Reporting Units for the US
• Run VETS-4212 Establishment Electronic Report

Summary of VETS-4212 Establishment Electronic Report

Federal contractors and subcontractors with contracts in the amount of $100,000 or more must submit the VETS-4212
report to the Department of Labor's Veterans' Employment and Training Service (VETS).

This process produces an output file suitable for submission.

Frequently Asked Questions

The following table lists frequently asked questions about this report.

667
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Question Answer

How do I find this report? 1. In My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Select a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group.
4. Search for and select VETS-4212 Establishment Electronic Report.

Who uses this report? Human Resource Analyst

Human Resource Manager

Human Resource Specialist

Human Resources VP

When do I use this report? Eligible employers must file this report between August 1 and September 30 of each year.

How do I share this report? • Add to briefing book

• Schedule an agent to run the report

What tool do I use to edit this report? Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher

Related Topics
• How You Create and Edit Reports
• VETS-4212 Establishment Electronic Report

VETS-4212 Establishment Electronic Report

Use this flow to generate VETS-4212 reports.

If you're a nonexempt federal contractor or subcontractor, with contracts of $100,000 USD or more, you must generate
and submit this report. The report is due annually between August 1 and September 30.

To run this flow:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US legislative data group (LDG).
4. Search for and select VETS-4212 Establishment Electronic Report.

668
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Before You Begin

Before you can generate reports, you define the following.

1. Use the Locations task to set requried info.

a. Use United States EEO and Veteran Reporting Information in the Locations task to define your HR
reporting locations.
A valid ZIP Code is required for proper reporting.
Note: The Run VETS-4212 Establishment Electronic Report process uses the values you set in the
Maximum and Minimum Number of Employees fields in the Location task for employee counts. If
you leave these fields blank, the process derives the employee counts based on the reporting period
start and end dates.

b. Use United States Veteran Reporting Information in the Locations task to define your veteran
reporting info.
For further info, see Locations for the US in the Help Center.
2. Use the Jobs task to associate each job with an EEO-1 category.
For further info, see Jobs for the US in the Help Center.
3. Use the Legal Entity HCM Information task to define required info.
a. Use VETS Reporting Rules to identify the parent company and type of reporting organization.
For further info, see Define Legal Entities for the US in the Help Center.
b. Use EEO and VETS Reporting Information to define the employment categories and establishment
employer type.
c. Use United States Reporting Entity Data to identify the parent legal employers.
d. To exclude certain employee types from the report, such as part-time temporary, use the Exclude
Assignment Category table.
4. Use the Legal Reporting Unit HCM Information task to define required info.
a. Enter the VETS reporting info for your tax reporting unit (TRU).
For further info, see Overview of Legal Reporting Unit Configuration for the US in the Help Center.
b. Use EEO and VETS Reporting Rules to define the employment categories.
This region also permits you to override the establishment employer type at the TRU level if needed and
to identify the headquarters for each TRU.
c. Use VETS Reporting Information to define the company number and parent company name.
This region also permits you to define the type of organization each TRU.
5. Use the Manage Legal Reporting Unit Registrations task to verify the federal employer identification number
(EIN) is set up for United States Federal tax.
6. Make sure your employee definitions have the required info.
a. Assign the appropriate veterans data to employees.
When hiring a new employee, you record their veteran data on the Hire an Employee: Person Information
page in the Legislative Information region.
b. Select from either Veteran Self-Identification Status or the individual categories using the check boxes.

669
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

If you select both the Self-identification Status and Individual Veteran categories, the report process
counts the employee twice in the protected veteran category.
c. Assign the appropriate job to employees.

When hiring a new employee, you record their job on the Hire an Employee: Employment Information
page in the Job region.
To be eligible for VETS reporting, an employee must have these settings.

• Must be of type Employee and an active employee as of report end date or a new employee hired between
report start and end dates
• Attached to an active location
• Have employment category defined
• Be a veteran and have their veteran status info defined through either the Person or Hire New Employee tasks
• Have one of the following job categories (as of the report end date):

◦ Executive or senior level officials and managers

◦ First or middle level officials and managers
◦ Professionals
◦ Technicians
◦ Sales workers
◦ Administrative support workers
◦ Craft workers
◦ Operatives
◦ Laborers and helpers
◦ Service workers

• Have an active assignment during the report period start and end dates, even if only for 1 day

In the case of multiple assignments, the report uses the primary assignment.

Report Parameters
Provide the following parameters.

Payroll Flow

Enter a unique name.

Legal Employer

Select a legal employer from the list to report all employees attached to it.

Establishment Employer Type

Select Multiple if you have multiple establishments. Otherwise, select Single.

Start Date

Specify the starting point of the reporting date range.

670
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

The default is 12 months prior to the end date. The minimum range is 12 months.

End Date

Represents the end of the reporting date range. Can be any date between 01 July and 30 September of the current year.
Payroll Period Start Date
Represents the start of the payroll period that has the same end date as the reporting range. This helps the report
identify the active employees.

Title of Certifying Official

The default is the HR representative title you defined on the TRU's contact info.

Name of Certifying Official

Default is the HR Representative name defined on the TRUs contact info. Use this field to override the default setting.

Phone Number

Default is the HR Representative's phone defined on the TRUs contact info. Use this field to override the default setting.

Email of Certifying Official

Default is the HR Representative email defined on the TRUs contact info. Use this field to override the default setting.

Run and View the VETS-4212 Report

Run the Report
To run the VETS-4212 report:
1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your US LDG.
4. Search for and select VETS-4212 Establishment Electronic Report.
5. Click Next.
6. Enter the parameters as described before.
7. Click Next.
8. In the Enter Flow Interaction task, click Next.
9. In the Schedule task, select As soon as possible.
10. Click Next.
11. Click Submit.
12. In the confirmation window, click OK and View Checklist.
The report process generates the following output files under separate report job name numbers.

Report Description

VETS4212 eText Report The VETS-4212 electronic file, suitable for submission.

VETS4212 Audit Report Audit information in PDF format. Use this report to verify what data is printed in the eText
report.

VETS-4212 Audit Detail Report Detailed audit information in text format, suitable for viewing in a spreadsheet.

671
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Report Description

VETS4212 Exception Report Contains any errors detected during report generation. Review this file, resolve any issues it
detects, and rerun the report process.

View the Reports

To view the output files of the VETS-4212 report:
1. From the Navigator, click Tools and then Reports and Analytics.
2. Click All Folders and then Shared Folders.
3. Click Human Capital Management, Workforce Management, Person Management, US, and then VETS.
4. Click Actions for the VETS-4212 Electronic Report and then Report History.
5. Search for the report you want to view.
Be sure to set the owner as the user ID of the person who originally ran the report process. Alternately, leave it
blank to return results for all users.
6. Click the number of the report results you want to view under Report Job Name.
The report process generates four output files, listed under Output & Delivery.
◦ VETS4212 eText Report
◦ VETS4212 Audit Report
◦ VETS4212 Exception Report
◦ VETS-4212AuditDetail_Report
7. Select the exception report to view any errors.
If there are any issues reported on this report, your electronic file may be blank.

Related Topics
• Examples of Employer Configuration for VETS Reporting
• How can I identify my hiring location for VETS reporting
• How can I report multiple VETS establishments when they have the same unit number
• Veterans' Employment and Training Service Reporting

Core Payroll
Calculate Prepayments
When you submit a payroll flow, the Calculate Prepayments process starts automatically when you review and verify the
Gross-to-Net Report.

This flow:
1. Calculates the distribution of payroll payments based on your employees' payment methods.
2. Uses the payroll run results to calculate the gross-to-net payment.

672
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

3. Locks the payroll run results to prevent changes and ensures data integrity.

Tip: To roll back run results, first roll back the Calculate Prepayments task.

This process runs automatically when you run a payroll flow. If your payroll flow doesn't include this process, you must
run it manually.

To run this flow:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.
2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your legislative data group.
4. Search for and select Calculate Prepayments.

Before You Start

During payroll processing, you must have successfully generated and verified the Gross-to-Net Report.

Process Parameters
Payroll

By default, this process runs against all payroll definitions in the selected consolidation group. To limit the run to a single
payroll, select it here.

Process Start and End Date

Enter a date range that captures the effective dates of the payroll run.

Consolidation Group

To run the report against the members of a consolidation group, select it here.

Organization Payment Method

By default, this process runs against all organization payment methods (OPMs). To limit the run to a single OPM, select
it here.

Payment Source

Select a payment source to restrict the process results. Leave blank to process all.

Process Configuration Group

Use this field to verify deduction balances for persons belonging to a specific payroll relationship group.

Note: Use the Object Groups task to define a payroll relationship group before you can use it here.

Generating Payroll Reports in Microsoft Excel Format

You can configure the following payroll reports to generate a Microsoft Excel output:

• Payroll Balance Report

• Payroll Activity Report

673
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

• Payroll Register
• Statutory Deduction Register
• Deduction Report
• Payment Register
• Gross-to-Net Report
• Third-Party Payment Register
To generate an Excel output:
1. In the Data Exchange work area, select the Manage Extract Definitions task.
2. Search for and select the extract definition name for the payroll report to edit, as listed in this table.

Report Name Extract Definition Name

Payroll Balance Report Payroll Run Result Report

Payroll Activity Report Payroll Activity Report

Payroll Register Report Global Payroll Register

Statutory Deduction Register Statutory Deduction Register

Deduction Report Deduction Report

Payment Register Report Global Payment Register

Gross-to-Net Report Gross-to-Net Summary Archive

Third-Party Payment Register Global Third-Party Payment Register

3. Open the report and click the Deliver icon.

4. Click Add to create a new row to point to the new template for the Excel output.
5. Enter a Start Date and End Date.
6. Enter the Delivery Option Name and the Output Name.
7. Select Excel 2007 in the Output Type field.
8. Enter the Report and Template Name. Ensure that the .xdo file name you enter in the Report field and
template name matches the name of your template, as given in the table below.

Report Name Excel Template Name

Payroll Balance Report Payroll Balance Report Results

Payroll Activity Report Payroll Activity Report Results

674
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Report Name Excel Template Name

Payroll Register Report Payroll Register Results

Statutory Deduction Register Statutory Deduction Register Results

Deduction Report Deduction Report Results

Payment Register Report Payment Register Results

Gross-to-Net Report Gross-to-Net Report Results

Third-Party Payment Register Third-Party Payment Register Results

9. Select the Delivery Type. For example, Documents of Record or Fax.

10. Optionally, to override the default layout (PDF file), select the predefined delivery option of Excel output in the
Overriding Delivery Mode field. This would result in only generating the Excel file.
Otherwise, keep the default value to generate both the Excel and PDF files.
11. Click Save.
12. For the Payment Register, you must perform the following additional steps to add the report category details.
a. In the Additional Details section, click Add.
b. In the Output Name field, click Search.
c. In the Search field, enter Extract Delivery Mode, and then click Search.
d. Select Payment Register Results, and then click OK.
e. Click Save.
13. Click Submit.

Related Topics
• Payroll Payment and Cost Distribution Reports
• Payroll Calculation and Balancing Reports

Payment Register Report

Use this report for the verification, reconciliation, and audit of payment distributions.

Note: This report doesn't include payments made to third parties. Such payments are listed on the Third-Party
Payment Register.

You can generate the report manually or as a part of the payroll process.

675
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

To run this report:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your legislative data group (LDG).
4. Search for and select Payment Register Report.

Before You Start

You must have successfully completed archival of your periodic payroll data. This usually occurs during your payroll
flow. For further info, see Archive Periodic Payroll Results in the Help Center.

Report Parameters
Scope

Control the results of the report by specifying its scope.

What you set What it does

Summary Provides a summary of the total amounts paid by payment category, payment type, status, and
payment method.

Detail In addition to the Summary report, it includes the complete details for each employee. Use this validate
payments for each employee, including the payment amount, bank, and check info.

Process Start Date

Use this field to specify the first effective date of the payroll process to include in the report. The report includes all
processes with an effective date on or after this date.
Process End Date
Use this field to specify the last effective date of the payroll process to include in the report. For payroll runs, this is its
payroll run date. The report includes all processes with an effective date on or before this date.

Payroll

Use this field to limit the results to a single payroll definition.

Leave blank to report all of them.

Payment Process
Use this field to limit the results to a specific payroll or QuickPay run.

Leave blank to report all of them.

Consolidation Group

Use this field to limit the results to a consolidation group.

Leave blank to report all of them.

Payroll Statutory Unit

Use this field to limit the results to a specific payroll statutory unit (PSU).

676
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Leave blank to report all of them.

Tax Reporting Unit

Use this field to limit the results to a specific tax reporting unit (TRU).

Leave blank to report all of them.

Payroll Relationship Group

Use this field to verify deduction balances for persons belonging to a specific payroll relationship group.

Person

Use this field to limit the results to a single person.

Payment Type

Use this field to limit the results to a specific payment type.

Leave blank to report all of them.

Payment Method

Use this field to limit the results to a specific payment type.

Leave blank to report all of them.

Location

Use this field to limit the results to a specific location.

Payment Status

Select the status you want to report on.

What you select What it means

Canceled and can't be reissued You have marked the payment as Void, rolled back the prepayment process, and reversed the
calculation of the payroll run results.

Paid You processed and issued the payment without error.

Paid externally You processed the payment was processed but generated it externally. This includes hand-written
checks for terminated employees.

Unpaid You processed the payment was processed, but it was incomplete or encountered errors during
payment.

Void You marked the payment as Void, but it's eligible for reissue. This includes replacing a lost payroll
check.

Note: You can configure these statuses in the PAY_STATUS lookup. For further info, see Payment Statuses in the Help
Center.

677
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Leave blank to report all of them.

Process Configuration Group

Use this field to verify deduction balances for persons belonging to a specific payroll relationship group.

Note: Use the Object Groups task to define a payroll relationship group before you can use it here.

Report Category

If you have defined a report category for delivery of output in multiple formats, select it here.

For further info, see Delivery Options for Extract-Based Payroll Reports in the Help Center.

Run Mode

Use to control whether the report retains or discards the transient data it creates when producing the output file.

Select the Debug option only to investigate an issue with the report output or when instructed by Oracle Support.

The Normal option discards the temporary transient data.

Report Results
The report provides details of the selected payment status for matching persons, filtered by the specified time frame
and other parameters.

Report name What it contains

Summary Provides sections on:

• Report parameters and sort order

• Summary of payments

Detail Provides sections on:

• Report parameters and sort order

• Summary of payments
• Details of payments
Use this validate payments for each employee, including the payment amount, bank, and check info.

Related Topics
• Archive Periodic Payroll Results
• Delivery Options for Extract-Based Payroll Reports
• Payment Statuses

678
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Payroll Register Report

The Payroll Register reports the earnings, taxes, deductions, and employer liabilities archived in the periodic archive
process.

It has both a summary and detail mode.

Verify total payment amounts per balance category and compare payment values to previous periods.

To generate the report:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your legislative data group (LDG).
4. Search for and select Payroll Register.

Before you Begin

Run this report after you run the payroll archive process.

You must have successfully completed archival of your periodic payroll data. This usually occurs during your payroll
flow. For further info, see Archive Periodic Payroll Results in the Help Center.

Report Parameters
The parameter values determine which records to include in the report. Most parameters are self-explanatory, while the
following have special meaning in the context of this report.

Scope

Select the scope of this report. Select Detail to generate a report that includes details of deductions listed for each
employee. Otherwise, select Summary.

Process Start and End Date

Select the range of dates that capture the desired reporting period.
Payroll
To run this report for a single payroll, select the required payroll name. If you leave the field blank, the report runs for all
payrolls.

Consolidation Group

Use this field to run the report against a consolidation group. A consolidation group defines a grouping of different
payrolls for reporting purposes. For example, you can use this field to run this report for a subset of payrolls. You can
select a value only if you have a predefined consolidation group. If you leave the field blank, the report runs for all the
consolidation groups.

Payroll Statutory Unit

Select a value to report on the balances of employees in a specific payroll statutory unit (PSU). If you leave the field
blank, the report runs for all PSUs.

Tax Reporting Unit

679
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Select a value to report on the balances of employees in a specific tax reporting unit (TRU). If you leave the field blank,
the report runs for all the TRUs.
Person
Use this field to limit the report results to a single person. If you leave the field blank, the report runs for all people
included in the selected payroll run.
Payroll Relationship Group
Use this field to verify deduction balances for persons belonging to a specific payroll relationship group. You can specify
a value only if you have a predefined payroll relationship group. If you leave the field blank, the report runs for all the
defined payroll relationship groups.

Person Page Break

Select Yes to display the report output in a separate page for each person. This field isn't available for the Summary
report.

Process Configuration Group

Use this field to run the report for a specific process configuration group, instead of the default one. A process
configuration group is used to set rules for payroll processes, such as enabling logging or setting the number of threads.
You can select a value only if you have a predefined process configuration group.

Note: Use the Payroll Process Configuration task under to define a Process Configuration Group, before you can use it
here.

Latest Process YTD Total Only

If you select No, the report lists current (run) balances based on the value selected for the Balances Reported parameter
against every process that's included by the report parameters. For example, if there are three payroll calculations run
between the start and end dates of the report, the report lists the statutory deduction balances in three sets, one for
each process.

If you select Yes, the report includes year-to-date totals from only the last process run prior to the specified end date,
such as the last process run for each TRU or PSU. However, it's recommended to run the Statutory Deduction Register
for the Latest Process instead.

Balances Reported

Use this field to run this report for payment balances, nonpayment balances, or both, as given here.

• Payment Only: Includes balances included in the payments process.

• Nonpayment Only: Includes balances that aren't included in the payments process.

If you leave the field blank, the report includes all balances.

Report Category

A report category is a group of delivery options. Select a value to determine the set of delivery options for this report
submission. You can define your own delivery option and include it in the report category. For example, you can define a
report category to use a combination of both PDF and Excel delivery options for a single submission of the report.

For further info, see Delivery Options for Extract-Based Payroll Reports in the Help Center.

Run Mode

680
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Use this parameter to decide if the report must retain or discard the transient data it creates during the report execution.
The default value is Normal, the temporary transient data produced during report execution is discarded.

Select Debug only to investigate an issue with the report output or when instructed by Oracle Support.

The Normal option discards the temporary data.

Report Results
This process generates either a Summary or Detail output report, depending on the Scope you select.

Summary

Use the summary report to verify total payment amounts per balance category for a payroll period for a payroll statutory
unit or a tax reporting unit. The summary report provides a list of balances by:

• Balance Category
• PSU and TRU
• Balance Name
• References
• Current Amount

The PDF output has these summary sections with sub-totals in each section as given here:

• Balance Categories Summary

• Balances Summary with sub-totals for each balance category
• Balances by PSU and TRU Summary with sub-totals for each balance category within each PSU

Detail Report

In addition to the summary balances shown by the Summary report, the detail report also includes the following
employee level deductions information:

• Balance Category
• Balance Name
• Total Deduction Amount

The PDF output has these summary sections with sub-totals in each section as given here:

• Balances and Balance Categories Summary with sub-totals for each balance category.
• Balances Summary for each balance category.
• Balances by PSU and TRU Summary with sub-totals for each balance category within each PSU.
• Balance Details for a Person with sub-totals for each balance and balance category. This section also includes
Payroll relationship number, run type, payroll period, calculation breakdown ID, and year-to-date deduction
amount.

The detail report is sorted in the order of payroll statutory unit, tax reporting unit, person name, payroll, pay period,
balance category and balance.

681
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Related Topics
• Archive Periodic Payroll Results
• Delivery Options for Extract-Based Payroll Reports
• Display All Hours in Payroll Reports
• Report Payment and Nonpayment Balances

Recalculate Payroll for Retroactive Changes

Retroactive pay is the recalculation of prior payroll results because of changes that occurred after you ran the original
calculation. To process retroactive pay, run the Recalculate Payroll for Retroactive Changes process.

When a retroactive event for an employee, such as a change in salary, is identified by its retroactive notification, the
Recalculate Payroll for Retroactive Changes process performs a new payroll calculation using the updated details for the
employee. The process will recalculate for any employee with retroactive event notifications but only if the employees
in the original payroll run set of employees. This process compares the results of the new payroll calculation against the
results of the original payroll calculations and creates retroactive entries for any differences. It also changes the status of
processed notifications from Awaiting Processing to Processed.

This process never overwrites historical payroll data. Instead, it creates one or more retroactive entries to receive the
process results.

For further info, see How Retroactive Pay Is Calculated in the Help Center.

Note: Only elements that you have configured to include a retroactive event group can have retroactive element
entries.

When verifying your payroll readiness, use this process to create retroactive element entries based on retroactive
events. You normally run it immediately before starting a payroll run. If you run it after the Calculate Payroll process, it
holds the retroactive adjustments until the next payroll period.

This process may run automatically as part of your payroll flow, or you can run it manually. Use the Submit a Flow task
to run Calculate Retroactive Changes

To run this process, enter the following applicable parameters:

1. Click Submit a Flow.

2. Select your legislative data group.
3. Select Recalculate Payroll for Retroactive Changes.
Before You Start

Be sure to run the Retroactive Notification Report. This report identifies the retroactive changes you need to process.
For further info, see Retroactive Notification Report in the Help Center.

Note: Retroactive element entries are no different from the entries in the original payroll. They are both processed in
the payroll runs and display on the UI in the same manner.

682
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Process Parameters
Process Date

Enter a process date that captures the effective date of the payroll run. This date controls the start date of all retroactive
entries created by the Retropay process. For example, before running your monthly payroll for July 2021, submit
retropay with a Process Date of 31-JUL-21. All retro entries will be created with a start date of 01-JUL-21 and can be
processed in the July payroll run. Note: the date of retro entries is the start date of the payroll period in which the retro
process date falls.

If the process date of your payroll falls in the next payroll period, you should enter a retropay process date that falls
within the current payroll period. For example, your August payroll is paid on 05-SEPT-21. Submit retropay with a
Process Date of 31-AUG-21 to ensure retro entries are created with a start date of 01-AUG-21 and can be processed in the
August payroll run.

Payroll

Select the payroll definition you want to run against.

Overriding Entry Create Date

Use the Overriding Entry Creation Date to control the start date of retroactive entries when you have more complex
payroll period requirements. For example, your semi-monthly payroll is paid in arrears e.g. period ending 15-JAN is paid
on 05-FEB, period ending 31-JAN is paid on 20-FEB, period ending 15-FEB is paid on 05-MAR etc. Before running the
semi-monthly payroll for period ending 15-FEB-21, you can submit retropay with the following dates:
• Retro Process Date: 20-FEB-21

Note:

The process date of retropay can not be earlier than the process date of the payroll run for period ending 31-
JAN.
• Overriding Entry Creation Date: 15-FEB-21

Note:

Entries will be created effective 01-FEB-21 to be included in payroll period ending 15-FEB

Process Configuration Group

Enter a process configuration group; otherwise the process uses the default group.

Payroll Relationship Group

Enter a payroll relationship group to limit the employees included in the retroactive process; otherwise all employees will
be reprocessed.

Process Results
The retroactive process compares the run results of the original payroll run and the run results of the retroactive payroll
run. It looks for matching run result records across the two processes and creates either retroactive run results or
retroactive element entries based on the following conditions:

1. Matching run results exist in both the original run and the retroactive run creates a retroactive pay run result.
2. Run result available in the original run but not in the retroactive run creates a retroactive pay run result.
3. Run result in not available in the original run but a new run result exists in the retroactive run creates a
retroactive pay element entry.

683
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Note: You may need to create some entries manually to offset entries. See How can I create offset entries instead of
deleting retroactive entries and notifications? for more information.

Related Topics
• How Retroactive Pay Is Calculated
• Retroactive Notification Report

Statutory Deduction Register

The Statutory Deduction Register lists the different statutory deductions and is used to assist employers in remitting
their payroll statutory tax remittances to the various government or statutory agencies.

It is used in conjunction with the SOE and various payroll reports for diagnostic purposes, in order to verify the amounts
deducted and submitted for each PSU.

Use this report in conjunction with these others to reconcile tax calculations.

• Gross-to-Net Report
• Payroll Register Report
To generate the report, submit the Run Statutory Deduction Report Register on the Submit a Flow page. Use Submit a
Flow under Payroll in My Client Groups on your Home page.

Run this report after completing the Calculate Payroll or any other task that impacts payroll balances.

Report Parameters
The parameter values determine which records to include in the report. Most parameters are self-explanatory, while the
following have special meaning in the context of this report.

Scope

Select the scope of this report. Select Detail to generate a report that includes details of deductions listed for each
employee. Otherwise, select Summary.

Process Start Date and End Date

Select the range of dates that capture the desired reporting period.

Payroll

To run this report for a single payroll, select the required payroll name. If you leave the field blank, the report runs for all
payrolls.

Consolidation Group

Use this field to run the report against a consolidation group. A consolidation group defines a grouping of different
payrolls for reporting purposes. For example, you can use this field to run this report for a subset of payrolls. You can
select a value only if you have a predefined consolidation group. If you leave the field blank, the report runs for all the
consolidation groups.

Payroll Statutory Unit

684
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Select a value to report on the balances of employees in a specific payroll statutory unit (PSU). If you leave the field
blank, the report runs for all PSUs.

Tax Reporting Unit

Select a value to report on the balances of employees in a specific tax reporting unit (TRU). If you leave the field blank,
the report runs for all the TRUs.

Balance Category

Use this field to run this report for one of these balance categories.

• Employee Tax Deductions

• Employer Liabilities
• Employer Taxes
• Involuntary Deductions

If you leave the field blank, the report runs for all of the above balance categories.

Payroll Relationship Group

Use this field to verify deduction balances for persons belonging to a specific payroll relationship group. You can specify
a value only if you have a predefined payroll relationship group. If you leave the field blank, the report runs for all the
defined payroll relationship groups.

Person

Use this field to limit the report results to a single person. If you leave the field blank, the report runs for all people
included in the selected payroll run.

Hide Records with Zero Values

Select Yes to skip records with null or 0 values.

Location

Use this field to view the deduction results for employees who have at least one assignment for the selected location.
The balance values may not necessarily correspond to the location parameter only. It’s also dependent on the
dimensions and the other associated contexts.

If you leave the field blank, the report runs for all the locations.

Latest Process YTD Total Only

If you select No, the report lists current (run) balances based on the value selected for the Balances Reported parameter
against every process that’s included by the report parameters. For example, if there are three payroll calculations run
between the start and end dates of the report, the report lists the statutory deduction balances in three sets, one for
each process.

If you select Yes, the report includes year-to-date totals from only the last process run prior to the specified end date,
such as the last process run for each TRU or PSU. However, it’s recommended to run the Statutory Deduction Register
for the Latest Process instead.

Balances Reported

Use this field to run this report for payment balances, nonpayment balances, or both, as given here.

• Payment Only: Includes balances included in the payments process.

685
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

• Nonpayment Only: Includes balances that aren't included in the payments process.

If you leave the field blank, the report includes all balances.

Process Configuration Groups

Use this field to run the report for a specific process configuration group, instead of the default one. A process
configuration group is used to set rules for payroll processes, such as enabling logging or setting the number of threads.
You can select a value only if you have a predefined process configuration group.

Note: Use the Payroll Process Configuration task to define a Process Configuration Group, before you can use it here.

Report Category

A report category is a group of delivery options. Select a value to determine the set of delivery options for this report
submission. You can define your own delivery option and include it in the report category. For example, you can define a
report category to use a combination of both PDF and Excel delivery options for a single submission of the report.

For further info, see Delivery Options for Extract-Based Payroll Reports in the Help Center.

Run Mode

Use this parameter to decide if the report must retain or discard the transient data it creates during the report execution.
The default value is Normal, the temporary transient data produced during report execution is discarded.

Select Debug only to investigate an issue with the report output or when instructed by Oracle Support.

The Normal option discards the temporary data.

Report Results
This process generates either a Summary or Detail output report, depending on the Scope you select.

Summary

The summary report provides a list of deductions by:

• Balance Category
• PSU and TRU
• Balance Name
• References

For each combination of the above, the report shows the balance for the base amount and the deduction amount. The
base balance is the basis on which the statutory deduction is calculated. The summary report doesn’t breakdown the
balances by employee.

The PDF output has these summary sections with sub-totals in each section as given here:

• Balances and Balance Categories Summary with sub-totals for each balance category.
• Balances and Balance Categories by PSU and TRU Summary with sub-totals for each balance category within
each PSU and TRU.
• Balances by Payroll and Process Type Summary with sub-totals for each balance category within each PSU and
TRU for each payroll process.

686
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

The Excel output displays the current base amount and the deduction amount for each balance, but it has no sub-totals
or higher level summary sections. You can download the Excel and add Pivot tables to create your own groupings and
sub-totals as required. For example, you can find the balance amounts for each balance category within each PSU by
payroll process.

Detail Report

In addition to the summary balances shown by the Summary report, the detail report also breaks down the balances by
person.

The PDF output has these summary sections with sub-totals in each section as given here:

• Balances and Balance Categories Summary with sub-totals for each balance category.
• Balances and Balance Categories by PSU and TRU Summary with sub-totals for each balance category within
each PSU and TRU.
• Balances by Person Summary.
• Balance Details for a Person with sub-totals for each balance and balance category within each payroll process.
This section also includes year-to-date amounts for base and deduction balances.

The Excel output displays the current and year-to-date amounts for the base and the deduction balances, but it has
no sub-totals or higher level summary sections. You can download the Excel and add Pivot tables to create your own
groupings and sub-totals as required.

Related Topics
• Delivery Options for Extract-Based Payroll Reports

Transfer to Subledger Accounting

Oracle Fusion Subledger Accounting takes your cost distributions from the payroll process and uses it to generate
journal entries for financial transactions. Use the Transfer to Subledger Accounting process to:

1. Prepare transactions for accounting for the costing results and journal entries.
2. Create transaction numbers for each person's costing results.
3. Transfer these transactions to Oracle Fusion Subledger Accounting.
For further info, see How to Review Journal Entries in the Help Center.

Run this process:

• Once you have verified your cost distributions during payroll processing
• If you have detected and corrected errors in your costing results and need to resubmit the transactions
To run this process:

1. From My Client Groups, click Payroll.

2. Click Submit a Flow.
3. Select your legislative data group and Transfer to Subledger Accounting.
Before You Start

Successfully complete a payroll run, including costing, and verify your cost distributions.

687
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

Process Parameters
Process Start Date

Start date of the payroll run.

Process End Date

End date of the payroll run.

Payroll

Name of the payroll you ran.

Consolidation Group

Use this field to run the process against a consolidation group. If you don't select a value, the report uses the default
consolidation group assigned to the payroll.

Process Results
This process creates journal entries for each costing result generated by the payroll calculation and payment processes.
They create two transaction numbers, one for the payroll calculation costing results and one for the payment costing
results.

Review the Payroll Costing Report for details on what was transferred to Oracle Fusion General Ledger. For further info,
see Payroll Costing Report in the Help Center.

Related Topics
• Review Journal Entries
• Payroll Processes That Generate Costing Results

Update Invalid Bank Account Details

Use the Process Bank Corrections File flow pattern from the Payroll Checklist work area to update invalid bank account
details. An employee can have an incorrect account number or an invalid branch number due to closure of a bank or
merger of a bank

There's no need to end date the personal payment method. You only need to update the existing personal payment
method with the correct bank details. The process to update bank account details include the following tasks:
1. Create the Object Group HCM Data Loader .dat files and transform the information returned by the bank into
the .dat file format. The bank returns a file containing details of the new bank routing numbers. Load the
information contained in the Object Group HCM Data Loader .dat files on to the Oracle Web Center Content
server.
For more information on the file format, refer to 'Object Group HCM Data Loader Files for Bank Reprocessing:
Explained' on the Oracle Help portal.
For more information on creating the HCM Data Loader .dat files and using the HCM Data Loader to upload
data, refer to the HCM Data Loader User's Guide on My Oracle Support.
2. Update the Personal Payment Method using the Process Bank Corrections File flow from the Payroll Checklist
work area. The flow has a built in logic to update the personal payment method. The Personal Payment Method

688
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

gets updated only if there's a value in the 'Replacement Branch Number' field, the 'Replacement Account
Number' field or the 'Replacement Account Type' field.
If any of the above mentioned fields is null, then the process end dates the Personal Payment Method.

The task uses the Payment Reference number to identify the Personal Payment Method that's linked to the bank
account that has been identified as incorrect.

Create and Upload the Object Group HCM Data Loader .dat Files
Create and use these HCM Data Loader .dat files to process the bank information by the HCM Data Loader.

• ObjectGroup.dat file to create the object group

• ObjectGroupStore.dat file to load the bank information returned by the bank

When you load the ObjectGroupStore.dat file into the Oracle Web Center Content server, a UCM ID is generated. The
Process Bank Corrections File flow uses the UCM ID to retrieve and use the bank information necessary for the flow.

Use the Process Bank Corrections File flow

Perform these steps to reissue check payments:

1. Select the Submit a Payroll Flow task in the Payroll Checklist work area.
2. Select the LDG for which the process is run and the Process Bank Corrections File flow.
3. Click Next and enter the flow parameters as given in the table below.

Field Description

Process Date The date entered here, is stamped against each process in the flow. It's the date the personal
payment method is end dated and the payment is voided.

UCM Content ID The ID generated when the bank information file is loaded on to the Oracle Web Center Content
server. The Process Bank Corrections File flow uses the UCM ID to retrieve and use the bank
information necessary for the flow.

Process Configuration Group Used to set a group of processing parameters, primarily related to logging and performance. If
a process configuration group isn't provided, the application uses the parameters in the default
group.

4. Click Next twice and select an option for the Flow Submission Schedule. You can select As Soon As Possible to
execute the task immediately.
5. Click Next and review the details.
6. Click Submit.
The Update Personal Payment Methods task within the flow picks up the value in the 'Replacement Branch Number'
field, the 'Replacement Account Number' field or the 'Replacement Account Type' field, and updates the personal
payment method.

689
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

FAQs
How are work-at-home employees reported in the Multiple
Worksite Report?
The Multiple Worksite Report (MWR) attempts to organize workers designated as work-at-home in the same state as
their residence tax state.

This ensures they're reported in the same state as their state unemployment insurance state. While you can report
employees to any location defined on their Reporting Information card, if this location doesn't match their residence
state, the MWR flags it as a warning. To avoid this, you can create a default location for the state and select it in
Reporting Location for Work-at-Home Employees on the employee's Reporting Information card. One location per
state is used for all designated work-at-home employees.

If no location is specified on the reporting card, the work-at-home employee is reported at location 999999. The
Multiple Worksite Electronic Report flow performs a check to ensure the work location state and resident tax state
match for work-at-home employees.

Related Topics
• Examples of Troubleshooting the Multiple Worksite Report
• Multiple Worksite Report

How can I change the tax reporting unit for an assignment?

Use the Calculation Cards task to change the tax reporting unit (TRU) association on an employee's Tax Withholding
card.

Select Associations under Component Groups. Select the TRU for which the assignment currently exists or create an
assignment.

This end dates the record for the assignment associated with the previous TRU and creates a new record for the new
TRU.

Related Topics
• Tax Withholding Card

How can I get my Pennsylvania Residency Certificate?

You can view your Pennsylvania Residency Certificate form from your Me page.

1. From your Me page, click Pay.

2. Click Tax Withholding.

690
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

3. Select the Pennsylvania row, and click Edit.

The form opens for the employee to update their Resident and Work PSD codes and school districts.
4. From here, you can update your resident and work PSD codes.
5. Once updated, scroll to the bottom of the form and click I Agree.
If you don't see this menu option, contact your administrator.

Related Topics
• How can I access my personal info quickly?
• View and Update Pay Information for the US
• View and Update Personal Information for the US

How can I get my W-2?

You can view an online copy of your Form W-2 from your Me page.

1. From your Me page, click Pay.

2. Click Tax Withholding.
3. Select View End-of-Year Tax Form.
If you're unable to access these options, contact your administrator.

Related Topics
• View and Update Pay Info for the US

How can I override the EEO-1 report sort order?

No, the sort order can't be overridden.

The reports use this sort order.

1. Company Name
2. Status Code
3. Unit Number

Related Topics
• EEO-1 Establishment Electronic Report

How can I get my W-4?

To view a copy of your Form W-4, open your Me page and click Pay and then Tax Withholding. If you don't have access
to the Tax Withholding page, contact your administrator.

To edit the existing federal and state entries, click the pencil icon. Enter the start date of the change, and then enter your
applicable changes. Once complete, select I Agree and then click Save.

691
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

From this page, you can also view or hide prior tax withholding information and download a PDF of your W-4.

Related Topics
• View and Update Pay Information for the US

How can I update worker veteran status?

From My Client Groups, click Person.

1. Search for and select the person.

2. In Person Information, click Edit next to Gender and Marital Status and then Update.
3. In Update Gender and Marital Status, set an effective start date and click OK.
4. Click View More Details.
5. Make your changes to their veteran status, and click OK.

How do I make my year-end tax form print elections?

If your employer has granted permission for you to enter your own print options for the year-end tax forms, such as
Forms W-2 and W-2c, you can do this through your Portrait Gallery.

From your Me page, select Personal Information and then select Document Delivery Preferences from the task
menu. This displays a table that shows the options for online and paper preferences. For the appropriate form, click Edit
and make your changes.

For US territorial tax forms, they follow the preferences you set for their mainland equivalents.

How do I set the Certified Disabled filing status on my Hawaii W-4?

You can't directly select this filing status when defining your Hawaii W-4.

Please submit the appropriate paperwork to your HR or Payroll representative. Once it is approved, they will apply the
Certified Disabled filing status to your W-4, and you will begin seeing the State Income Tax exemption.

How do I update my W-4?

By default, your Form W-4 is set to Single or Married filing separately.

If your employer allows manual updates to your W-4, you can change your settings by selecting Me and then Pay.
Select Tax Withholding, and then select either the state or federal form. Either click the edit icon and make your
changes, or click Add to update withholding details and save.

Select View Prior Tax Withholding to view or hide prior tax withholding information. You can also download a PDF of
your W-4 information.

692
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

If you don't have access to this task, contact your administrator.

Related Topics
• Tax Withholding Card

693
Human Resources Cloud Chapter 10
Localization Information Guide United States

694